Loading...
Contract - HCS, Inc. Commercial General Contractor - 4/13/2023 ORIGINAL CITY OF ROUND ROCK DEPARTMENT NAME ROUND ROCK TEXAS Project Manual For: Stagecoach Inn, Phase 2: Exterior & Interior Rehabilitation January 30, 2023 Prepared By: Architexas 2900 S Congress, Suite 200 �;� REFR R�y1 Austin, Texas 78704 j C9jP�, OCyFG��� I APPROVED BY . Y:CITY ATTORNEY 26577 , ����''., P. 1�q%6 01-30-2023 TBPE Firm Registration No BR 746 e L rchitexaS CREATE+CONSERVE ADDENDUM NO.1 January 7,2023 To the ;� RE�.•..RCy%I BID DOCUMENTS W`co P��.FROC,y•!�.�1� i C9.J5 FG•.tn I/ Forthe Z :"4% STAGECOACH INN PHASE 2:INTERIOR&EXTERIOR REHABILITATION ;'C2 Round Rock,Texas 11111;�,qT 2657 F'OF I 1.07.32 by ARCHITEXAS 2900 S.Congress,Suite 200 Austin,Texas 78704 (512)444-4220 This Addendum forms a part of the Proposal Documents and modifies the Interior and Exterior Rehabilitation Construction Drawings and Project Manual dated January 30,2023 as noted below. This Addendum consists of two(2)pages,including attachments. QUESTIONS/CLARIFICATIONS AD1-01 Question: In the Instructions To Bidders,Page 2,Item 14 there is a note"In determining the award of a contract under Chapter 2269,The City may consider;1)the price;2)the bidders experience;3) the quality of the bidder's goods and services;4)the impact on the ability of the City to comply with rules relating to historically underutilized business;5)the bidders safety record;6)the bidders proposed personnel;7)whether the bidder's financial capability is appropriate to the size and scope of the project;and 8)any other relevant factor specifically listed in the request for bids." Upon reviewing the specifications and the instructions to bidders I do not see a specific request for items 2,3,4,6,7 or item 8.Is there an additional form or pages listing these additional requirements to be submitted with the proposal? 1. Is more than 1 original required? 2. Is there a limit to the number of pages we submit? 3. Is a 3-ring binder the appropriate submittal format? 4. Is a HUB Plan required?Will a building permit need to be purchased from the City of Abilene for the Taylor County Courthouse bid? Dallas I Austin I San Antonio 1907 Marilla St. 2900 S.Congress Ave. www.architexas.com Second Floor Suite 200 Dallas,Texas 75201 Austin,Texas 78704 i ArchiteXaS CREATE +CONSERVE Response: This project does not require supplemental information regarding the items listed; however,bidder may choose to include supplemental information at their option. During the evaluation period,the City of Round Rock may choose to reach out to the apparent low bidder(s)if questions remain regarding any of the items listed in the Instructions to Bidders. 1. More than 1 original is not required. 2. There is no limit to the number of pages submitted. 3. Bidder can select the submittal format,as long as the City-issued forms(bid form,bid bond, bidders safety,etc.)are on City forms. 4. This project does not require a HUB plan. END OF ADDENDUM Page 212 Architexas f CREATE +CONSERVE ADDENDUM NO.2 February 17,2023 To the \ 1 ?fG�E'D ARC\ 1 BID DOCUMENTS AV`y'�; FR06-..�;I1� For the R ico STAGECOACH INN PHASE 2:INTERIOR&EXTERIOR REHABILITATION Round Rock,Texas 2 1 \\\F OF 02.17.23 by ARCHITEXAS 2900 S.Congress,Suite 200 Austin,Texas 78704 (512)444-4220 This Addendum forms a part of the Proposal Documents and modifies the Interior and Exterior Rehabilitation Construction Drawings and Project Manual dated January 30,2023 as noted below. This Addendum consists of three(3)pages,including attachments. QUESTIONS/CLARIFICATIONS AD2-01 Question: The details and specs on this project are calling for a 3.5"batt at the roof deck.Does this project not have to be bid at code,grandfathered in or something?There isn't a batt product available to achieve R-20 in a 3.5"depth.The only way to achieve R-20 in that depth requirement would be 3"of closed cell foam." Response: Provide thermal insulation as specified,3 1/2"batt insulation with R-value of R-13. AD2-02 Question: Is an Excel copy of the Bid Form available for this project? Response: See attached. MISCELLANEOUS AD2-02 Sign-in sheet for pre-bid meeting on February 8,2023,attached END OF ADDENDUM Dallas I Austin I San Antonio 1907 Marilla St. 2900 S.Congress Ave. www.architexas.com Second Floor Suite 200 Dallas,Texas 75201 Austin,Texas 78704 Stagecoach Inn—Phase 2:Exterior&Interior Rehabilitation Pre-Bid Meeting February 8,2023 at 11:00 AM at the Project Site. Name of Contact Company Name GC or Subcontractor Phone Email Nicole C3rune4� �� c>enerr� �ht► aing 5�z�e8- h bj� SLR S Jr��a has u✓ j-�C SZ 9 3 zoo he S- ,e-. coW, A/ ^ sra 9Gftie � vES�,7(CCCG p, 69 v4`4 Pre na+A— ✓!� /K /6 Conn •aL Gcse G c 6�( �i8s-6793 -Cnw i ArchiteXaS CREATE+CONSERVE ADDENDUM NO.3 February 22,2023 To the ?ARE..q�C\111 BID DOCUMENTS %`y'�P��.FR06-.. 1 i� For the %144: STAGECOACHINN 4 PHASE 2:INTERIOR&EXTERIOR REHABILITATION Round Rock,Texas 1 ? 1 •;spy- III�gTF OF 2.22.23 by ARCHITEXAS 2900 S.Congress,Suite 200 Austin,Texas 78704 (512)444-4220 This Addendum forms a part of the Proposal Documents and modifies the Interior and Exterior Rehabilitation Construction Drawings and Project Manual dated January 30,2023 as noted below. This Addendum consists of three(3)pages,including attachments. QUESTIONS/CLARIFICATIONS AD3-01 Question: There is a line on the bid form for fire alarm,but the specs say that a fire alarm system is not required. Provide clarification. Response: Provide full fire alarm system per Spec Sect.28 46 21 on Sht.E0.02. MISCELLANEOUS AD3-02 An interactive 3-D Photo Model of the interior of the Stagecoach Inn is available upon request and pending submission of release consent form included herein. Submit signed consent form to the Architect and a link and password to access the model will be provided. END OF ADDENDUM Dallas I Austin I San Antonio 1907 Marilla St. 2900 S.Congress Ave. www.architexas.com Second Floor Suite 200 Dallas,Texas 75201 Austin,Texas 78704 I Architexas CREATE+CONSERVE MATTERPORT 3D SCAN & SURVEY FILE TRANSFER TO CONTRACTOR Name of Contractor At your request,we will provide electronic files and links for your convenience and use for preparation of bid proposal related to the Stagecoach Inn, Phase 2:Exterior&Interior Rehabilitation subject to the following terms and conditions. Our electronic links are compatible with: Most internet browsers(i.e.Chrome,Safari,Edge,and Firefox). We make no representation as to the compatibility of these links with your hardware or your software. Data contained within this link are part of our instruments of service and shall not be used by you or anyone else receiving these data through or from you for any purpose other than as a convenience for preparation of bid proposal for the referenced project. Any other use or reuse by you or by others will be at your sole risk and without liability or legal exposure to us. You agree to make no claim and hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law,any claim or cause of action of any nature against us,our officers, directors,employees,agents or subconsultants that may arise out of or in connection with your use of the electronic files. Furthermore,you shall,to the fullest extent permitted by law,indemnify and hold us harmless against all damages,liabilities or costs,including reasonable attorneys'fees and defense costs arising out of or resulting from your use of these electronic files and links. The conditions shown in the Matterport model may not match existing conditions as it was documented in July 2022. We make no representation regarding the accuracy or completeness of the electronic files you receive. You are responsible for determining if any conflict exists. By your use of these electronic files, you are not relieved of your duty to fully comply with the contract documents,including,and without limitation,the need to check,confirm and coordinate all dimensions and details,take field measurements, verify field conditions and coordinate your work with that of other contractors for the project. Because information presented on the electronic files and links can be modified,unintentionally or otherwise,we reserve the right to remove all indication of ownership and/or involvement from each electronic display. We will provide a link with the following: 3D Matterport documentation of the Stagecoach Inn taken on date indicated. Under no circumstances shall delivery of the electronic files and links for use by you be deemed a sale by us and we make no warranties,either expressed or implied,or merchantability and fitness for any particular purpose. In no event shall we be liable for any loss of profit or any consequential damages as a result of your use or reuse of these electronic files and links. i e ,. L ll Chitexas CREATE+CONSERVE i ARCHITEXAS 02.22.23 Signature Date Susan Frocheur Printed Name Principal Title Name of Contractor Signature Date Printed Name Title Stagecoach Inn, Phase 2: Exterior& Interior Rehabilitation TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Description No. of Pages 00020 Notice to Bidders I 00100 Instructions to Bidders 4 Exhibit A 1 00200 Bid Bond 2 00300 Bid Form 9 00410 Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience 1 00500 Agreement 5 00600 Insurance& Construction Bond Forms Performance& Payment Bond Instructions 1 Insurance Instructions 1 00610 Performance Bond 2 00620 Payment Bond 2 00650 Certificate of Liability Insurance 1 00700 General Conditions 41 00800 Supplemental General Conditions 2 00900 Special Conditions 5 01000 Technical Specifications 136 02000 Plans, Details and Notes 26 8-2016 Table of Contents 00090665 00020 NOTICE TO BIDDERS NOTICE TO BIDDERS Pursuant to the provisions of Texas Government Code, Section 2269.101,it is the intention of the City of Round Rock to select a prime contractor by using the Competitive Bidding Method for the construction of the Stagecoach Inn, Phase 2 Project as generally described herein. Sealed bids addressed to Katie Baker, City of Round Rock, Parks and Recreation Department, 221 E. Main St., Round Rock, TX 78664, for furnishing all labor, material, and equipment and performing all work required for the project titled,Stagecoach Inn,Phase 2 (project includes interior and exterior rehabilitation,electrical,HVAC,etc.),will be received until Tuesday February 28, 2023, at 10:00 a.m., then publicly opened and read aloud at the same address. Bid envelopes shall state the date and time of bid and "Stagecoach Inn Phase 2 Project." Bids must also be accompanied by a "Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience" included in Section 410 of the Proiect Manual. No bids may be withdrawn after the scheduled opening time. Any bids received after the scheduled bid opening time will be returned unopened. Bids must be submitted on City of Round Rock bid forms and must be accompanied by an acceptable bid security as outlined in the Instructions to Bidders, payable to the City of Round Rock, Texas, equal to five percent(5%)of the total bid amount. Plans, Bid Forms, Specifications, and Instructions to Bidders may be obtained at roundrocktexas.gov/solicitations.Bidders shall be responsible for printing or obtaining prints of the aforementioned documents as necessary. For questions, please contact the City's Project Manager, Katie Baker, kbaker@roundrocktexas.gov. In case of ambiguity,duplication,or obscurity in the bids,the City of Round Rock reserves the right to construe the meaning thereof. The City of Round Rock further reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informalities and irregularities in the bids received. The successful bidder will be expected to execute the City of Round Rock's standard contract and to furnish performance and payment bonds, all as described in the bid documents. Contractors and subcontractors shall pay to laborers,workmen,and mechanics the prevailing wage rates as determined by the City of Round Rock. A non-mandatory Pre-Bid Conference will be held at 750 Chisholm Trail Road, Round Rock, Texas,on Wednesday, February 8, 2023, at 11:00 a.m. Publish Dates: Austin American Statesman: January 29,2023 February 5,2023 00020 03-2021 Notice to Bidders 00193093 Page 1 r r r r r r r i 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS l INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. Prior to submitting any bid, bidders are required to read all drawings(plans), specifications, and all other Project Manual and/or Contract Documents carefully;to inform themselves by their independent research, test and investigation of the difficulties to be encountered and judge for themselves of the accessibility of the Work and all attending circumstances affecting the cost of doing the Work and the time required for its completion and obtain all information required to make a bid.The aforementioned documents may only be obtained from the City's website at the following web address: roundrocktexas.gov/solicitations. Bidders shall be responsible for printing or obtaining prints of the aforementioned documents as necessary. 2. Should the bidder find discrepancies in, or omissions from the drawings (plans), specifications,or other Project Manual and/or Contract Documents,or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he should notify at once the City and obtain clarification or addendum prior to submitting any bid. Any addenda issued will be posted with the documents at the web address mentioned in 1 above no later than two business days prior to the Bid Opening Date. Prior to submitting a bid, the bidder is responsible for determining if any addenda have been issued and for following any instructions required in any addenda issued. 3. It shall be the responsibility of the bidder to see that his bid is received at the place and time named in the Notice to Bidders in the Project Manual. Bids received after the scheduled opening time will be returned unopened. 4. Bids shall be submitted in sealed envelopes plainly marked "Sealed Bid" and showing the name of the project,the job number if applicable, and the opening date and time. 5. Bidders shall be responsible for submitting a copy of the City's Bid Form, Bid Bond Form, and Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience from the Project Manual documents posted at the web address as described in 1 above. 6. Bids shall be accompanied by a bid security consisting of a certified cashier's check in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total maximum bid price, payable without recourse to the City of Round Rock, or a bid bond in the same amount from a reliable surety company, as a guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract and execute performance and payment bonds,as stipulated by item 16 below,within ten(10)days after notice of award of contract to him. Bid securities must be submitted in the same sealed envelope with the bid. Bids submitted without a bid security may not be considered at the sole discretion of the City. Page 1 00100 2-2021 Instructions to Bidders 00426487 1 7. If awarded the bid, bidder must submit Form 1295 on the Texas Ethics Commission r (TEC) Website at https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/whatsnew/elf info form1295.htm and submit the signed Form 1295 to the City Clerk at mspinks(adroundrocktexas.p-ov within ten (10) business days of notification of the award. Instructions for completing a Form 1295 are attached as Exhibit "A" to the Instructions to Bidders. 8. No conditional bids will be accepted. 1 9. A bidder wishing to withdraw his submitted sealed bid prior to the scheduled bid opening time must do so by presenting in person a written request signed by an authorized representative of the bidder to a City employee at the location for which sealed bids are to be addressed. No telephone, facsimile, or email requests will be accepted. The City will expend the time and effort that the City in its sole discretion determines is necessary to investigate the authenticity of a request before complying with a request. The City shall in its sole discretion determine if the City will comply with a request and the City shall not be r held liable for not complying with a request. If the City does not comply with a request, the I request shall automatically become null and void. 10. A bidder wishing to revise his sealed bid after submittal but before the scheduled bid opening time must first withdraw his bid as provided for in the Instructions to Bidders and then submit a sealed bid in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. No revisions to a bid will be allowed after the scheduled bid opening time. The bidder shall be responsible for ensuring the amount of the bid security is as specified in the Instructions to Bidders. 11. All bid securities will be returned to the respective bidders within twenty-five(25)days after bids are opened, except those which the City elects to hold until the successful bidder has executed the Agreement. Thereafter, all remaining securities, including security of the successful bidder, will be returned within sixty (60) days. 12. Until the award of the contract, the City reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive technicalities; to advertise for new bids; or to do the work otherwise when the best interest of the City will be thereby promoted. 13. In case of ambiguity or lack of clarity in the statement of prices in the bids,the City reserves the right to consider the most favorable analysis thereof, or to reject the bid. Unreasonable and/or unbalanced prices submitted in a bid may result in rejection of such bid or other bids. 14. Award of the contract, if awarded, will be made based upon the criteria set forth in Section 2269.055 of the Texas Government Code. In determining the award of a contract under Chapter 2269, the City may consider; 1) the price; 2) the bidder's experience; 3) the quality of the bidder's goods or services;4)the impact on the ability of the City to comply with rules relating to historically underutilized business; 5) the bidder's safety record; 6) the bidder's proposed personnel; 7)whether the bidder's financial capability is appropriate to the size and scope of the project; and 8)any other relevant factor specifically listed in the request for bids. L Page 2 00100 2-2021 Instructions to Bidders 00426487 15. Award of the contract, if awarded, will be made within sixty (60) days after opening of the bids, and no bidder may withdraw his bid within said sixty (60) day period of time unless a prior award is made. A Notice to Proceed will be issued within sixty(60)days after contract Execution Date as defined in the General Conditions. 16. Within ten (10)days after written notification of award of the contract,the successful bidder must furnish a performance bond and a payment bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract Amount. Said performance bond and payment bond shall be from an approved surety company holding a permit from the State of Texas, indicating it is authorized and admitted to write surety bonds in this state. In the event the bond exceeds $100,000.00, the surety must also (1) hold a certificate of authority from the United States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or(2)have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of$100,000.00 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in this state and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the United States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety or reinsurer on obligations permitted or required under federal law. In determining whether the surety or reinsurer holds a valid certificate of authority,the City may rely on the list of companies holding certificates of authority as published in the Federal Register covering the date on which the bond is to be executed. 17. Failure to execute the Agreement within ten (10) days of written notification of award or failure to furnish the performance bond and payment bond as required by item 15 above, shall be just cause for the annulment of the award. In case of annulment of the award,the bid security shall become the property of the City,not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages. 18. No contract shall be binding upon the City until it has been signed by its Mayor after having been duly authorized to do so by the City Council. 19. The Contractor shall not commence Work under the Agreement until he has furnished certification of all insurance required and such has been approved by the City, nor shall the Contractor allow any Subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until proof of all similar insurance that is required of the subcontractor has been furnished and approved.The Contractor's insurer shall use the certificate of insurance form included in the bid documents or the standard ACORD form. 20. If the bidder's insurance company is authorized, pursuant to its agreement with bidder, to arrange for the replacement of a loss, rather than by making a cash payment directly to the City, the insurance company must furnish or have furnished by bidder, a performance bond in accordance with Section 2253.021(b), Texas Government Code, and a payment bond in accordance with Section 2253.021(c). 21. Any quantities given in any portion of the Bid Documents, including the drawings (plans), are estimates only, and the actual amount of work required may differ somewhat from the estimates. The basis for payment shall be the actual amount of work done and/or material furnished as specified in the General Conditions. Page 3 00100 2-2021 Instructions to Bidders 00426487 f f 22. Bids shall be submitted on a separated contract basis. No Texas sales tax shall be included in the prices bid for materials consumed or incorporated into the Work.This contract is issued by an organization which is qualified for exemption pursuant to the provisions of Section 151.309(5) of the Texas Tax Code. The City will issue an exemption certificate to the Contractor. The Contractor must then issue a resale certificate to the material supplier for materials purchased. The Contractor must have a valid sales tax permit in order to issue a resale certificate. Upon obtaining consumable materials, the Contractor will issue a resale certificate in lieu of payment of sales tax, and the following conditions shall be observed; 1) The Contractor will transfer title of consumable, but not incorporated, materials to the f City at the time and point of receipt by the Contractor; 2) The Contractor will be paid for these consumable materials by the City as soon as practicable. Payment will not be made directly but considered subsidiary to the pertinent bid item. The Contractor's monthly estimate will state that the estimate includes consumables that were received during the month covered by the estimate; and 3) The designated representative of the City must be notified as soon as possible of the [ receipt of these materials so that an inspection can be made by the representative. Where practical,the materials will be labeled as the property of the City. 23. The Contractor, after execution of the contract and pursuant to Internal Revenue Service (IRS) regulations, shall furnish its Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) to the City. The Contractor shall provide the appropriate information on a W-9 form(which can be provided by the City upon request). This form shall be submitted directly to the City's Accounts Payable Department to ensure security of the information. 24. If the Bid Form includes Add and/or Deduct Alternate bid items and/or otherwise provides for Alternate bids,the City will determine whether to select or not select one or more of the Add and/or Deduct Alternate bid items and/or Alternate bids at the City's sole discretion and for its greatest advantage. If the City selects any Add and/or Deduct Alternate bid items, the total bid amount will be determined by adding the amount of the selected Add Alternate(s) to, and deducting the amount of the selected Deduct Alternate(s) from the Base Bid or the selected Alternate bid. Page 4 00100 2-2021 Instructions to Bidders 00426487 FORM 1295 INSTRUCTIONS Pursuant to Section 2252.90 of the Texas Government Code, as of January 1, 2016, any business entity entering into a contract with a local government that requires approval of the governing body must submit a disclosure of interested parties (Form 1295) to the local government prior to the execution of the contract. The Texas Ethics Commission (TEC) has created an electronic filing application for business entities to submit the required information and generate the required form. The City of Round Rock may not enter into a contract that requires the approval of the City Council until the business entity files a Form 1295 with the City Clerk. Please follow the instructions below to file your Form 1295 with the TEC and the City of Round Rock: • Upon being notified of a bid award,the award recipient("business entity")must go to the following website: https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/filinginfo/1295/and follow the login instructions on the website application to complete a Form 1295. ✓ If this is a business entity's first time logging on to the website application,the business entity must create a Username and Password and then follow the application's instructions to complete a Form 1295. ✓ The City does not have a Contract ID Number System. Please insert 000000 and the project name in this box. Do not put the resolution number of the initial agreement if this is a supplemental agreement-only put the project name. ✓ Even if a business entity has no interested parties,Form 1295 still must be completed using the website application and filed with the City Clerk. Please note that there are very few instances that a business will not have any interested parties. Visit the TEC's FAQ page for the definition of an interested party. ✓ If a business is publicly traded,they are exempt from having to complete a Form 1295. Please e-mail the City Clerk stating such. • The business entity MUST print and sign the completed Form 1295 once it has been accepted by the TEC and no longer has DRAFT stamped on it. ✓ The signed Form 1295 must be scanned and e-mailed directly to the City Clerk at mspinks@roundrocktexas.gov as soon as it is completed. DO NOT send the form back to the Purchasing Department, Project Manager,or mail it with signed original agreements/contracts. ✓ The City Clerk only has 30 days from receipt to acknowledge the form in the TEC system. If you do not return it to the City Clerk promptly,and the 30 days has expired when she receives it,you WILL have to complete another one. • A new Form 1295 is required for each contract a business entity enters into with the City of Round Rock, including Supplementals,Amendments,and Change Orders. • A Form 1295 cannot be handwritten. It must be completed electronically through the TEC website application. If you have any questions regarding the process of filing Form 1295 with the City,please contact: Meagan Spinks,City Clerk Phone: (512)218-6644 E-mail: mspinks@roundrocktexas.gov If you have questions regarding the actual form or the online filing application,please visit the TEC's FAQ page: https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/resources/FAOs/FAQ Form 1295.php Revised 10/27/2021-M.Spinks Page 1 of 1 i r r r r r i i r 00200 BID BOND i BID BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON § That HCS,Inc.Commercial General Contractor of the City of WaCo County of McLennan State of Texas as Principal, and NGM Insurance Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals,are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF ROUND ROCK,TEXAS("Owner"), in the penal sum of Five Percent(5%)of the total amount of the Bid of the Principal submitted to the Owner, for the Work described below; for the payment whereof,well and truly to be made, and the said Principal and Surety do herby bind themselves and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, as follows: In no case shall the liability of the Surety hereunder exceed the sum of( Five Percent of Total Amount Bid ----------------- Dollars($ 5% TAB -------------- ). THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH that,whereas, the Principal has submitted the above-referenced Bid to the Owner, for construction of the Work under the "Specifications for Construction of Stagecoach Inn, Phase 2 Project for which Bids are to be opened at the office of Owner on the 28th day of February ,2o23 . NOW,THEREFORE,if the Principal is awarded the Contract,and within the time and manner required under the"Instructions to Bidders,"after the prescribed forms are presented to her/him for signature,enters into a written Agreement substantially in the form contained in the Bid Documents,in accordance with the Bid, and files the two (2) bonds with the Owner, one to guarantee faithful performance and the other to guarantee payment for labor and materials,then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise,it shall be and remain in full force and effect. If, however, Principal fails to enter into a written Agreement with the Owner in accordance with the Bid or Principal and Surety fail to timely deliver to Owner the performance and payment bonds required by the Bid Documents, Surety within five(5)business days after receipt of a written demand from Owner shall pay to Owner the full penal sum of this Bid Bond, subject to the limitation described herein. In the event that suit is brought upon this Bond by the Owner and judgment is recovered, said Surety shall pay all costs incurred by the Owner in such suit, including a reasonable attorney's fee to be fixed by the Court. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed this instrument on this the 28th day of the month of February 2023 HCS, Inc. Commercial General Contractor NGM Insurance Company Principal Surety �1 m_0 el Lc- Shane A Humphrey _ Printed Name Printed Yame By: � By: O Title: t"�o ems+C,ao rd ,� ,�,r Title: Address:365 Wayside Dr Address: 55 West Street Warn Texag 76705 Keene.NH 03431 00200 4-2020 Page 1 Bid Bond 00443638 Resident ;)nt of Surety: Signature Shane A. Humphrey Printed Name 3636 N.Custer Rd. Street Address McKinney.Texas 75071 City, State,Zip I Page 2 00200 4-2020 Bid Bond 00443638 ®NGM INSURANCE COMPANY POWER OF ATTORNEY A member of T1w Mw Street A"w"Grdp KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That NGM Insurance Company,a Florida corporation having its principal office in the City of Jacksonville,State of Florida,pursuant to Article IV, Section 2 of the By-Laws of said Company,to wit: "Article IV, Section 2. The board of directors, the president, any vice president, secretary, or the treasurer shall have the power and authority to appoint attorneys-in-fact and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the company and affix the seal of the company thereto, bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity or writings obligatory in the nature of a bond,recognizance or conditional undertaking and to remove any such attorneys-in-fact at any time and revoke the power and authority given to them. " does hereby make,constitute and appoint Shane A Humphrey,Cheryl L Humphrey its true and lawful Attorneys-in-fact,to make,execute,seal and deliver for and on its behalf,and as its act and deed, bonds,undertakings,recognizances,contracts of indemnity,or other writings obligatory in nature of a bond subject to the following limitation: 1. No one bond to exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) and to bind NGM Insurance Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by the duly authorized officers of NGM Insurance Company;the acts of said Attorney are hereby ratified and confirmed. This power of attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following resolution adopted by the Directors of NGM Insurance Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 2nd day of December 1977. Voted: That the signature of any officer authorized by the By-Laws and the company seal may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or special power of attorney or certification of either given for the execution of any bond,undertaking,recognizance or other written obligation in the nature thereof; such signature and seal,when so used being hereby adopted by the company as the original signature of such office and the original seal of the company,to be valid and binding upon the company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,NGM Insurance Company has caused these presents to be signed by its Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 7th day of January,2020. NGM INSURANCE COMPANY By: Kimberly K.Law € Vice President,General Counsel and Secretary State of Florida, County of Duval. On this 7th day of January, 2020, before the subscriber a Notary Public of State of Florida in and for the County of Duval duly commissioned and qualified,came Kimberly K.Law of NGM Insurance Company,to me personally known to be the officer described herein, and who executed the preceding instrument, and she acknowledged the execution of same, and being by me fully sworn, deposed and said that she is an officer of said Company, aforesaid: that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the corporate seal of said Company,and the said corporate seal and her signature as officer were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Company;that Article IV,Section 2 of the By-Laws of said Company is now in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal at Jacksonville,Florida this 7th day of January, 2020. 11 � 11urr,rae..e. 4,-k w 06 91De.' I,Nancy Giordano-Ramos,Vice President of NGM Insurance Company,do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney executed by said Company which is still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of said Company at Jacksonville,Florida this 28th day of February , 2023 WARNING:Any unauthorized reproduction or alteration of this document is prohibited. TO CONFIRM VALIDITY of the attached bond please call 1-800-225-5646. TO SUBMIT A CLAIM:Send all correspondence to 55 West Street,Keene,NH 03431 Attn:Bond Claims. 00300 BID FORM BID FORM PROJECT NAME: Stagecoach Inn, Phase 2: Exterior& Interior Rehabilitation PROJECT LOCATION: Round Rock, Texas OWNER: City of Round Rock, Texas DATE: February 28, 2023 Gentlemen: Pursuant to the foregoing Notice to Bidders and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned bidder hereby proposes to do all the Work, to furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials, insurance and miscellaneous items, to complete all the Work on which he bids as provided by the attached Bid Documents, and as shown on the plans for the construction of The Stagecoach Inn, Phase 2: Exterior & Interior Rehabilitation and binds himself on acceptance of this bid to execute the Agreement and bond for completing said Work within the time stated, for the following prices, to wit: Any addenda issued will be posted with the Project Manual and/or Contract Documents on the City's website at roundrocktexas.gov/solicitations by the close of business on February 24th Prior to submitting a bid, the bidder is responsible for determining if any addenda have been issued and for following any instructions in any addenda issued. Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda by listing Addendum "number" and "date". ADD-01 -02-07-2023 ADD-02 -02-17-2023 ADD-03 -02-22-2023 BASE BID Bid Approx. Item Description Item Quantity Unit and Written Unit Price Unit Price Amount 1 Div. 1 - Mobilization complete in place per plans & specifications for thirty-five thousand, five hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 35,500.00 2 Div. 1 - Payment&performance bond complete in place per plans& specifications for Seventeen thousand, two hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 17,200.00 00300-9-2015 Page 1 of 10 Bid Form BASE BID Bid Approx. Item Description Item Quantity unit and Written Unit Price Unit Price Amount 3 Div. 1 -General conditions including but not limited to project management,field personnel,quality control,temp. facilities, etc... complete in place per plans & specifications for fifty-eight thousand,eight hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 65,671.00 4 Div. 2 -Exterior demo including but not limited to roofing,wood facia& rake boards,etc... complete in place per plans&specifications for eleven thousand, six hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 11,600.00 5 Div. 2-Utilities,provide electric service to building complete in place per plans&specifications for thirteen thousand,two hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 13,200.00 6 Div. 2 -Earthwork&grading complete in place per plans&specifications for fourteen thousand, five hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 14,500.00 7 Div. 3 -Concrete structure for landings,steps,ramp,mechnical pad, &misc.paving complete in place per plans&specifications for twenty-three thousand,tow hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 23,200.00 00300-9-2015 Page 2 of 10 Bid Form BASE BID Bid Approx. Item Description Item Quantity Unit and Written Unit Price Unit Price Amount 8 Div. 4 - Stone landing&treads at exterior steps complete in place per plans&specifications for thirteen thousand,eight hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 13,800.00 9 Div. 5 -Metal railings at steps& ramp&metal structure for mechanical enclosure complete in place per plans&specifications for seven thousand,five hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 7,500.00 10 Div. 6-Rough carpentry including but not limited to floor framing including plates&plywood subfloor complete in place per plans&specifications for fifty-three thousand,nine hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 53,900.00 11 Div. 6-Rough carpentry including but not limited to interior wall framing, furr outs, furr downs,& mise. furring&blocking for windows,doors,&roofing complete in place per plans&sQecifications for twenty-eight thousand,eight hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 28,800.00 12 Div. 6-Rough carpentry for roof structure including but not limited to sheathing,hurricane clips,&tie rods complete in place per plans&specifications for eighteen thousand,two hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 18,200.00 00300-9-2015 Page 3 of 10 Bid Form BASE BID Bid Approx. Item Description Item Quantity Unit and Written Unit Price Unit Price Amount 13 Div. 6-Exterior finish carpentry including but not limited to wood trim at cave&rake,wood brick mold at window&doors,&misc. trim complete in place per plans & specifications for thirty-five thousand,six hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 35,600.00 14 Div. 6-Interior finish carpentry including but not limited to standing &running trim,baseboard,window &door casings, stool,apron,ceiling trim,&restoration of fireplace mantels complete in place per plans&specifications for twenty-eight thousand,nine hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 28,900.00 15 Div. 7-Wood shingle roofing including but not limited to cedar breather,felt interlay, &sheet metal flashings complete in place per plans&specifications for fifty-five thousand, seven hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 55,700.00 16 Div. 7-Remove&reinstall salvaged gutters&downspouts,provide accessories as req'd for complete system complete in place per plans&specifications for four thousand, five hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 4,500.00 17 Div. 7-Thermal batt insulation at roof structure;Acoustic batt insulation at interior walls where indicated 00300-9-2015 Page 4 of 10 Bid Form BASE BID Bid Approx. Item Description Item Quantity Unit and Written Unit Price Unit Price Amount complete in place per plans & specifications for twenty-four thousand, six hundred dollars and zero cents. S 24,600.00 18 Div. 8-Exterior stile&rail wood door assemblies,single&paired, including hardware complete in place per plans&specifications for eleven thousand,eight hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 11,800.00 19 Div. 8-Exterior single hung wood window assemblies including hardware&glazing complete in place per plans & specifications for thirty-two thousand,seven hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 32,700.00 20 Div. 9-Flooring,T&G wide plank wood flooring in pattern indicated complete in place per plans&specifications for nineteen thousand, five hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 19,500.00 21 Div. 9-Ceiling&finr downs, T&G wood bead board complete in place per plans&specifications for thirty-eight thousand, six hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 38,600.00 22 Div. 9-Walls&f irr outs, T&G wood bead board complete in place per plans&specifications for sixteen thousand,eight hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 16,800.00 00300-9-2015 Page 5 of 10 Bid Form BASE BID Bid Approx. Item Description Item Quantity Unit and Written Unit Price Unit Price Amount 23 Div. 9-Walls,gypsum board, taped &floated,where indicated complete in place per plans & specifications for four thousand, six hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 4,600.00 24 Div. 9-Exterior&interior painting, stained/clear finishes&painted finishes complete in place per plans&specifications for fourty-four thousand,three hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 44,300.00 25 Div. 23 -HVAC system&associated plumbing complete in place per plans & specifications for thirty-six thousand,five hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 36,500.00 26 Div. 26-Electrical including but not limited to service,distribution,fan& light fixtures complete in place per plans & specifications for thirty two thousand,six hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 32,600.00 27 Div. 27-Infrastructure for data& communication systems complete in place per plans & specifications for 7500 dollars and 0 cents. $ 7,500.00 00300-9-2015 Page 6 of 10 Bid Fonn BASE BID Bid Approx. Item Description Item Quantity Unit and Written Unit Price Unit Price Amount 28 Div. 28-Fire alarm system complete in place per plans&sgecifications for nine thousand, six hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 9,600.00 29 Allowance for stone repointing includes but is not limited to mortar analysis,mock-ups, submittals,etc... complete in place per plans&specifications for 7500 dollars and 0 cents. $ 7,500.00 complete in place per for dollars and cents. complete in place per for dollars and cents. complete in place per for dollars and cents. 00300-9-2015 Page 7 of 10 Bid Fonn ADD ALTERNATE BID Bid Approx. Item Description Item Quantity Unit and Written Unit Price Unit Price Amount Wood species for window assemblies,Accoya in lieu of A-t mahogany complete in place per for seventy-five hundred dollars and zero cents. lump sum $ 7,500.00 Wood species for door assemblies, A-? Accoya in lieu of mahogany complete in place per for forty-five hundred dollars and zero cents. Lump sum $ 4,500.00 Wood species for exterior architectural woodwork,Accoya in A-3 lieu of mahogany complete in place per for fifty-five hundred dollars and zero cents. Lump Sum $ 5,500.00 complete in place per for dollars and cents. $ - TOTAL ADD ALTERNATE BID: $ 17,500.00 STATEMENT OF SEPARATE CHARGES: Materials: $ 17,500.00 All Other Charges: $ - * Total: $ 17,500.00 *Note: This total must be the same amount as shown above for "Total Add Alternate Bid" BASE BID $ 593,071.00 ADD ALTERNATE BID $ 17,500.00 TOTAL $ 610,571.00 ADD ALTERNATE BID Bid Approx. Item Description Item Quantity Unit and Written Unit Price Unit Price Amount complete in place per for dollars and cents. $ - complete in place per for dollars and cents. $ - complete in place per for dollars and cents. $ - complete in place per for dollars and cents. $ - TOTAL ADD ALTERNATE BID: $ - STATEMENT OF SEPARATE CHARGES: Materials: All Other Charges: * Total: $ - * Note: This total must be the same amount as shown above for "Total Add Alternate Bid" BASE BID ADD ALTERNATE BID $ - TOTAL $ - TOTAL BASE BID (Items 1 thru 29 13 Materials: All Other Charges: * Total: * Note: This total must be the same amount as shown above for "Total Base Bid" If this bid is accepted, the undersigned agrees to execute the Agreement and provide necessary bonds and insurance certification as per the Instructions to Bidders. The undersigned certifies that the bid prices contained in the bid have been carefully checked and are submitted as correct and final. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and may waive any informalities or technicalities. Respectfully Submitted, 365 Wayside Drive Signature Rosemary Ballerino Waco,TX 76705 Print Name Address CEO/President 254-829-3200 Title Telephone HCS Inc. Commercial General Contractor Name of Firm 02-28-2023 Date Secretary, if Bidder is a Corporation 00200-9-2015 Page 10 of 10 Bid Form Inc. Commercial General Contactor Date: 5/10/2023 RE: Bid Calculation Sheet TO:City of Round Rock FROM:ZACK PEARCE,Vice President HCS Inc. To whom it may Concern, I am writing to give an explanation of our recently submitted bid for the Stagecoach Inn Phase II project. While gathering and inputting numbers into the bid sheet we did not notice that the formulas from the bid sheet did not capture all of the totals correctly in the total lump sum of the project. The total of the individual line items did not transfer correctly to the "Total Bid" cell. HCS stands behind the individual line items and the correct total bid amount of $714,371. Thank you, Zack Pearce Vice President of Operations HCS Inc (512)-745-2561 zack@hca-gc.com 575 Round Rock West Drive Suite J-380 HCS Inc. Commercial General Contractor 365 Wayside Dr.Waco TX 76705 Office 254.829.3200 1 Fax 254.829.3201 info@hcs-gc.com 00410 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S SAFETY EXPERIENCE Page 1 00410 8-2014 Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience 00090654 Solicitation Reguirements, Contract Forms & Conditions of Contract Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience Section 00410 Bidder must submit a signed Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience form with his Bid; failure to do so will constitute an incomplete Bid that may be rejected. In order to make a responsive Bid, Bidder must provide evidence that it meets minimum OSHA construction safety program requirements, has not been fined by OSHA for any willful safety violations in the past three years, and has a lost time injury rate that doesn't exceed the limits established below. All questions must be answered and data given must be clear and comprehensive. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached sheets. Company Name: HCS Inc. Commercial General Contractor Address: 365 Wayside Dr., Waco,TX 76705 Phone: 254-829-3200 Completed by: Rosemary Balledno Date: 02-28-2023 1. Does the company have a written construction Safety program? lees ❑No 2. Does the company conduct construction safety inspections? ees ❑No 3. Does the company have an active construction safety-training program? lees ❑No 4. Has the company been fined by OSHA for any willful safety violations in the past ❑Yes MPNo three years? 5. Does the company have a lost time injury rate of 7.8 for SIC 15, or 7.6 for SIC 16, ❑Yes *PNo or less over the past three years? Attach the company's OSHA 200/300 logs for the past three years. 6. Does the company or affected subcontractors have competent persons in the following Areas? A. Scaffolding m Yes []No ❑N/A B. Excavation 4Yes []No ❑N/A C. Cranes �es ❑No El N/A D. Electrical gees []No ❑N/A E. Fall Protection es []No ❑N/A F. Confined Spaces Yes []No ❑N/A I hereby certify that the above information is true and correct. Signature Title CEO/President Page 1 00410 8-2014 Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience 00090654 Attention: This form contains information relating OSHAr to employee health and must be used in a manner 's Form 300 (Rev. 01/2004) that protects the confidentiality of employees to the Year 2022exte ` Log of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses foroncupati le while theoccupational nrsbeingused for occupational safety and health purposes. U.S. Department Of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration You must record information about every work-related injury or illness that involves loss of consciousness,restricted work activity or job transfer,days away from work.or medical treatment Form approved OMB no.1218-0176 beyond first aid.You must also record significant work-related injuries and illnesses that are diagnosed by a physician or licensed health care professional. You must also record work-related injuries and illnesses that meet any of the specific recording criteria listed in 29 CFR 1904.8 through 1904 12 Feel free to use two lines for a single case d you need to.You must complete an Establishment name HCS Inc.Commercial General Contractor injury and illness incident report(OSHA Form 301)or equivalent form for each injury or illness recorded on this form. If you're not sure whether a case is recordable,call your local OSHA office for help. City Waco State Texas Identify the person Describe the case Classify the case Enter the number of (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) CHECK ONLY ONE box for each case based on days the injured or ill Check the"injury"column or choose one type of Case Employee's Name Job Title (e.g., Date of Where the event occurred(e.g. Describe injury or illness,parts of body affected, the most serious outcome for that caseworker was: illness: No Welder) injury or Loading dock north end) and object/substance that directly injured or made onset of person ill(e.g.Second degree bums on right (M) illness forearm from acetylene torch) On job y (mo./day) Death Dfroym work Remained at work s awAway transfer or -g 0 From restriction 0 5 Job transfer Other record- Work (days) T n v `0 o or restriction able cases (days) n as V a rG J (1) (J) (K) (L) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 0 Page totals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Be sure to transfer these totals to the Summary page(Form 300A)before you post it. ; o o C Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 14 minutes per response,including time N e o ao m to review the instruction,search and gather the data needed,and complete and review the collection of information. pr w v Persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control N = o number. If you have any comments about these estimates or any aspects of this data collecton,contact US a Department of Labor,OSHA Office of Statistics,Room N-3644,200 Constitution Ave,NW,Washington,DC 20210.Do not send the completed forms to this office. Page 1 of 1 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) OSHA's Form 300A (Rev.01/2004) Year 2022 10 Summary of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses U.S. .,p d ..lsi of Labor o�r:rq.tao.1 s,r.w•ria H.aM Aemmrtr.non Form Wprwe,1 OMB w 1218-0176 All astabbshments covered by Part 1904 must complete this Summary page.even Ano npur.es or illnesses occurred during the year. Remember to review the Log to verily that the entries era complete Using the Log,count the individual entries you made for each category Then write the totals below. Establishment information making sure you've added the entries from every page of the log. If you had no cases wnte'0.' Employees former employees.and their representatives have the right to review the OSHA Form 300m Your establishment name HCS Inc.Commercial General Contractor its entirety. They also have limited access to the OSHA Form 301 or its equivalent. See 29 CFR 365 Wayside Drive 1904.35.in OSHA's Recordkesping rule,for further details on the access provisions for these forms Street Number of Cases City Waco State Texas Zp 76705 Industry description(e.g..Manufacture of nwtor truck trailers) Total number of Total number of Total number of cases Total number of Construction deaths cases with days with job transfer or other recordable away from work restriction cases Standard Industrial Classification(SIC),A known(e g.,SIC 3715) 0 0 0 0 (G) (H) (I) (J) OR North American Industrial Classification(NAICS).if known(e.g.,338212) 2 3 6 2 2 0 Number of Days Employment Information Total number of Total number of days of 25 days away from job transfer or restriction Annual average number of employees r.,nrL Total hours worked by all employees last 50,000 Approx. 0 0 year (K) L) Injury and Illness Types Sign here Total number Of... Knowingly falsifying this document may result in a fine. (M) (1) Injury 0 (4) Poisoning 0 (2) Skin Disorder 0 (5) Hearing Loss 0 (3) Respiratory I certify that I have examined this document and that to the best of my knowledge the entries are true,accurate,and Condition 0 (6)All (6)All Other Illnesses 0 � COO Company executive Title (254)829-3200 1/3/2023 Post this Summary page from February 1 to April 30 of the year following the year covered by the form Phone Date Public reporting burden for this collection of nfi mation is estimated to awmge 58 minutes per response,including time to review the inMokm.search and garter the data needed,and complete and isview the mlection of information.Persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless s displays a currently valid OMB control number.If you have any comments about these estimates or any aspects of the data collection,contact:US Department of I atnr OSHA 0 fir.of St.h td Rnnm N-.V,44 100 rrinsritutinn Avw NW Washlnnton DC 2821(1 Qi not wind em rnnmletrM forms M Mi nrrw �+ /� Rev. 0112004 Attention: This form contains information relating O SHA's Form 300 to employee health and must be used a manner that protects the confidentiality of employees to the Year 202 Log of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses for occupational upatpossio lewhile yand health ur being used for occupational safety and health purposes. U.S. Department Of�.8b0r Occupational Safety and Health Administration You must record information about every work-related injury or illness that involves loss of consciousness,restricted work activity or job transfer.days away from work,or medical treatment Form approved OMB no.1218-0176 beyond first aid.You must also record significant work-related injuries and illnesses that are diagnosed by a physician or licensed health care professional. You must also record work-related injuries and illnesses that meet any of the specific recording criteria listed in 29 CFR 1904.8 through 1904 12. Feel free to use two lines for a single case M you need to,You must complete an injury and iIllness indolent report(OSHA Form 301)or equivalent loan for each injury or illness recorded on this form. If you're not sure whether a rase is recordable,call your local OSHA Establishment name HCS Inc.Commercial General Contractor office for help. City Waco State Texas Identify the person Describe the case Classify the case Enter the number of (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) CHECK ONLY ONE box for each case based on days the injured or ill Check the"injury"column or choose one type of Case Employee's Name Job Title (e.g., Date of Where the event occurred(e g. Describe injury or illness,parts of body affected, the most serious outcome for that caseworker was: illness: No Welder) injury or Loading dock north end) and object/substance that directly injured or made onset of person ill(e.g.Second degree bums on right (M) illness forearm from acetylene torch) Day y y from work s awa Awa On jab (mo./day) Death Remained at work transfer or o From restriction Job transfer Other record- Work (days) Z. _N-5 o or restriction able cases (days) in a = a (G1 lH) (I) (K) (L) 1 (1) (2) (3) (4) (s) (6) 0 Page totals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Be sure to transfer these totals to the Summary page(Form 300A)before you post it. o . o Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 14 minutes per response,inducting time o0 to review the instruction,search and gather the data needed,and complete and review the collection of information. Y O Q_ iu Persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control y = o number. If you have any comments about these estimates or any aspects of this data collection,contact: US G Department of Labor,OSHA Office of Statistics,Room N-3644,200 Constitution Ave,NW,Washington,DC 20210. Do not send the completed forms to this office. Page 1 of 1 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) OSHA's Form 300A (Rev.01/2004) Year 2021 <Vp Summary of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses U.S. f y.,ximentor~m6m s.ray,ea N..ts,.amlM.rnso� Form Vpr W OMB no 1219-0179 All establishments covered by Part 1904 must complete this Summery page,even if no injuries or illnesses occurred during the year. Remember to review the Log to verify that the entries are complete Using the log,count the individual entries you made for each category. Then write the totals below, Establishment information making sure you've added the entries from every page of the log. If you had ro cases write"0.' Employees former employees,and their representatives have the right to review the OSHA Form 300 in Your establishment name HCS Inc.Commercial General Contractor its entirety. They also have limited access to the OSHA Form 301 or ds equivalent. See 29 CFR 1904 35,in OSHA's Recordkeeping rule,for further details on the access provisions for these forms. Street 365 Wayside Drive Number of Cases city Waco State Texas Zip 76705 Industry description(e.g..Manufacture of motor truck trailers) Total number of Total number of Total number of cases Total number of Construction deaths cases with days with job transfer or other recordable away,from work restriction cases Standard Industrial Classification(SIC),if known(e.g.,SIC 3715) 0 0 0 0 (G) (H) (I) (J) OR North American Industrial Classification(NAICS),if known(e.g.,336212) 2 3 6 2 2 0 Number of Days Employment information Total number of Total number of days of days away from job transfer or restriction Annual average number of employees 25 Total hours worked by all employees last 0 0 year 50,000 Approx. (K) (L) Injury and Illness Types Sign here Total number of._ Knowingly falsifying this document may result in a fine. (M) (1) Injury 0 (4) Poisoning 0 (2) Skin Disorder 0 (5) Hearing Loss 0 (3) Respiratory I certify that I have examined this document and that to the best of my knowledge the entries are true,accurate,and Condition 0 (6)All Other Illnesses 0 complete. (i, UrJ[nn aac«i President Company executive Title (254)829-3200 1/3/2022 Post this Summary page from February 1 to April 30 of the year following the year covered by the form Phone Date Public reporting burden for this collection of hbrmation sestimated to awrage 58 minutes per response,including bme to ri the instruction,search and gather the data needed,and complete and review the collection of informalion.Persons are not required to respond to the collection of infomtabon unless t disptays a currently valid OMB control number.If you have any comments about these estimates or any aspects of this data collection,contact.US Department f[ihnr OSHA OHine cal.Slatr<fir_c Rnnm N-VA4 ton Cnnctni ninn Avn NW Wachinm,­nc 7(171(7 rkt not send the.mmnleted Innnc to th,,nfFire. Attention: This form contains information relating �� r to employee health and must be used in a manner OSHA's Form 300 (Rev. 0112004) that protects the confidentiality of employees to the Year 2020 `` Log of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses for exten occuposspatioble nal safety einforalthp rposes. used for occupational safety and hearth purposes. U.S. Department Of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration You must record information about every work-related injury or illness that involves loss of consciousness.restricted work activity or job transfer,days away from work,or medical treatment Form approved OMB no.1218-0176 beyond first aid. You must also record significant work-related injuries and illnesses that are diagnosed by a physician or licensed health care professional.You must also record work-related injures and illnesses that meet any of the specific recording criteria listed in 29 CFR 1904.8 through 1904.12. Feel free to use two lines for a single case if you need to. You must complete an Establishment name HCS Inc.Commercial General Contractor injury and illness incident report(OSHA Form 301)or equivalent form for each injury or illness recorded on this form. If you're not sure whether a rase is recordable,call your local OSHA office for help. City Waco State Texas Identify the person Describe the Case Classify the case Enter the number of (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) CHECK ONLY ONE box for each case based on days the injured or ill Check the"injury"column or choose one type of Case Employee's Name Job Title (e.g., Date of Where the event occurred(e g. Describe injury or illness,parts of body affected, the most serious outcome for that caseworker was. illness: No Welder) injury or Loading dock north end) and object/substance that directly injured or made m onset of person ill(e.g.Second degree burns on right (M) illness forearm from acetylene torch) Days away Away On job (mo./day) Death Remained at work transfer or a �' from work From restriction16g m .lob transfer Other record- Work (days) Z m N or restriction able cases (days) N of as = a IG, (H) (1) (J) (K) (L) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Page totals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Be sure to transfer these totals to the Summary page(Form 300A)before you post it. ;o C N e p J N Public reporting burden for this collection ofinformation is estimated to average 14 minutes per response,including time TTi a m to review the instruction,search and gather the data needed,and complete and review the collection of information. ;r Ir m `v Persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control = o number. n you have any comments about these estimates or any aspects of this data collection,contact:US Department of Labor,OSHA Office of Statistics,Room N-3644.200 Constitution Ave.NW,Washington,DC 20210. Do not send the completed forms to this office. Page 1 of 1 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) OSHA's Form 300A (Rey.01/2004) Year 2020 ep Summary of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses U.S. fe & mentofLabor Occupatbrrl Safety M/NalUr Asnlrtloolntlm Fwm Wpm .OMB-1215-0176 All establishments covered by Part 1904 must complete this Summary page.even Ano inurres or illnesses occurred during the year Remember to review the Log to verily that the entries are complete Using the Log,count the individual entries you made for each category. Then write the totals below. Establishment information making sure you've added the entries from every page of the log. 1f you had no cases write"0." Employees former employees,and thew representatives have the right to review the OSHA Form 300 in Your establishment name HCS Inc.Commercial General Contractor its entirety. They also have limited access to the OSHA Form 301 or its equivalent See 29 CFR 365 Wayside Drive 1904.35.in OSHA's Recordkeeping rule,for further details on the access provisions for these forms. Street Number of Cases City Waco state Texas Zip 76705 Industry description(e.g..Manufacture of motor truck trawlers) Total number of Total number of Total number of cases Total number of Construction deaths cases with days with job transfer or other recordable away from work restriction cases Standard Industrial Classification(SIC),if known(e.g,SIC 3715) 0 0 0 0 _ (G) (H) (I) (J) OR North American Industrial Classification(NAICS),If known(a.g.,338212) 2 3 6 2 2 0 Number of Days Employment Information Total number of Total number of days of days away from job transfer or restriction Annual average number of employees 10 ��nrL Total hours worked by all employees last 0 0 year 25,000 Approx. (K) (L) Injury and Illness Types Sign here Total number of... Knowingly falsifying this document may resuff in a fine. (M) (1) Injury 0 (4) Poisoning 0 (2) Skin Disorder 0 (5) Hearing LOSS O (3) Respiratory I certify that I have examined this document and that to the beat of my knowledge the entries are true,accurate,and Condition 0 (6)All Other Illnesses 0 complete du President Company executive Title (254)829-3200 01/05/21 Post this Summary page from February 1 to April 30 of the year following the year covered by the form Phone Date Public reporting burden ler this collection of nbrmation is estimated to average 58 minutes per response.including tlme to revew the instruction,search am gather the data needed,and complete and review the colecson of informaton.Persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.If you have any comments about these estimates or any aspects of the data collection,contact:US Department nl I nhnr C)HA nflr.a nl Stnnairc Rnnm N-7fidd 2f1f1 fnncldnhnn Ave NW Wichinntnn il(,2(171!' nn not ccnrl Ihn rmm�lnlnA Inrrna to ihi�nlf^a Attention: This form contains information relating OSHAr to employee health and must be used in a manner 's Form 300 (Rev.01/2004) that protects the confidentiality of employees to the Year 2019 extenLog of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses for upatpossiolalsafethe yandhealth urpbeingused for occupational safety and health purposes. U.S. department:Of t_abOt' Occupational Safety and Heafth Administration You must record information about every work-related injury or illness that involves loss of consciousness,restricted work activity or job transfer,days away from work,or medical treatment Form approved OMB no.1218-0176 beyond first aid.You must also record significant work-related injuries and illnesses that are diagnosed by a physician or licensed health care professional. You must also record work-related injuries and illnesses that meet any of the specific recording cMena listed in 29 CFR 1904.8 through 1904.12. Feel free to use two lines for a single case d you need to.You must complete an Establishment name HCS Inc. Commercial General Contractor injury and illness incident report(OSHA Form 301)or equivalent form for each injury or illness recorded on this torn. If you're not sure whether a case is recordable.call your local OSHA office for help. City Waco State Texas Identify the person Describe the case Classify the case Enter the number of (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) CHECK ONLY ONE box for each case based on days the injured or ill Check the"injury"column or choose one type of Case Employee's Name Job Title (e.g., Date of Where the event occurred(e.g. Describe injury or illness,parts of body affected, the most serious outcome for that caseworker was: illness No. Welder) injury or Loading dock north end) and object/substance that directly injured or made onset of person ill(e.g.Second degree bums on right (M) N illness forearm from acetylene torch) Days awayy Awa On)ob * (mo./day) Death from work Remained at work transfer or ii c From restriction ) Job transfer Other record- Work (days) ill Cl q c o or restriction able cases (days) ac G) iHi (I) (J) (K) (L) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 0 0 0 Page totals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Be sure to transfer these totals to the Summary page(Form 300A)before you post it. Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 14 minutes per response,including time p 0 a° m to review the instruction,search and gather the data needed,and complete and review the collection of information. x co m `v Persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control U) = o number.If you have any comments about these estimates or any aspects of this data collection,contact: US Department of Labor,OSHA Once of Statistics,Room N-3644,200 Constitution Ave,NW,Washington,DC 20210. Do not send the completed forms to this office. Page 1 of 1 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) '^'� �5a a -w....;- T •�.arrxasta�Y:.:.�,asm:.e ):':�ra�., ---'-- — OSHA's Form 300A (Rev.0112004) Year 2019 ``'� Summary of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses U.S.Department of Labor Occupatlom.l S./.,,..rM H.ale1 MmiMatntlom Form rpprovW OUB no 1219-0176 AN establishments covered by Part 1904 must complete this Summary page.even d oo oyunes or illnesses occurred during the year. Remember to review the Log to verily that the entries are complete Using the Log,count the individual entries you made for each category. Then write the totals below. Establishment information making sure you've added the entries from every page of the log. Ir you had no cases write"o" Employees former employees,and their representatives have the right to review the OSHA Form 300 in Your establishment name HCS Inc.Commercial General Contractor its entirely. They also have limited access to the OSHA Form 301 or its equivalent. See 29 CFR 365 Wayside Drive 1904.35.in OSHA's Recor fuseping rule,for further details on the access provisions for these forms. Street NumberofCases City Waco state Texas lip 76705 Industry description(e.g..Manufacture of motor truck trailers) Total number of Total number of Total number of cases Total number of Construction deaths cases with days with job transfer or other recordable away from work restriction cases Standard Industrial Classification(SIC),i1 known(e.g.,SIC 3715) 0 0 0 0 (G) (H) (I) (J) OR North American Industrial Classification(NAICS),H known(e.g-336212) 2 3 6 2 2 0 Number of Days Employment information Total number of Total number of days of 10 days away from job transfer or restriction Annual average number of employees 0 0 Total hours worked by all employees Iasi 23,400 Approx. year (K) (L) Injury and Illness Types Sign here Total number of... Knowingly falsifying this document may result in a fine. (M) (1) Injury 0 (4) Poisoning 0 (2) Skin Disorder 0 (5) Hearing Loss 0 (3) Respiratory I certify that I have examined this document and that to the best of my knowledge the entries are true,accurate,and Condition 0 (6)All Other Illnesses 0 complete. /n/ n �j� � l,Q..G �UrC(1!.dt�wa/ President Company executive Title (254)829-3200 01/02/20 Post this Summary page from February 1 to April 30 of the year following the year covered by the form Phone Date Publk reporting burden ler this collection of nbrmation mesbmated to average 58 minulas per response.including bme to reyew the instruction,search and gather the data needed,and complete and review the collection of information.Persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.If you have any comments about these estimates or any aspects of this data coiiecbon,contact:US Department of I nhr,r OSHA Offra 0 Flahsuc_v Rnnm N-3644 200 C;nnclitnlion Ave NW Waslummn,,nc m2in nn notswld thin forms to Ihi,nfi- /�'s Form 300 Rev.0112004 Attention: This form contains information relating �� to employee health and must be used in a manner OS HMUpdated 01-01-19 ```�� that protects the confidentiality of employees to the Year 20 18 ble the Log of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses for ent occupational afeyand health upn is ses. used for occupational safety and health purposes. U.S. Department Of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration You must record information about every work-related injury or illness that involves loss of consciousness,restricted work activity or job transfer,days away from work,or medical treatment Form approved OMB no.1218-0176 beyond first aid.You must also record significant work-related injuries and illnesses that are diagnosed by a physician or licensed health care professional. You must also record work-related injuries and illnesses that meet any of the specific recording criteria listed in 29 CFR 1904.8 through 1904.12. Feel free to use two lines for a single case A you need to.You must complete an Establishment name HCS Inc.Commercial General Contractor injury and illness incident report(OSHA Form 301)or equivalent form for each injury or illness recorded on this form. If you're not sure whether a rase is recordable,call your local OSHA office for help. City Waco State Texas Identify the person Describe the case Classify the case Enter the number of (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) CHECK ONLY ONE box for each case based on days the injured or ill Check the"injury"column or choose one type of Case Employee's Name Job Title (e.g.. Date of Where the event occurred(e.g. Describe injury or illness,parts of body affected. the most serious outcome for that case worker was. illness: No Welder) injury or Loading dock north end) and object/substance that directly injured or made onset of person ill(e.g.Second degree bums on right (M) N N illness forearm from acetylene torch) Das awa Awa Onjob c (mo./day) Death from work Remained at work y transferor 'o o c From restriction J Job transfer Other record. Work (days) E w or restriction able cases (days) M 0. i 3 IGi iH� ill (J) (KI (L) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 0 Page totals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Be sure to transfer these totals to the Summary page(Form 300A)before you post it. ; o C V CO 0 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 14 minutes per response,including time 13 ccc 'b g' to review the instruction,search and gather the data needed,and complete and review the collection of information. E- a Persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB contrd _ number. If you have any comments about these estimates or any aspects of this data collection,contact: US 3 Department of Labor,OSHA Office of Statistics,Room N-3644,200 Constitution Ave,NW,Washington,DC 20210.Do not send the completed forms to this office Page 1of1 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) OSHA's Form 300A (Rev.01/2004) Year 2018 ``*� Summary of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses U.S.Department of Labor occupalwaat sar•ty•ria H•atm,•amtrw•tr•t+m Form wwww OMB m 1216-01 76 All establishments covered by Part 1904 must complete this Summary page.even if no mlurres or illnesses occumed during the year Remember to review the Log to verify that the entries am complete Using the Log,count the individual entries you made for each category Then write the totals below Establishment information making sum you've added the enures from every page of the log. If you had no cases write"O" Employees former employees,and their representatives have the right to review the OSHA Form 300 in Your establishment name HCS Inc.Commercial General Contractor its entirely. They also have limited access to the OSHA Form 301 or its equivalent. See 29 CFR 1904.35,in OSHA's Recordkeeping rule,for further details on the access provisions for these forms. Street 365 Wayside Drive Number of Cases City Waco state Texas Zip 76705 Industry description(e g..Manufacture of motor truck trailers) Total number of Total number of Total number of cases Total number of Construction deaths cases with days with job transferor other recordable away from work restriction cases Standard Industrial Classification(SIC),if known(e.g.,SIC 3715) 0 0 0 0 (G) (H) (I) (J) OR North American Industrial Classification(NAICS).if known(e.g.,338212) Number of Days Employment information Total number of Total number of days of days away from job transfer or restriction Annual average number of employees 11 0 0 Total hours worked by all employees last 24,999 Approx. year (K) (L) Injury and Illness Types Sign here Total number of... Knowingly falsifying this document may result in a fine. (M) (1) Injury D (4) Poisoning 0 (2) Skin Disorder 0 (5) Hearing Loss 0 (3) Respiratory I certify that I have examined this document and that to the best of my knowledge the entries are true,accurate,and Condition 0 (6)All Other Illnesses 0 complete ,/ (IilePresident Company executive Title (254)829-3200 01/01/19 Post this Summary page from February 1 to April 30 of the year following the year covered by the form Phone Date Public reportng burden br this r Wxon of nfomlatlon Is estimated to average 58 mimes per response,mdudng time to review the inssudion,search and gather the data needed,and complete and evew the collection of intonation.Persons are not required to respond to the collodion of Information unless it displays a currently valid OMB contml number If you have any mmments about these estimates or any aspects of the data collection,contact US Department nl I ahnr OSHA OHi-0 Slatrn-Rnnm N.1644 20n(:-ofiilimi Avn NW W,,i0mn1nn n(:2021n On,M ennA the rmmrlamd forma In thi,a nflica Attention: This form contains information relating O S H A's Form 300 Rev. 0112004 to employee health and must be used in manner that protects the confidentiality of employee es to the Year 2017 extent possible while the information is being used Log of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses foroccupatonalsafetyandheanhpurposes. U.S.Department Of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration You must record information about every work-related injury or illness that involves loss of consciousness,restricted work activity or job transfer.days away from work,or medical treatment Form approved OMB no 1218-0176 beyond first aid. You must also record significant work-related injuries and illnesses that are diagnosed by a physician or licensed health care professional. You must also record work-related injuries and illnesses that meet any of the speck recording criteria listed in 29 CFR 1904.8 through 1904.12. Feel free to use two lines for a single case if you need to You must complete an Establishment name HCS Inc.Commercial General Contractor injury and illness incident report(OSHA Form 301)or equivalent form for each injury or illness recorded on this form. If you're not sure whether a case is recordable,call your local OSHA office for help. City Waco State Texas Identify the person Describe the case Classify the case Enter the number of (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) CHECK ONLY ONE box for each case based on days the injured or ill Check the"injury"column or choose one type of Case Employee's Name Job Title (e.g., Date of Where the event occurred(e.g. Describe injury or illness,parts of body affected, the most serious outcome for that case: worker was illness: No. Welder) injury or Loading dock north end) and object/substance that directly injured or made onset of person ill(e.g.Second degree burns on right (M) illness forearm from acetylene torch) DaAwa On job (mo./day) Death Days away Remained at work y transfer or o c from work From restriction I m `o g o, Job transfer Other record- Work (days) it a v `— o v `m or restriction able cases (days) cin Of 0 as M 2 (G) (H) (1) (J) (K) (L) 1 (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 0 Page totals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Be sure to transfer these totals to the Summary page(Form 300A)before you post it. c o b y Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 14 minutes per response,including time N€ -in? c to review the instruction.search and gather the data needed,and complete and review the collection of information. 5 U 0. Persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control = o number. If you have any comments about these estimates or any aspects of this data collection,contact US Department of Labor,OSHA Office of Statistics,Room N-3644,200 Constitution Ave,NW,Washington,DC 20210. Do not send the completed forms to this office. Page i of 1 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) OSHA's Form 300A (Rev.01/2004) Year 2017 ```> Summary of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses U.S.Department abor occupational s,r.ry aria rw.tm•amml.tndon ®c Form approve OMB no 1215-0110 AA establishments covered by Part 1904 must complete this Summary page.even if no injuries or illnesses occurred dump the year Remember to review the Log to verify that the entries are complete Using the Log,count the individual entries you made for each category. Then write the totals below, Establishment information making sure you've added the entries from every page of the log. If you had no cases write"0." Employees former employees.and their representatives have the right to mvew the OSHA Form 300 in Your establishment name HCS Inc.Commercial General Contractor its entirety. They also have limited access to the OSHA Form 301 or its equivalent. See 29 CFR 365 Wayside Drive dk 1904.35.in OSHA's Recoreeping rule,for further details on the access provisions for these forms. Street city Waco state Texas Zi 76705 Number of Cases p Industry description(a.g.,Manufacture of motortruck trailers) Total number of Total number of Total number of cases Total number of Construction deaths cases with days with job transfer or other recordable away from work restriction cases Standard Industrial Classification(SIC),if known(e.g.,SIC 3715) 0 0 0 0 (G) (H) (I) W OR North American Industrial Classification(NAICS),if known(e.g..336212) Number of Days Employment information Total number of Total number of days of days away from job transfer or restriction Annual average number of employees 11 0 0 Total hours worked by all employees last year PP 25,000 A rOX. (K) (L) Injury and Illness Types Sign here Total number of... Knowingly falsifying this document may result in a fine. (M) (1) Injury 0 (4) Poisoning 0 (2) Skin Disorder 0 (5) Hearing Loss O (3) Respiratory I candy that I have examined this document and that to the best of my knowledge the entries are true,accurate,and complete. dl--� �aat�a_ Condition 0 (6)All Other Illnesses 0 President Company executive Title (254)829-3200 01/30/18 Post this Summary page from February 1 to April 30 of the year following the year covered by the form Phone Date Public reporting burden ler this collection of information is estimated to average 58 minutes per response,including time to ravew the instruction,search and gather the data needed.and complete and review the mlechon of information.Persons are not required to respond to the collection of Information unless I displays a currently valid OMB control number.If you have any comments about these estimates or any aspects of this data collection,contact US Depadment of I aMr()SHA noire of Rnnm N-'644 200('nn,t,fiAn Ava NW Washinntnn nr)n)i 1 nn not-d Ihis rmm,lelad franc to nu<nflirp Attention: This form contains information relating OS HA's Form 300 Rev. 01/2004 to employee teach and must be used in a manner that protects the confidentiality of employees to the Year 2016 extent possible while the information is being used Log of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses for occupational safety and health purposes. U.S. Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration You must record information about every work-related injury or illness that involves loss of consciousness.restricted work activity or job transfer,days away from work,or medical treatment Form approved OMB no.1218-0176 beyond first aid. You must also record significant work-related injuries and illnesses that are diagnosed by a physician or licensed health care professional.You must also record work-related injuries and illnesses that meet any of the specific recording criteria listed in 29 CFR 1904.8 through 1904.12. Feel free to use two lines for a single case if you need to. You must complete an Establishment name HCS Inc.Commercial General Contractor injury and illness incident report(OSHA Form 301)or equivalent form for each injury or illness recorded on this form If you're not sure whether a case is recordable,call your local OSHA office for help. City Waco State Texas Identify the person Describe the case Classify the case Enter the number of (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) CHECK ONLY ONE box for each case based on days the injured or ill Check the"injury"column or choose one type of Case Employee's Name Job Title (e.g., Date of Where the event occurred(e.g. Describe injury or illness,parts of body affected, the most serious outcome for that case-. worker was illness: No. Welder) injury or Loading dock north end) and object/substance that directly injured or made onset of person ill(e.g.Second degree bums on right (M) y illness forearm from acetylene torch) On jobDa s awayDeath Away u, Remained at worktransfer or 1 Z $ from work From restriction 0 Job transfer Other record- Work (days) Z 8.-5 o `- o or restriction able cases (days) N �` a = a (G) (H) (0 (J) (K) (L) (1) 2 (3) (4) (5) (6) 0 0 0 Page totals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Be sure to transfer these totals to the Summary page(Form 300A)before you post it. _ C M o N O 0 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 14 minutes per response,including time to review the instruction,search and gather the data needed,and complete and review the collection of information. of O a@ Persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless A displays a currently valid OMB control in = o number. If you have any comments about these estimates or any aspects of this data collection,contact:US C Department of Labor,OSHA Office of Statistics,Room N-3644,200 Conslitution Ave,NW,Washington,DC 20210. Do not send the completed forms to this office, Page 1 of 1 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) OSHA's Form 300A (Rev.01/2004) Year 2016 40 Summary of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses U.S. fxty—H nhAJnn nw occupafwrul s,r.ry,na B„rm neminno-,tion Form apprwe0 OMB m 1219-0176 All estebishmerlts covered by Part 1904 must complete this Summary page,even i1 no injuries or illnesses occurred during the year. Remember to review the Log to verify that the entries ere complete Using the Log,count the individual entries you made for each category. Then write the totals below, Establishment information making sure you've added the entries from every page of the log. If you had no cases write"0” Employees former employees,and their representatives have the right to review the OSHA Form 300 in Your establishment name HCS Inc.Commercial General Contractor its entirety. They also have limited access to the OSHA Form 301 or its equivalent. See 29 CFR 365 Wayside Drive 1904 35,in OSHA's Recordkeeping note,for further details on the access provisions for these forms. Street y Number of Cases city Waco state Texas Zip 76705 Industry description(e.g..Manufacture of motor truck trailers) Total number of Total number of Total number of cases Total number of Construction deaths cases with days with job transfer or other recordable away from work restriction Cases Standard Industrial Classification(SIC),if known(e.g.,SIC 3715) 0 0 0 0 (G) (H) (I) W OR North American Industrial Classification(NAICS),if known(e.g.,338212) Number of Days Employment information Total number of Total number of days of days away from job transfer or restriction Annual average number of employees 8 Total hours worked by all employees last 17,000 Approx. 0 0 year (K) (L) Injury and Illness Types Sign here Total number of... Knowingly falsifying this document may result in a fine. (M) (1) Injury 0 (4) Poisoning 0 (2) Skin Disorder 0 (5) Hearing Loss 0 (3) Respiratory I candy that I have examined this document and that to the best of my knowledge the entries are true,accurate.and '////� ����� complete. �^ �C����.f,W^'- Condition 0 (6)All Other Illnesses 0 / President Company executive Title (254)829-3200 11/01/16 Post this Summary page from February 1 to April 30 of the year following the year covered by the form Phone Date Pubic repodng burden ler this colection of nbrmation is estimated to average 58 minutes per response,inducing time to review the insbodbo,search and gather the data needed,and complele and redew the coledion of informafon.Persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB mmol number If you have any comments about these estimates or any aspects of the data collection,contact:US Department of I ahor nsHA O it of S1ari lira Rnnm N-7FEA 2nn(;nnal9nhnn Ave NW Waahmnton nf.7 tin. no not cervi lhn­rnolnW forme to th,o irr Attention: This form contains information relating s to employee health and must be used in a manner OSHA's Form 300 (Rev. 01/2004) that protects the confidentiality of employees to the Year 2015 Log of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses for occupatpossional safeyanle the d health ourposeng used for occupational safety and health purposes. U.S. Department Of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration You must record information about every work-related injury or illness that involves loss of consciousness,restricted work activity or job transfer,days away from work,or medical trealmeot Form approved OMB no.1218-0176 beyond first aid. You must also record significant work-related injuries and illnesses that are diagnosed by a physician or licensed health care professional.You must also record work-related injuries and illnesses that meet any of the specific recording criteria listed in 29 CFR 1904.8 through 1904.12. Feel free to use two lines for a single case if you need to. You must complete an Establishment name HCS Inc.Commercial General Contractor injury and illness incident report(OSHA Form 301)or equivalent form for each injury or illness recorded on this form. If you're not sure whether a case is recordable,call your local OSHA office for help. City Waco State Texas Identify the person Describe the case Classify the case Enter the number of (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) CHECK ONLY ONE box for each case based on days the injured or ill Check the"injury"column or choose one type of Case Employee's Name Job Title (e.g., Date of Where the event occurred(e.g. Describe injury or illness,parts of body affected, the most serious outcome for that case. worker was. illness. No. Welder) injury or Loading dock north end) and object/substance that directly injured or made N onset of person ill(e.g.Second degree bums on right (M) illness forearm from acetylene torch) Days away On job DeathRemained at work y (mo./day) transfer or a $ from work v From restriction °a_ m o Job transfer Other record- Work (days) -n v N or restriction able cases (days) d b d V) X a x a iG, (H) (1) (J) (K) (Ll 1) (2) (3) 4 (5) 8 0 Page totals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Be sure to transfer these totals to the Summary page(Form 300A)before you post it. 60 C', o `o v 0 Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 14 minutes per response,including time U to review the instruction,search and gather the data needed,and complete and review the collection of information. Persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control = o number. If you have any comments about these estimates or any aspects of this data collection,contact:US Department of Labor,OSHA Office of Statistics,Room N-3614,200 Constitution Ave,NW,Washington,DC 20210. Do not send the completed forms to this office. Page 1 of 1 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) OSHA's Form 300A (Rev.0112004) Year 2015 ```� Summary of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses U.Ss0e—a ,ImtofLabor Occupatbrul Safety ane INaIN AdnlniaCatlon Farm apprwe0 OMe no 1218,0176 All establishments covered by Part 1904 must complete this Summery pageeven of no injuries or illnesses occurred during the year Remember to review the Log to verily that the entries are complete Using the Log,count the individual entries you made for each category. Then write the totals below. Establishment information making sure you've added the entries from every page of the tog. If you had no cases write"0.' Employees former employees.and thea representatives have the right to review the OSHA Form 300 in Your establishment name HCS Inc.Commercial General Contractor its entirety. They also have limited access to the OSHA Form 301 or its equivalent. See 29 CFR 1904.35.in OSHA's Recordkeeping rule,for further details on the access provisions for these forms, Street 365 Wayside Drive Number of Cases City Waco State Texas Zip 76705 Industry description(e.g.,Manufacture of motor truck trailers) Total number of Total number of Total number of rases Total number of Construction deaths cases with days with job transfer or other recordable away from work restriction cases Standard Industrial classification(SIC),it known(e g,SIC 3715) 0 0 0 0 (G) (H) (I) (J) OR North American Industrial Classification(NAICS).if known(e.g..336212) Number of Days Employment information Total number of Total number of days of days away from job transfer or restriction Annual average number of employees 7 Total hours worked by all employees last 0 o 16,000 Approx. year (K) (L) Injury and Ilfness Types Sign here Total number of... Knowingly falsifying this document may result In a fine. (M) (1) Injury 0 (4) Poisoning 0 (2) Skin Disorder 0 (5) Hearing Loss 0 (3) Respiratory I certify that I have examined this document and that to the best of my knowledge the entries are true.accurate,and Condition 0 (6)All Other Illnesses 0 complete. (n.,�f,/� CG�xA'tiNp ,N/• J President Company executive Title (254)829-3200 04/07/16 Post this Summary page from February 1 to April 30 of the year following the year covered by the form Phone Date Public reporting burden for this collector of hbrmation m estimated to average 58 minutes per response,indudng time to rare.the instruction,search and gather me data needed,and complete and redew the mledion of inforrnation.Persons are not required to respond to the collection of Information unless t displays a currently valid OMB mntml number.It you have any comments about these estimates or any aspects of this data collection,contact US Department nl l abrin f7SH0.fN(rp.nl Ctaliaira Rnnm N-lfidd 7(1�fnnvfih Ilion Ave NW Wa<hinnMn f)f 7(171(1 fin not«rid the rmm�blert fnrm<tn ihw nflire Attention: This form contains information relating OSHA's Form 300 to employee health and must be used in a manner Rev. 01/2004 ( ) that protects the confidentiality of employees to the Year 2014 Log of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses for occupational upatpossionalble safety theinformation purposes. used for occupational safely and hearth purposes. U.S.Department Of Labor Occupational Safety and Hearth Administration You must record information about every work-related injury or illness that involves loss of consciousness,restricted work activity or job transfer.days away from work,or medical treatment Form approved OMB no.1218-0176 beyond first aid. You must also record significant work-related injuries and illnesses that are diagnosed by a physician or licensed health care professional.You must also record work-related injuries and illnesses that meet any of the specific recording criteria listed in 29 CFR 1904.8 through 1904.12. Feel free to use two lines for a single case if you need to. You must complete an Establishment name HCS Inc.Commercial General Contractor injury and illness incident report(OSHA Form 301)or ecurvNent form for each injury or illness recorded on this form. If you're not sure whether a case is recordable,call your local OSHA office for help. City Waco State Texas Identify the person Describe the case Classify the case Enter the number of ,Ai (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) CHECK ONLY ONE box for each case based on days the injured or ill Check the"injury"column or choose one type of Case Employee's Name Job Title (e.g., Date of Where the event occurred(e.g, Descnbe injury or illness,parts of body affected, the most serious outcome for that Case: worker was: illness: No Welder) injury or Loading dock north end) and object/substance that directly injured or made onset of person ill(e.g.Second degree bums on right (M) y illness forearm from acetylene torch) Days s away y Awa On job u. (mo/day) Death Remained at work transfer or -2 Z o from work From restriction °w_ m o m Job transfer Other record- work2. o n v c c (days) o o or restriction able cases (days) c nria M (G) (H) (1) (J) (K) (L, 1 (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 0 0 Page totals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Be sure to transfer these totals to the Summary page(Form 300A)before you post it. . m o c m 0 v Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 14 minutes per response,including time p y o �_ to review the instruction,search and gather the data needed,and complete and review the collection of information. E O a Persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless A displays a currently valid OMB control in = o number. If you have any comments about these estimates or any aspects of this data collection,contact:US < Department of Labor,OSHA Office of Statistics,Room N-3644,200 Constitution Ave.NW,Washington,DC 20210. Do not send the completed forms to this office. Page 1 of 1 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) OSHA's Form 300A (Rev.01/2004) Year 2014 ``*� Summary of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses U.S.Department ofLabor a—w.son.la,r.ly.ae w,rm Aeeurinaon Form wpro OMB w 121"175 Aff estabkshments covered by Pert 1904 must complete this Summary pageeven r1 no mlunes or illnesses occurred during the year. Remember to review the Log to verify that the entries are complete Using the Log,count the individual entries you made for each category. Then write the totals below, Establishment information making sure you've added the entries from every page of the log. If you had no cases write"0." Employees former employees,and their representatives have the right to review the OSHA Form 300 in Your establishment name HCS Inc.Commercial General Contractor its entirety. They also have limited access to the OSHA Form 301 or its equivalent. See 29 CFR 365 Wayside DfIVe 1904 35,in OSHA's Recordkeeping rule,for further details on the access provisions for these forms. Street NumbsrofCasss City Waco state Texas Zip 76705 Industry description(e.g.,Manufacture of motor truck trailers) Total number of Total number of Total number of cases Total number of Construction deaths cases with days with job transfer or other recordable away from work restriction cases Standard Industrial Classification(SIC),if known(a g.SIC 3715) 0 0 0 0 _ (G) (H) (I) (J) OR North American Industrial Classification(NAICS),if known(e g.336212) Number of Days Employment information Total number of Total number of days of 7 days away from job transfer or restriction Annual average number of employees �unrL Total hours worked by all employees last 16,000 Approx. 0 0 year (K) (L) Injury and Illness Types Sign here Total number of... Knowingly falsifying this document may result in a fine. (M) (1) Injury 0 (4) Poisoning 0 (2) Skin Disorder 0 (5) Hearing Loss 0 1 certify that I have examined this document and that to the best of my knowledge the entries are true,accurate,and (3) Respiratory Condition 0 (6)All Other Illnesses 0 complete 61 /'Sazl;-a President Company executive Title (254)829-3200 01/03/15 Post this Summary page from February 1 to April 30 of the year following the year covered by the form Phone Date Public tapering burden forthis collection of hforml a estimated to alemge 58 minulls per response,inducing time to review the instruction.search and gather the data needed,and complete and review the polection of information.Persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.If you have any comments about these estimates or any aspects of this data collection,contact:US Depadment nl I ahnt nSHA(trine of Rnnm N164 2nr fnnnlnnlinn Avc NW Wachinntnn nf:2n?i 1 no not annd Iha rmmniplM fn­to thlanfflra 00500 AGREEMENT City of Round Rock,Texas Contract Forms 1 Standard Form of Agreement: Section 00500 City of Round Rock, Texas Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor f AGREEMENT made as of the 25 ( )day offflAAA.- in the year 202-3 BETWEEN the Owner: City of Round Rock,Texas hereafter"Owner"or"City") 221 East Main Street Round Rock,Texas 78664 and the Contractor HCS Inc.Commercial General Contractor ("Contractor") 365 Wayside Drive r Waco.TX 76705 I The Project is described as: Stagecoach Inn, Phase 2: Exterior& Inteflor Kehabilitation The Engineer is: Architexas 2900 S Conaress Ave Ste 200 Austin,TX 78704 512.444.4220 For and in consideration of the mutual terms, conditions and covenants of this Agreement and all accompanying documents between Owner and Contractor, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement,Conditions of the Contract(General,Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement,other documents l listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement;these form the Contract,and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations,representations or agreements, C either written or oral.An enumeration of the Contract Documents,other than Modifications,appears in Article 7. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT Contractor shall fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents,except to the extent specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others. 00500 4-2020 Page I of 5 Standard Form of Agreement 00443647 L L ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT; DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION;DATE OF FINAL COMPLETION 3.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be the date of this Agreement unless a different date is stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a Notice to Proceed issued by Owner. 3.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date delineated in the Notice to Proceed. 3.3 Contractor shall commence Work within ten 10 calendar days from the date delineated in the Notice to Proceed. 3.4 Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the items of Work listed on Attachment A to this Agreement no later than two hundred forty2( 40 )calendar days from issuance by Owner of Notice to Proceed, and Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work no later than two hundred forty 240 )calendar days from issuance by Owner of Notice to Proceed, subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. 3.5 If Contractor fails to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work(or any portion thereof)on or before the date(s)specified for Substantial Completion in the Agreement,Contractor shall pay to Owner,as liquidated damages, the sum of two hundred and fifty and No/100 Dollars($250.00 ) for each calendar day that Substantial Completion is delayed after the date(s) specified for Substantial Completion. It is hereby agreed that the liquidated damages to which Owner is entitled hereunder are a reasonable forecast of just compensation for the harm that would be caused by Contractor's failure to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work(or any portion thereof)on or before the date(s)specified for Substantial Completion in the Agreement and is not a penalty. It is agreed that the harm that would be caused by such failure, which includes loss of expected use of the Project areas,provision of alternative storage facilities and rescheduling of moving and occupancy dates,is one that is incapable or very difficult of accurate estimation.It is hereby agreed that if Substantial Completion of the Work(or any portion thereof)is not achieved on or before thirty(30)days after the date(s) specified for Substantial Completion in the Agreement, the Owner shall have the option to either collect liquidated damages as set forth herein or to thereafter rely on its remedies under the Contract Documents and at law and in equity, including without limitation, the recovery of actual damages. The date(s) specified for Substantial Completion of the Work(or any portion thereof)in the Agreement shall be subject to adjustment as provided in the Contract Documents. 3.6 Contractor shall achieve Final Completion of the entire Work no later than three hundred 300 )calendar days from issuance by Owner of Notice to Proceed. ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM 4.1 Owner shall pay Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for Contractor's full and complete performance of the Work and all of Contractor's obligations under this Agreement. The Contract Sum shall be seven hundred fourteen thousand three hundred seventy-one dollars and 00/100 ($714,371.00 ),subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents. 4.2 Does the Contract Sum include alternates which are described in the Bid Form? No X Yes .ljyes,Please provide details below. N/A 00500 4-2020 Page 2 of 5 Standard Form of Agreement 00443647 ,1 ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS 1 5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 5.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to Engineer and Owner by Contractor,and Certificates for Payment issued by Engineer and not disputed by Owner and/or Owner's lender,Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to Contractor as provided below, in Article 14 of the General Conditions, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month. 5.1.3 Provided that an Application for Payment is received by Engineer and Owner, and Engineer issues a Certificate of Payment not later than the tenth (10th) day of a month, Owner shall make payment to Contractor of r amounts approved by the Owner not later than the tenth(10th)day of the next month. If an Application for Payment I is received by Engineer and Owner after the application date fixed above,payment shall be made by Owner not later than one month after the Engineer issues a Certificate for Payment. The Owner shall not have any obligation to pay any amount covered by the Engineer's Certificate for Payment that is disputed by the Owner. 5.1.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values submitted by Contractor l in accordance with the Contract Documents. The schedule of values shall allocate the entire Contract Stun among the various portions of the Work. The schedule of values shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as Engineer and Owner may require.This schedule,unless objected to by Engineer or Owner, shall be used as a basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 5.1.5 Applications for Payment shall warrant the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. 5.1.6 Subject to other provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions. t 5.1.7 Except with Owner's prior written approval, Contractor shall not make advance payments to suppliers for materials or equipment which have not been delivered and stored at the site. 5.2 FINAL PAYMENT 5.2.1 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by Owner to [ Contractor when: 1 Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for Contractor's responsibility to correct Work, and to satisfy other requirements, if any,which extend beyond final payment;and .2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by Engineer and approved by the Owner. t 5.2.2 Owner's final payment to Contractor shall be made no later than thirty (30) days after the issuance of L Engineer's final Certificate for Payment. In no event shall final payment be required to be made prior to thirty(30) days after all Work on the Contract has been fully performed. Defects in the Work discovered prior to final payment shall be treated as non-conforming Work and shall be corrected by Contractor prior to final payment,and shall not be l treated as warranty items. ARTICLE 6 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION 6.1 The Contract may be terminated by Owner or Contractor as provided in Article 15 of the General Conditions. 00500 4-2020 Page 3 of 5 Standard Form of Agreement 00443647 l l 6.2 The Work may be suspended by Owner as provided in Article 15 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 7 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 7.1 The Contract Documents,except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement,are enumerated as follows: 7.1.1 The Agreement is this executed version of the City of Round Rock, Texas Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor,as modified. 7.1.2 The General Conditions are the "City of Round Rock Contract Forms 00700," General Conditions, as modified. 7.13 The Supplementary,Special,and other Conditions of the Contract are those contained in the Project Manual dated January 30. 2023 . 7.1.4 The Specifications are those contained in the Project Manual dated '"'n"l y Jvg &VGJ 7.1.5 The Drawings,if any,are those contained in the Project Manual dated 9"H of Y Jug 6rVb0 7.1.6 The Insurance&Construction Bond Forms of the Contract are those contained in the Project Manual dated Jiulual'y Jug GVLLJ 7.1.7 The Notice to Bidders,Instructions to Bidders,Bid Form,and Addenda,if any,are those contained in the Project Manual dated January 30. 2023 -- 7.1.8 If this Agreement covers construction involving federal funds, thereby requiring inclusion of mandated contract clauses, such federally required clauses are those contained in the "City of Round Rock Contract Forms 03000,"Federally Required Contract Clauses,as modified. 7.1.9 Other documents,if any,forming part of the Contract Documents are as follows: Stagecoach Inn Phase 2:Exterior and Interior Rehabilitation plans ARTICLE 8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 8.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of any document, the reference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents. 8.2 Owner's representative is: Katie Baker,PLA I ASLA,Park Development Mgr 301 W.Bagdad,Suite#250 Round Rock,Texas 78664 512.341.3355 8.3 Contractor's representative is: Zack Pearce,VP/Operations;C:512-745-2561 HCS Inc.Commercial General Contractor 575 Round Rock West Drive,Suite J-380 Round Rock,TX 78681 8.4 Neither Owner's nor Contractor's representative shall be changed without ten(10)days'written notice to the other party. 00500 4-2020 Page 4 of 5 Standard Form of Agreement 00443647 8.5 Waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall not constitute waiver of any subsequent breach. 8.6 Owner agrees to pay Contractor from available funds for satisfactory performance of this Agreement in accordance with the bid or proposal submitted therefor,subject to proper additions and deductions,all as provided in the General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, and Special Conditions of this Agreement, and Owner agrees to make payments on account thereof as provided therein. Lack of funds shall render this Agreement null and void to the extent funds are not available. This Agreement is a commitment of City of Round Rock's current revenues only. 8.7 Although this Agreement is drawn by Owner,both parties hereto expressly agree and assert that,in the event of any dispute over its meaning or application,this Agreement shall be interpreted reasonably and fairly,and neither more strongly for nor against either party. 8.8 This Agreement shall be enforceable in Round Rock,Texas, and if legal action is necessary by either party with respect to the enforcement of any or all of the terms or conditions herein, exclusive venue for same shall lie in Williamson County, Texas. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws and court decisions of the State of Texas. 8.9 Both parties hereby expressly agree that no claims or disputes between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or a breach thereof shall be decided by an arbitration proceeding,including without limitation,any proceeding under the Federal Arbitration Act(9 USC Section 1-14)or any applicable state arbitration statute. 8.10 The parties, by execution of this Agreement, bind themselves, their heirs, successors, assigns, and legal representatives for the full and faithful performance of the terms and provisions hereof. This Agreement is entered into as of the day and year first written above and is executed in at least two (2) original copies,of which one is to be delivered to Owner. OWNER Title:CONTRAC;e'r*c CITY OF R NW TEXAS nc. CoJIGeral Contractor / AO L��' Printed Name. r `� '�, `1) Prin ame: Title Zack Pearce 1o'' VP/Operations Date Signed: 5,ZS�2 3 Date Signed: 04-28-2023 ATTEST: City Clerk FOR CITY,APPROVED AS TO FORM: f L/ Attorney 00500 4-2020 Page 5 of 5 Standard Form of Agreement 00443647 00600 INSURANCE AND CONSTRUCTION BOND FORMS r r BONDS AND INSURANCE INSTRUCTIONS r Instruction Sheet r 1. Insurance Company must be licensed by State of Texas. r 2. Agent signing bonds must be licensed in Texas. 3. Agent signing bonds must have Power of Attorney on behalf of insurance f company. 4. If Agent signing bonds has Power of Attorney, but not licensed in Texas, then the bond must be counter-signed by Texas local recording agent. ALL THE ABOVE INFORMATION CAN BE FOUND AT Texas Department of Insurance website—www.tdi.state.tx.us 5. Make sure the dollar amount on both Performance and Payment Bonds match the amount of the Agreement& Bid Form Sheet. 6. Both Performance and Payment Bonds should be signed by Authorized Person. If the contractor is a corporation, then it should be signed by the President or the Vice-President. If the contractor is not incorporated, then it may be signed by the Owner. Please state the title of the authorized person. l l l l Bond No. 337323 PERFORMANCE BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON § That HCS Inc.Commercial General Contractor ' of the City of Waco County of McLennan , and State of Texas , as Principal, and NGM Insurance Company authorized under the law of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF ROUND ROCK, TEXAS (Owner), in the penal sum Of_seven Hundred fourteen thousand three hundred seventy-one dollars and 00/100 Dollars ($714,371.00 ) for the payment whereof, well and truly to be made the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written Agreement with the Owner dated the {_ 2`j'� day of 20 23 to which the Agreement is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the s me extent as if copied at length herein consisting of: Stagecoach Inn,Phase 2: Exterior&Interior Rehabilitation NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Agreement and shall, in all respects, duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions and agreements in and by said Agreement, agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, including but not limited to, the repair of any and all defects in said work occasioned by and resulting from defects in materials furnished by or workmanship of,the Principal in performing the Work covered by said Agreement and occurring within a period of twelve (12) months from the date of Final Completion and all other covenants and conditions, according to the true intent and meaning of said Agreement and the Plans and Specifications hereto annexed,then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253, Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter 2253 to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Page 1 00610 4-2020 Performance Bond 00443639 PERFORMANCE BOND continued Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the Plans, Specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in anywise affect its obligation on this bond,and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time,alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement, or to the work to be performed thereunder. If Principal fails to faithfully perform said Agreement, Surety, after receipt of written notice of Principal's default,shall perform all of Principal's duties and obligations under the Agreement. If, I within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice from Owner, Surety does not commence to complete the obligations of Principal with a contractor acceptable to Owner and diligently complete the performance of the Principal's duties and obligations, Owner shall have the right but not the obligation to have the duties and obligations of Principal performed. In such event, Surety shall pay to Owner,upon demand,all costs, expenses and damages sustained by Owner as a result of Principal's failure to perform its duties and obligations under the Agreement up to the $714,371.00 sum of this Performance Bond, plus all costs and expenses, including attorney's fees and expert and consultant fees incurred by Owner to enforce its rights under this Performance Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 18th day of April 12023 . .,frQ'-91nc.QqmMrcia1 General Contractor NGM Insurance Company P ncip Surety Shane A. Humphrey P ' ed Name Printed a By: By: Title: Title: t Address: 365 Wayside Dr. Address: 55 West Street Waco-Texas 76705 Keene,NH 03431 Re de t Agent of Surety: Sign ture Shane A. Humphrey Printed Name 3636 N.Custer Rd. Street Address McKinney.Texas 75071 City, State&Zip Code Page 2 00610 4-2020 Performance Bond 00443639 Bond No.337323 PAYMENT BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON § That HCS, Inc. Commercial General Contractor of the City of Waco , ' County of McLennan , and State of Texas , as Principal, and NGM Insurance Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as Surety on Bonds for Principals,are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF ROUND ROCK, TEXAS (OWNER), and all subcontractors, workers, laborers, mechanics and suppliers as their interest may appear, all of whom shall have the right to sue upon this bond, in the penal sum of Seven Hundred fourteen thousand three hundred seventy-one dollars and 00/100 Dollars($714,371.00 )for the payment whereof,well and truly be made the said Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS,the Principal has entered into a certain written Agreement with the Owner, dated the 2S- day of 20 23 to which Agreement is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the saYne extent as if copied at length herein consisting of: Stagecoach Inn,Phase 2: Exterior&Interior Rehabilitation NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall well and truly pay all subcontractors,workers, laborers, mechanics, and suppliers, all monies to them owing by said Principals for subcontracts,work,labor,equipment, supplies and materials done and furnished for the construction of the improvements of said Agreement, then this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253, Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter 2253 to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Page 1 00620 04-2020 Payment Bond 00437699 PAYMENT BOND (continued) Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications or drawings accompanying the same shall in anywise affect its obligation on this bond,and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time,alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this Instrument this 18th day of Aril 72023 . FlOS71 . o mercial General Contractor NGM Insurance Company Inc' al Surety Shane A. m hre Printed Name Printed By: A�— G� By: b Title: i Title: torne -in-Fact ____ Address: 365 Wayside Dr. Address: 55 West Street Wacojexas 76705 Keene,NH 03431 Res de Agent of Surety: Sign tune Shane A. Humphrey Printed Name 3636 N.Custer Rd. Street Address McKinney,Texas 75071 City, State&Zip Code Page 2 006201-2020 Payment Bond 00090656 ®NG M INSURANCE COMPANY POWER OF ATTORNEY A mwnbw of The Main Stnw Ary ca Grasp KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That NGM Insurance Company,a Florida corporation having its principal office in the City of Jacksonville,State of Florida,pursuant to Article IV, Section 2 of the By-Laws of said Company,to wit: "Article IV, Section 2. The board of directors, the president, any vice president, secretary, or the treasurer shall have the power and authority to appoint attorneys-in-fact and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the company and affix the seal of the company thereto, bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity or writings obligatory in the nature of a bond,recognizance or conditional undertaking and to remove any such attorneys-in-fact at any time and revoke the power and authority given to them. " does hereby make,constitute and appoint Shane A Humphrey,Cheryl L Humphrey its true and lawful Attomeys-in-fact,to make,execute,seal and deliver for and on its behalf,and as its act and deed, bonds,undertakings,recognizances,contracts of indemnity,or other writings obligatory in nature of a bond subject to the following limitation: 1. No one bond to exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) and to bind NGM Insurance Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by the duly authorized officers of NGM Insurance Company;the acts of said Attorney are hereby ratified and confirmed. This power of attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following resolution adopted by the Directors of NGM Insurance Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 2nd day of December 1977. Voted: That the signature of any officer authorized by the By-Laws and the company seal may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or special power of attorney or certification of either given for the execution of any bond,undertaking,recognizance or other written obligation in the nature thereof; such signature and seal,when so used being hereby adopted by the company as the original signature of such office and the original seal of the company,to be valid and binding upon the company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,NGM Insurance Company has caused these presents to be signed by its Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 7th day of January,2020. NGM INSURANCE COMPANY By: , daco �%� Kimberly K.Law Vice President,General Counsel and Secretary State of Florida, County of Duval. On this 7th day of January, 2020, before the subscriber a Notary Public of State of Florida in and for the County of Duval duly commissioned and qualified,came Kimberly K.Law of NGM Insurance Company,to me personally known to be the officer described herein, and who executed the preceding instrument, and she acknowledged the execution of same, and being by me fully sworn, deposed and said that she is an officer of said Company, aforesaid: that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the corporate seal of said Company,and the said corporate seal and her signature as officer were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Company;that Article IV,Section 2 of the By-Laws of said Company is now in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal at Jacksonville,Florida this 7th day of January, 2020. / MOI Sarr pr ily.p. ` UM K K Pwff Pan10n GG 9 M,C9rr9noai9� MS97 �Q \� ` ✓ i.ana9 t JIM07) I,Nancy Giordano-Ramos,Vice President of NGM Insurance Company,do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney executed by said Company which is still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of said Company at Jacksonville,Florida this 18th day of April 19091-1 WARNING:Any unauthorized reproduction or alteration of this document is prohibited. TO CONFIRM VALIDrFY of the attached bond please call 1-800-225-5646. TO SUBMIT A CLAIM:Send all correspondence to 55 West Street,Keene,NH 03431 Attn:Bond Claims. ACIOR"© 7DATE,(MMIDDNYYY) CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE ,07,2023 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND,EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S),AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: Janie Smiley Bailey Insurance and Risk Management AHCNNo Ext): (254)753-5317 AIC,No): (254)753-1132 1201 Washington Ave E-MAIL janie@baileyinsurance corn ADDRESS: P.O.Box 298 INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# Waco TX 76701 INSURER A: Continental Casualty Ins.Co-AMBest Rated A 20443 INSURED INSURER B: Continental Insurance Co.AMBest Rated A 35289 HCS Inc.Commercial General Contractor INSURER C: Texas Mutual Insurance-AM Best Rated A 22945 I365 Wayside Drive INSURER D: INSURER E: Waco TX 76705 INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: CL234710934 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS IN R POLICY EFF POLICY EXP TR TYPE OF INSURANCE INSD WVD POLICY NUMBER MM/DD/YYYY MM DD/YYYY LIMITS X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 A A 100,000 CLAIMS-MADE X OCCUR PREMISES Ea occurrence $ MED EXP(Any one person) $ 15,000 A 7036621927 04/06/2023 04/06/2024 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GEN'LAGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER. GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 POLICY � PRO 2,000,000 I JECT LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGO $ OTHER $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1,000,000 Ea accident X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ A OWNED SCHEDULED 7036621930 04/06/2023 04/06/2024 BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY Per accident UMBRELLA LAB X OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000 BX EXCESS LAB CLAIMS-MADE CUE 7014857629 04/06/2023 04/06/2024 AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 DED I X1 RETENTION $ 10,000 $ WORKERS COMPENSATION v/N PER OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY X STATUTE I ER O ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE � NIA 0001144851 05/26/2022 05/26/2023 E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes,describe under 1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ I DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached if more space is required) Project. Parks&Recreation Dept,Stagecoach Inn Phase 2.Exterior&Internal Rehabilitation..... The Certificate Holder is included as an Additional Insured on the General Liability Policy and the Automobile Liability Policy if required by written contract between the Named Insured and the Additional Insured. Waiver of Subrogation shall be granted to the Certificate Holder under the referenced General Liability,Automobile Liability,and Workers Compensation Policies if required by written contract. The Excess Liability policy follows the forms on the Iunderlying policies subject to policy conditions and exclusions. All Additional Insureds,Waiver of Subrogation,Primary&Non Contributory,and 30 Day Notice of Cancellation references on this Certificate of Insurance are as per corresponding endorsements and policy language. Copies of all endorsements are available upon written request. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF,NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN City of Round Rock ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. 221 E Main St AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Round Rock TX 78664 �� � • ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS City of Round Rock Contract Forms General Conditions Section 00700 r I TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS Article Page r Number& Title Number I 1. DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................................................................2 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS.............................................................................................................................5 I 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE........................................................................7 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS, SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, REFERENCE POINTS..........................................................................................................8 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE .. . .....................................................................................................................10 6. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES.........................................................................................................16 7. OTHER WORK ..............................................................................................................................................24 8. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES ....................................................................................................................25 9. ENGINEER/ARCHITECT'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION...............................................................26 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK ............................................................................................................................27 11. CHANGE OF CONTRACT AMOUNT............................................................................................................28 12. CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES.................................................................................................................31 I 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, AND CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK........................................................................................................32 I 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION .................................................................................35 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION................................................................................... ......39 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION ................................................................................................................. .............41 17 RIGHT TO AUDIT.................................................................................................................................. ......42 C. 18 MISCELLANEOUS...................................................................................................................... ... _...43 l 00700 04-2020 Page 1 General Conditions L 00443641 GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 -DEFINITIONS Whenever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents, the term printed with initial capital letters or all capital letters, including the term's singular and plural forms, will have the meaning indicated in the definitions below or as defined in these General Conditions or other Contract Documents: 1.1 Addenda - Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the receipt of Proposals or the opening of Bids that clarify, correct or change the proposal or bidding requirements or the Contract Documents. 1.2 Agreement- Prescribed form, referenced as Section 00500. 1.3 Alternative Dispute Resolution-The process by which a disputed Claim may be settled if the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR cannot reach an agreement between themselves, as an alternative to litigation. 1.4 Bid - Proposal of bidder on prescribed forms setting forth prices for performing the Work described in the Contract Documents. 1.5 Bid Documents-The advertisement or invitation for bids, instructions to bidders,the bid form,the Contract Documents and Addenda. 1.6 Calendar Day-Any day of the week; no days being excepted. Work on Saturdays, Sundays, and/or Legal Holidays shall only be conducted with prior express written consent of the OWNER. 1.7 Change Directive-A written directive to the CONTRACTOR, signed by the OWNER, ordering a change in the Work and stating a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the Contract Amount or Contract Time, or both. A Change Directive may be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. A Change Directive does not change the Contract Amount or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order. 1.8 Change Orders - Written agreements entered into between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER authorizing an addition, deletion, or revision to the Contract, issued on or after the Execution Date of the Agreement and within the Contract term. 1.9 Claim - A written demand seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. 1.10 Contract - The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work, as evidenced by the Contract Documents. 1.11 Contract Amount-The amount payable by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.12 Contract Documents — Includes the Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Agreement, General Conditions, Supplemental General Conditions, Special Conditions, Specifications, Project Manual, Drawings, Addenda and Change Orders. 1.13 Contract Time-The number of days allowed for completion of the Work as defined by the Contract. When any period is referred to in days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. A day of twenty-four(24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight will constitute a day. 1.14 CONTRACTOR - The individual, firm, corporation, or other business entity with whom the OWNER has entered into the Contract. 00700 04-2020 Page 2 General Conditions I 1.15 Drawings - Those portions of the Contract Documents which are graphic representations of the scope, extent and character of the Work to be furnished and performed by the CONTRACTOR and which have been approved by the OWNER. Drawings may include plans, elevations, sections. details, schedules and diagrams. Shop Drawings are not Drawings as so defined. I 1.16 Engineer/Architect (E/A) - The OWNER's design professional identified as such in the Agreement The titles of''Architect/Engineer,""Architect" and "Engineer" used in the Contract Documents shall be read the same as r Engineer/Architect (E/A) Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual or agency I relationship between E/A and the CONTRACTOR. 1.17 Equal - The terms "equal" or"approved equal" shall have the same meaning. 1.18 Execution Date - Date of last signature of the parties to the Agreement. 1.19 Field Order - A written order issued by Owner's Representative which orders minor changes in the Work i and which does not involve a change in the Contract Amount or the Contract Time. 1.20 Final Acceptance—The stage in the Contract process when, in the OWNER's opinion, Final Completion of the Work has been attained and a Certificate of Acceptance approved by the OWNER is issued. 1.21 Final Completion -The stage in the progress of the Work when, in the OWNER's opinion, the entire Work r has been completed. the CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, and the I OWNER is processing or has made final payment to the CONTRACTOR, as evidenced by a Certificate of Acceptance approved by the OWNER. 1.22 Inspector-The authorized representative of any regulatory agency that has jurisdiction over any portion of the Work. 1.23 Legal Holidays 1.23.1 The following are recognized by the OWNER: Holiday Date Observed I New Year's Day January 1 Martin Luther King, Jr.'s Birthday Third Monday in January President's Day Third Monday in February Memorial Day Last Monday in May I Independence Day July 4 Labor Day First Monday in September I Veteran's Day November 11 l Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November I Friday after Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving 1 Christmas Eve December 24 Christmas Day December 25 00700 04-2020 Page 3 General Conditions 1.23.2 If a Legal Holiday falls on Saturday, it will be observed on the preceding Friday. If a Legal Holiday falls on Sunday, it will be observed on the following Monday. 1.23.3 If Christmas Eve falls on a Saturday or a Sunday, the preceding Friday is observed as the Christmas Eve holiday. 1.23.4 If Christmas Day falls on a Saturday or a Sunday, the following Monday is observed as the Christmas Day holiday. 1.24 Milestones-A significant event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.25 Notice to Proceed - A Written Notice given by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR notifying the CONTRACTOR to commence the Work and which may also fix the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which the CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. 1.26 OWNER—The City of Round Rock, Texas,a municipal corporation, home-rule city and political subdivision organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, acting through the City Manager or his/her designee, officers, agents or employees to administer design and construction of the Project. 1.27 Owner's Representative-The designated representative of the OWNER. 1.28 Partial Occupancy or Use - Use by the OWNER of a partially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.29 Project - The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part, as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1.30 Project Manual - That portion of the Contract Documents which may include the following: introductory information; bidding requirements, Contract forms and General and Supplemental General Conditions; General Requirements; Specifications; Drawings; Project Safety Manual; and Addenda. 1.31 Proposal—Proposal of Offeror, on prescribed forms setting forth prices for performing the Work described in the Contract Documents. 1.32 Proposal Documents—The advertisement or invitation for Proposals, Instruction to Offerors, the Proposal form, the Contract Documents and Addenda. 1.33 Resident Project Representative - The authorized representative of E/A who may be assigned to the site or any part thereof. 1.34 Shop Drawings -All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for the CONTRACTOR and submitted by the CONTRACTOR as required by the Contract Documents. 1.35 Specifications - Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions as applied to the Work, which set forth to the CONTRACTOR, in detail, the requirements which must be met by all materials, equipment, construction systems, standards, workmanship, equipment and services in order to render a completed and useful project. 1.36 Substantial Completion - The stage in the progress of the Work when the Work, or designated portions thereof, may still require minor modifications or adjustments but, in the OWNER's opinion,the Work has progressed to the point such that all parts of the Work under consideration are fully operational and the beneficial use and occupancy of which can be assumed by the Owner, as evidenced by a Certificate of Substantial Completion approved by the OWNER. 00700 04-2020 Page 4 General Conditions 1 1.37 Subcontractor-An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the CONTRACTOR for the performance of a part of the Work. 1.38 Sub-subcontractor-A person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor or a Sub- subcontractor of any tier to perform a portion of the Work. r 1.39 Superintendent - The representative of the CONTRACTOR authorized in writing to receive and fulfill instructions from Owner's Representative, and who shall supervise and direct construction of the Work. r 1.40 Supplemental General Conditions -The part of the Contract Documents which either amends or I supplements the General Conditions. All General Conditions which are not so amended or so supplemented shall be considered as remaining in full force and effect. 1.41 Supplier-An individual or entity having a direct contract with the CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor f or Sub-subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor. 1.42 Time Extension Request-An approved request for time extension on a form acceptable to the OWNER. 1.43 Work - The entire completed construction, or the various separately identifiable parts thereof, required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. 1.44 Working Day - Any day of the week, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or Legal Holidays, in which conditions not under the CONTRACTOR's control will permit work for at least seven(7) hours of the Working Times. Upon authorization by the Owner's Representative, work on Saturdays, Sundays and/or Legal Holidays may be allowed and, in that event, a Working Day will be counted for each such day. 1.45 Working Times — Times of day(s) during which work may be performed. Unless authorized by Owner's Representative, all Work shall be performed between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on weekdays and, if previously authorized as provided for in paragraph 1.44 or paragraph 1.6 herein, as applicable, between 9:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on Saturdays, Sundays or Legal Holidays. When the CONTRACTOR has been authorized to perform Work t during hours outside Working Times, such hours shall be considered time worked on Working Day contracts. tl Notwithstanding the preceding, emergency work may be done without prior permission only as provided in paragraph 6.11.5 herein. 1.46 Written Notice-Written communication between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to Owner's Representative or to the CONTRACTOR's duly authorized representative, or if such Written Notice is delivered to or sent by registered or certified mail to the attention of Owner's Representative or to the CONTRACTOR's duly authorized representative at the last business address known to the party giving notice. ARTICLE 2 -PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1 Delivery of Agreement, Bonds, Insurance, and Other Documentation: Within ten (10) Calendar Days after written notification of award of Contract, the CONTRACTOR shall deliver to the OWNER signed Agreement, Bond(s), Insurance Certificate(s) and other documentation required for execution of the Contract. 2.2 Copies of Documents: The OWNER shall furnish to the CONTRACTOR two (2) copies of the Contract Documents unless otherwise specified. 00700 04-2020 Page 5 General Conditions 2.3 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed: The Contract Time(s) commence on the date indicated in the Agreement or in the Notice to Proceed. Notice to Proceed will be given at any time within sixty(60)Calendar Days after the Execution Date of the Agreement, unless extended by written agreement of the parties. 2.4 Before Starting Construction: 2.4.1 No Work shall be done at the site prior to the preconstruction conference without the OWNER's approval. Before undertaking each part of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to Owner's Representative any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy which the CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Owner's Representative before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. The CONTRACTOR shall be liable to the OWNER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents of which the CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known. 2.4.2 The CONTRACTOR shall submit the following to Owner's Representative for review and approval no later than the preconstruction conference: .1 a preliminary progress schedule indicating the times (number of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents, identifying when all Subcontractors will be utilized, and taking into consideration any limitations on Working Hours; .2 a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and sample submittals; .3 a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work, subdivided into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during construction. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. The preliminary schedule of values submitted by the CONTRACTOR should include a reasonable estimation of value of each item included and shall not contain disproportionate values assigned to any item or items,- .4 tems;.4 a letter designating CONTRACTOR's Superintendent; .5 a letter from the CONTRACTOR and Subcontractor(s) listing any salaried specialists; .6 if applicable, a letter designating the "Competent Person(s)" on general safety and trench safety measures; .7 if applicable, a trench safety system plan; .8 if applicable, a plan illustrating proposed locations of temporary facilities; .9 if applicable, a traffic control plan; .10 a completed Non-Use of Asbestos Affidavit (Prior to Construction); and .11 if applicable, a letter designating the Texas Registered Professional Land Surveyor for layout of the Work. 2.5 Preconstruction Conference: Prior to commencement of Work at the site, a preconstruction conference attended by the CONTRACTOR, Owner's Representative and others will be held. 00700 04-2020 Page 6 General Conditions 2.6 Initially Acceptable Schedules: Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain approval of Owner's Representative on final versions of the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.4.2 before the first It progress payment will be made to the CONTRACTOR The progress schedule must provide for an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and Contract Times. Acceptance of the schedule by Owner's Representative will neither impose on Owner's Representative responsibility for the r sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve the CONTRACTOR from the I CONTRACTOR's full responsibility therefor The CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop Drawings and sample submissions must provide an arrangement agreeable to the parties for reviewing and processing the required r submittals. I 2.7 Electronic Transmittals: 2.7.1 Except as otherwise stated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. the OWNER, E/A, and CONTRACTOR f may transmit, and shall except. Project-related correspondence, texts, data, documents, drawings, information, and graphics, including but not limited to Shop Drawings and other submittals, in electronic media or digital format, either directly, or through access to a secure Project website. t 2.7.2 When transmitting items in electronic media or digital format. the transmitting party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of the items resulting from the recipient's use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used in the drafting or transmittal of the items. ARTICLE 3 -CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE r 3.1 Intent: I 3.1.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all information necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the CONTRACTOR. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all. In cases of disagreement, the following order of precedence shall govern (top item receiving priority of interpretation): I Change Orders Modifications to the Contract Documents made after the Execution Date Signed Agreement f Addenda to the Contract Documents It Special Conditions Supplemental General Conditions General Conditions Other Bidding Requirements and Contract Forms Special Provisions to the Standard Technical Specifications Special Specifications Standard Technical Specifications Drawings (figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions) Project Safety manual, if applicable 3.1.2 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. words which have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. 3.2 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies: Prior to commencing the Work. the CONTRACTOR shall review the Contract Documents for the purpose of discovering any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents. If, at any time, the CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provisions of any such law or regulation applicable to the performance of the Work 00700 04-2020 Page 7 General Conditions or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or instructions of any Supplier, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately report it to Owner's Representative in writing, and the CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.3.1 or paragraph 3.3.2. The CONTRACTOR shall be liable to the OWNER for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy of which the CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known. 3.3 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents: 3.3.1 The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: .1 Change Order. .2 Change Directive. 3.3.2 In addition, the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the following ways: .1 Field Order. .2 Review of a Shop Drawing or sample. .3 Written interpretation or clarification. 3.4 Reuse of Documents Prohibited: The CONTRACTOR and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with the OWNER: (i) shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of E/A or E/A's consultants, and (ii) shall not reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents or copies on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of the OWNER and E/A. ARTICLE 4-AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1 Availability of Lands: The OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, all required rights to use the lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of the CONTRACTOR. The OWNER shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which the CONTRACTOR will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the OWNER, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If the OWNER fails to furnish these lands, rights-of-way or easements in a timely manner, the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim for adjustments in the Contract Times. The CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions: 4.2.1 The CONTRACTOR hereby covenants that it has examined the site of the proposed Work and is familiar with all of the conditions surrounding construction of the Project, having conducted all inquiries, tests and investigations deemed necessary and proper. Unless the CONTRACTOR, prior to the execution of the Agreement, has notified the OWNER in writing of any condition of the site of the proposed Work that would adversely impact 00700 04-2020 Page 8 General Conditions 1 the performance of the Work by the CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR covenants that there are no conditions at the site of the proposed work which would adversely impact the performance of Work by the CONTRACTOR. 4.2.2 If conditions are encountered at the site which are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or(2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, that differ materially from those normally encountered in the type of work being performed under this Contract, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than seven (7) calendar days after first observance of the conditions. Owner's Representative will promptly investigate such conditions with E/A and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, OWNER will consider an equitable adjustment in the Contract Amount or Contract Time, or both. If Owner's Representative determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the CONTRACTOR shall be notified in writing, stating the reasons. Any disputes arising from Owner's Representative's determination shall be resolved in accordance with Article 16. I 4.2.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract,the CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the location and protection of any and all public lines and utility customer service lines in the Work area. For the purposes of this section, "public lines"means the utility distribution and supply system within public rights-of-way or easements, and "utility customer service lines" (service) means any utility line connecting a utility customer to the utility distribution system. Generally, existing service connections within right-of-way or easements are not shown on the Drawings. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER and"One Call"and exercise due care to locate and to mark, uncover or otherwise protect all such lines in the construction zone and any of the CONTRACTOR's work or storage areas. The CONTRACTOR's obligation hereunder shall be primary and nondelegable. The CONTRACTOR shall indemnify or reimburse the OWNER for such expenses or costs (including fines that may be levied against the OWNER) that may result from unauthorized or accidental damage to all public lines and utility customer service lines in the Work area. The OWNER reserves the right to repair such damage the CONTRACTOR may cause, at the CONTRACTOR's expense. 4.2.4 The CONTRACTOR shall take reasonable precaution to avoid disturbing primitive records and antiquities I of archaeological, paleontological or historical significance. No objects of this nature shall be disturbed without written permission of the OWNER and the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection. When such objects are r uncovered unexpectedly, the CONTRACTOR shall stop all Work in close proximity and notify Owner's Il Representative and the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection of their presence and shall not disturb them until written permission and permit to do so is granted.All primitive rights and antiquities uncovered on the OWNER's property shall remain property of the State of Texas, the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection conforming to the Texas Natural Resources Code. If it is determined by the OWNER, in consultation with the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection,that exploration or excavation of primitive records or antiquities on Project site is necessary to avoid loss, the CONTRACTOR shall cooperate in salvage work attendant to preservation. If the Work stoppage or salvage work causes an increase in the CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work, I the Contract Amount and/or Contract Time may be equitably adjusted. 4.3 Reference Points: Unless otherwise specified, the OWNER will furnish all reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments, and control points which, in the OWNER's opinion, are suitable for laying out the Work. Such benchmarks and reference points will be placed at intervals not to exceed 1,500 feet. All reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments and control points shall be carefully preserved by the CONTRACTOR by use of flags, laths or other appropriate measures and, in case of destruction or removal by the CONTRACTOR or its employees, such reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments, and control points shall be replaced by a Registered Professional Land Surveyor at the CONTRACTOR's expense. When reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments, or control points are in conflict with the Work, then reestablishment will be the OWNER's responsibility during or upon completion of the Work. 4.4 Hazardous Materials: 00700 04-2020 Page 9 General Conditions 4.4.1 The OWNER shall be responsible for any hazardous material uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown, indicated or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site. The CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify Owner's Representative of any suspected hazardous materials encountered before or during performance of the Work and shall take all necessary precautions to avoid further disturbance of the materials. 4.4.2 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any hazardous materials brought to the site by the CONTRACTOR. Subcontractor, Suppliers or anyone else for whom the CONTRACTOR is responsible. 4.4.3 No asbestos-containing materials shall be incorporated into the Work or brought on the Project site without prior approval of the OWNER. 4.4.4 TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAWS AND REGULATIONS, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS OWNER, AND ITS COUNCIL MEMBERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, AND CONSULTANTS FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES, AND DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL FEES AND CHARGES OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS, AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS AND ALL COURT OR ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO FAILURE TO CONTROL, CONTAIN OR REMOVE A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL BROUGHT TO THE SITE BY CONTRACTOR OR BY ANYONE FOR WHOM CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE, OR TO A HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION CREATED BY CONTRACTOR OR BY ANYONE FOR WHOM CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE. ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1 Surety and Insurance Companies: All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents shall be obtained from solvent surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed by the State of Texas and authorized to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages required by the Contract Documents. The bonds shall be in a form acceptable to the OWNER and shall be issued by a surety which complies with the requirements of Chapter 3503, Texas Insurance Code (2005) and which is otherwise acceptable to the OWNER. OWNER may require the surety to obtain reinsurance for any portion of the risk that exceeds 10% of the surety's capital and surplus. For bonds exceeding $100,000, the surety must also hold a certificate of authority from the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury or have obtained reinsurance from a reinsurer that is authorized as a reinsurer in Texas and holds a certificate of authority from the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury. 5.2 Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage: 5.2.1 Definitions: .1 Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project. .2 Duration of the Project - includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the CONTRACTOR's/ person's Work on the Project has been completed and accepted by the OWNER. .3 Persons providing services on the Project ("subcontractor" herein) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the CONTRACTOR has undertaken to perform on the Project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the CONTRACTOR and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, by way of illustration and not of limitation, 00700 04-2020 Page 10 General Conditions independent contractors, Subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the Project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the Project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets 5.2.2 The CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code.. Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the CONTRACTOR providing services on the Project, for the duration of r the Project. I 5.2.3 The OWNER will not execute the Contract prior to the CONTRACTOR providing all required certificates of coverage. { 5.2.4 If the coverage period shown on the CONTRACTOR's current certificate of coverage ends during the ` duration of the Project, the CONTRACTOR must, prior to the end of the coverage period.. file a new certificate of ! coverage with the OWNER showing that coverage has been extended. 5.2.5 The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from each person providing services on the Project, and provide to the OWNER: r 1 a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, so the OWNER will have I on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project, and .2 no later than seven (7) days after receipt by the CONTRACTOR, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. I 5.2.6 The CONTRACTOR shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one (1) year thereafter. 5.2.7 The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery within ten (10) days after the CONTRACTOR knew or should have known of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. 5.2.8 The CONTRACTOR shall post at its office or on each Project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. 5.2.9 The CONTRACTOR shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a Project to: t .1 provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of I any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project: .2 provide to the CONTRACTOR, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project, .3 provide the CONTRACTOR, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage f ends during the duration of the Project, Il 00700 04-2020 Page 11 General Conditions .4 obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the CONTRACTOR: a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning Work on the Project; and b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; .5 retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one (1) year thereafter; .6 notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery within ten (10) days after the person knew or should have known of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and .7 contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs 5.2.9.1 - 5.2.9.7, with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 5.2.10 By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the CONTRACTOR is representing to the OWNER that all employees of the CONTRACTOR who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers'compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the CONTRACTOR to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. 5.2.11 The CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of Contract by the CONTRACTOR which entitles the OWNER to declare the Contract void if the CONTRACTOR does not remedy the breach within ten (10) days after receipt of notice of breach from the OWNER. 5.3 Contractor Insurance Requirements: For specific bond requirements and additional insurance requirements, refer to the Supplemental General Conditions. 5.3.1.1 General Requirements: .1 CONTRACTOR shall carry insurance in the types and amounts indicated below for the duration of the Contract, which shall include items owned by OWNER in the care, custody and control of CONTRACTOR prior to and during construction and warranty period. .2 CONTRACTOR must complete and forward the required Certificates of Insurance to OWNER before the Contract is executed as verification of coverage required below. CONTRACTOR shall not commence Work until the required insurance is obtained and until such insurance has been reviewed by OWNER. Approval of insurance by OWNER shall not relieve or decrease the liability of CONTRACTOR hereunder and shall not be construed to be a limitation of liability on the part of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR must also complete and forward the required Certificates of Insurance to OWNER whenever a previously identified policy period has expired as verification of continuing coverage. .3 CONTRACTOR's insurance coverage is to be written by companies licensed to do business in the State of Texas at the time the policies are issued and shall be written by companies with A.M. Best ratings of B+VII or better, except for hazardous material insurance which shall be written by companies with A.M. Best ratings of A-or better. 00700 04-2020 Page 12 General Conditions f .4 All endorsements naming the OWNER as additional insured, waivers, and notices of cancellation endorsements as well as the Certificate of Insurance shall indicate: City of Round Rock, 221 E. Main St., Round Rock, Texas 78664. .5 The "other" insurance clause shall not apply to the OWNER where the OWNER is an additional insured shown on any policy. It is intended that policies required in the Contract, covering both OWNER and CONTRACTOR, shall be considered primary coverage as applicable. 1 .6 If insurance policies are not written for amounts specified below, CONTRACTOR shall carry I Umbrella or Excess Liability Insurance for any differences in amounts specified. If Excess Liability Insurance is provided, it shall follow the form of the primary coverage. .7 OWNER shall be entitled, upon request and without expense,to receive certified copies of policies and endorsements thereto and may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or modification of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions except where policy I provisions are established by law or regulations binding upon either of the parties hereto or the underwriter on any such policies. .8 OWNER reserves the right to review the insurance requirements set forth during the effective period of this Contract and to make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverage, limits, and exclusions when deemed necessary and prudent by OWNER based upon changes in statutory law, r court decisions, the claims history of the industry or financial condition of the insurance company I as well as CONTRACTOR. .9 CONTRACTOR shall not cause any insurance to be canceled nor permit any insurance to lapse during the term of the Contract or as required in the Contract. .10 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for premiums, deductibles and self-insured retentions, if any, stated in policies. All deductibles or self-insured retentions shall be disclosed on the Certificate of I Insurance. .11 CONTRACTOR shall provide OWNER thirty (30) days written notice of erosion of the aggregate r limits below occurrence limits for all applicable coverages indicted within the Contract. ll .12 If OWNER-owned property is being transported or stored off-site by CONTRACTOR, then the appropriate property policy will be endorsed for transit and storage in an amount sufficient to protect f OWNER's property. .13 The insurance coverages required under this contract are required minimums and are not intended to limit the responsibility or liability of CONTRACTOR. 5.3.1.2 Business Automobile Liability Insurance. Provide coverage for all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles. The policy shall contain the following endorsements in favor of OWNER: a) Waiver of Subrogation endorsement TE 2046A; b) 30 day Notice of Cancellation endorsement TE 0202A; and l c) Additional Insured endorsement TE 9901 B. Provide coverage in the following types and amounts: I l 00700 04-2020 Page 13 General Conditions l .1 A minimum combined single limit of$500,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. Alternate acceptable limits are $250,000 bodily injury per person, $500,000 bodily injury per occurrence and at least$100,000 property damage liability each accident. 5.3.1.3 Workers'Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Coverage shall be consistent with statutory benefits outlined in the Texas Workers' Compensation Act (Section 401). CONTRACTOR shall assure compliance with this Statute by submitting two (2) copies of a standard certificate of coverage (e.g. ACCORD form) to Owner's Representative for every person providing services on the Project as acceptable proof of coverage. The required Certificate of Insurance must be presented as evidence of coverage for CONTRACTOR. Workers' Compensation Insurance coverage written by the Texas Workers Compensation Fund is acceptable to OWNER. CONTRACTOR's policy shall apply to the State of Texas and include these endorsements in favor of OWNER: a) Waiver of Subrogation, form WC 420304; and b) 30 day Notice of Cancellation, form WC 420601. The minimum policy limits for Employers' Liability Insurance coverage shall be as follows: .1 $100,000 bodily injury per accident, $500,000 bodily injury by disease policy limit and $100,000 bodily injury by disease each employee. 5.3.1.4 Commercial General Liability Insurance. The Policy shall contain the following provisions: a) Blanket contractual liability coverage for liability assumed under the Contract and all contracts relative to this Project. b) Completed Operations/Products Liability for the duration of the warranty period. c) Explosion, Collapse and Underground (X, C & U) coverage. d) Independent Contractors coverage. e) Aggregate limits of insurance per project, endorsement CG 2503. f) OWNER listed as an additional insured, endorsement CG 2010. g) 30 day notice of cancellation in favor of OWNER, endorsement CG 0205. h) Waiver of Transfer of Recovery Against Others in favor of OWNER, endorsement CG 2404. Provide coverages A&B with minimum limits as follows: .1 A combined bodily injury and property damage limit of$500,000 per occurrence. 5.3.1.5 Builders' Risk Insurance. CONTRACTOR shall maintain Builders' Risk Insurance or Installation Insurance on an all risk physical loss form in the Contract Amount. Coverage shall continue until the Work is accepted by OWNER. OWNER shall be a loss payee on the policy. If off site storage is permitted, coverage shall include transit and storage in an amount sufficient to protect property being transported or stored. 5.4 Bonds: 00700 04-2020 Page 14 General Conditions f 5.4.1 General. .1 Bonds, when required, shall be executed on forms furnished by or acceptable to OWNER. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority to act j .2 If the surety on any bond furnished by CONTRACTOR is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent 1 or its right to do business is terminated in the State of Texas or it ceases to meet the requirements of the preceding paragraph, CONTRACTOR shall within ten (10)days thereafter substitute another r bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER I .3 When Performance Bonds and/or Payment Bonds are required, each shall be issued in an amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Amount as security for the faithful performance and/or payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. Performance Bonds and Payment Bonds shall be issued by a solvent surety company authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and shall meet any other requirements established by law or by OWNER pursuant to applicable law. Any surety duly authorized to do business in Texas may write Performance and Payment Bonds on a project without reinsurance to the limit of 10 percent of its capital and surplus Such a surety must reinsure any obligations over 10 percent. .4 If CONTRACTOR has failed to obtain or maintain a required bond. OWNER may exclude the I CONTRACTOR from the site of the Project and exercise OWNER's suspension and/or termination rights under the Contract Documents, 5.4.2 Performance Bond. I .1 If the Contract Amount exceeds $100,000, CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER with a I Performance Bond in the form set out by OWNER. .2 If the Contract Amount exceeds $25,000 but is less than or equal to $100,000, CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER with a Performance Bond in the form set out by OWNER, unless the original Contract Time is 60 Calendar Days/40 Working Days or less, in which case CONTRACTOR can agree to the following terms and conditions for payment in lieu of providing a Performance Bond: no money will be paid to CONTRACTOR until completion and acceptance of the Work by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to receive 95%of the Contract Amount following Final Completion, I and the remaining 51/o of the Contract Amount following the one year warranty period L .3 If the Contract Amount is less than or equal to $25,000, CONTRACTOR will not be required to furnish a Performance Bond, provided that no money will be paid to CONTRACTOR until completion and acceptance of the Work by OWNER under the following terms and conditions: CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to receive 95%of the Contract Amount following Final Completion, and the remaining 51/o of the Contract Amount following the one year warranty period .4 If a Performance Bond is required to be furnished, it shall extend for the one year warranty period. 5.4.3 Payment Bond. f .1 If the Contract Amount exceeds $50,000. CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER with a Payment Bond in the form set out by OWNER. .2 If the Contract Amount is less than or equal to $50.000. CONTRACTOR will not be required to furnish a Payment Bond, provided that no money will be paid to CONTRACTOR until completion and acceptance of the Work by OWNER under the terms and conditions specified in paragraph 5423 00700 04-2020 Page 15 General Conditions l l ARTICLE 6 -CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1 Supervision and Superintendence: 6.1.1 The CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise directed by the OWNER in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. 6.1.2 The CONTRACTOR shall have an English-speaking, competent Superintendent on the Work at all times that work is in progress. Upon request of Owner's Representative, the CONTRACTOR shall present the resume of the proposed Superintendent to Owner's Representative showing evidence of experience and successful superintendence and direction of work of a similar scale and complexity. If, in the opinion of Owner's Representative, the proposed Superintendent does not indicate sufficient experience in line with the Work, he/she will not be allowed to be the designated Superintendent for the Work. The Superintendent shall not be replaced without Written Notice to Owner's Representative. If the CONTRACTOR deems it necessary to replace the Superintendent, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the necessary information for approval, as stated above, on the proposed new Superintendent. A qualified substitute Superintendent may be designated in the event that the designated Superintendent is temporarily away from the Work, but not to exceed a time limit acceptable to Owner's Representative. The CONTRACTOR shall replace the Superintendent upon the OWNER's request in the event the Superintendent is unable to perform to the OWNER's satisfaction. The Superintendent will be the CONTRACTOR's representative on the Work and shall have the authority to act on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. All communications given to the Superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. Either the CONTRACTOR or the Superintendent shall provide an emergency and home telephone number at which one or the other may be reached if necessary when work is not in progress. 6.2 Labor, Materials and Equipment: 6.2.1 The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in performance of the type of Work required under this Contract. The CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and their employees may not use or possess any firearms, alcoholic or other intoxicating beverages, illegal drugs or controlled substances while on the job or on the OWNER's property, nor may such workers be intoxicated, or under the influence of alcohol or drugs, on the job. If the OWNER or Owner's Representative notifies the CONTRACTOR that any worker is incompetent, disorderly or disobedient, has knowingly or repeatedly violated safety regulations, has possessed any firearms, or has possessed or was under the influence of alcohol or drugs on the job, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately remove such worker from performing Contract Work, and may not employ such worker again on Contract Work without the OWNER's prior written consent. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order on or off the site in all matters pertaining to the Project. The CONTRACTOR shall pay workers no less than the wage rates established in Section 00900, and maintain weekly payroll reports as evidence thereof. 6.2.2 Unless otherwise specified, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, re-testing of defective work, start-up and completion of the Work. 6.2.3 All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new (including new products made of recycled materials), except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Owner's Representative, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (reports of required tests, manufacturer's certificates of compliance with material requirements, mill reports, etc.) as to the kind, quantity and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 00700 04-2020 Page 16 General Conditions 1 6.2.4 Substitutes and "Approved Equal" Items 6.2.4.1 Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using r the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required Unless the specification or description contains words reading that no like, equivalent or"approved equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to Owner's Representative under the following circumstances: .1 "Approved Equal" If, in the OWNER's sole discretion, an item of material or an item of equipment proposed by the CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by the OWNER as an "approved equal" item. in which case review of the proposed item may, in the OWNER's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for evaluation of proposed substitute items. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the OWNER with the documentation required for the OWNER to make its determination. .2 Substitute Items: If, in the OWNER's sole discretion, an item of material or an item of equipment proposed by the CONTRACTOR does not qualify as an "approved equal" item under paragraph 6.2.4.1.1, then it will be considered a proposed substitute item The CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to allow the OWNER to determine that the item of material or item of equipment r proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and a substitute therefor. I 6.2.4.2 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR may with prior approval of the OWNER furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, I sequence, or procedure of construction. The CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to Owner's Representative to allow the OWNER, in the OWNER's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. 6.2.4.3 OWNER's Evaluation The OWNER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraph 6.2.4.1.1 and paragraph 6.2.4.1.2. The OWNER will be the sole judge of acceptability No "approved equal" or substitute shall be ordered. installed, or utilized until the OWNER's review is complete, which will be evidenced by either a Change Order or completion of the Shop Drawing review procedure. The OWNER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish at the CONTRACTOR's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety bond with respect to any "approved equal"or substitute. The OWNER shall not be responsible for any delay due to review time for any "approved equal" or substitute. 6.2.4.4 CONTRACTOR's Expense: All data to be provided by the CONTRACTOR in support of any proposed "approved equal" or substitute item will be at the CONTRACTOR's expense. 6.2.5 The CONTRACTOR agrees to assign to the OWNER any rights it may have to bring antitrust suits against its Suppliers for overcharges on materials incorporated in the Project growing out of illegal price fixing agreements The CONTRACTOR further agrees to cooperate with the OWNER should the OWNER wish to prosecute suits against Suppliers for illegal price fixing. 6.3 Progress Schedule: Unless otherwise directed, the CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.6 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. .1 The CONTRACTOR shall submit to Owner's Representative for acceptance proposed adjustments in L the progress schedule that will not change the Contract Times or Milestones. Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect. 00700 04-2020 Page 17 General Conditions .2 Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change the Contract Times or Milestones shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change Order or Time Extension Request in accordance with Article 12. 6.4 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others: 6.4.1 Assignment: The CONTRACTOR agrees to retain direct control of and give direct attention to the fulfillment of this Contract. The CONTRACTOR agrees not to, by Power of Attorney or otherwise, assign said Contract without the prior written consent of the OWNER. 6.4.2 Award of Subcontracts for Portions of the Work: The CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, whether initially or as a substitute, against whom the OWNER may have reasonable objection. The CONTRACTOR must provide the OWNER with a list of all Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or organizations it will use in the Work, and such list must be provided prior to the preconstruction conference. Should the OWNER have objections,the OWNER will communicate such objections by Written Notice. If the OWNER requires a change without good cause of any Subcontractor, person or organization previously accepted by OWNER,the Contract Amount may be increased or decreased by the difference in the cost occasioned by any such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. The CONTRACTOR shall not substitute any Subcontractor, person or organization that has been accepted by the OWNER, unless the substitute has been accepted in writing by the OWNER. No acceptance by the OWNER of any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right of the OWNER to reject defective Work. 6.4.3 The CONTRACTOR shall enter into written agreements with all Subcontractors and Suppliers which specifically bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of the OWNER and E/A. The OWNER reserves the right to specify that certain requirements shall be adhered to by all Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors as indicated in other portions of the Contract Documents and these requirements shall be made a portion of the agreement between the CONTRACTOR and Subcontractor or Supplier. 6.4.4 The CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to the OWNER for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with the CONTRACTOR just as the CONTRACTOR is responsible for the CONTRACTOR's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization any contractual relationship between the OWNER and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of the OWNER or E/A to pay or to see to the payment of any amounts due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization except as may otherwise be required by laws and regulations. 6.4.5 The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with Owner's Representative through the CONTRACTOR. 6.4.6 The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control the CONTRACTOR in dividing or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. 6.4.7 The CONTRACTOR shall pay each Subcontractor and Supplier their appropriate share of payments made to the CONTRACTOR not later than ten (10)Days after the CONTRACTOR's receipt of payment from the OWNER. 6.5 Patent Fees and Royalties: 6.5.1 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible at all times for compliance with applicable patents or copyrights encompassing, in whole or in part, any design, device, material, or process utilized, directly or indirectly, in the performance of the Work or the formulation or presentation of its Bid. 00700 04-2020 Page 18 General Conditions ti 6.5.2 The CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide, prior to commencement of Work hereunder and at all times during the performance of same, for lawful use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters, patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the patentee, copyright holder, or their duly authorized representative whether or not a particular design, device, material, or process is specified by the OWNER. 6.5.3 The CONTRACTOR shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyright and shall indemnify and save the OWNER harmless from any and all claims, costs, losses, expenses and damages(including but not limited to attorney's fees and consultant fees), direct or indirect, arising with respect to the CONTRACTOR's process in the formulation of its bid or the performance of the Work or otherwise arising in connection therewith r The OWNER reserves the right to provide its own defense, with counsel of its own choosing, to any suit or claim of I infringement of any patent or copyright in which event the CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and save harmless the OWNER from all costs and expenses of such defense as well as satisfaction of all judgments entered against the OWNER. 6.5.4 The OWNER shall have the right to stop the Work and/or terminate this Agreement at any time in the event I the CONTRACTOR fails to disclose to the OWNER that the CONTRACTOR's work methodology includes the use of any infringing design, device, material or process 6.6 Permits, Fees: Unless otherwise provided in the Supplemental General Conditions, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for 1 all construction permits, licenses and fees required for prosecution of the Work. OWNER will obtain and pay for the following permits, licenses and/or fees, if required: .1 Site Development Permit. .2 Building Permit(s). I .3 Texas Department of Transportation permit for work in State rights-of-way. .4 Railroad Utility License Agreement. 6.7 Laws and Regulations: 6.7.1 The CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all laws and regulations applicable to furnishing and performing the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable laws and regulations, neither the OWNER nor E/A shall be responsible for monitoring the CONTRACTOR's compliance with any laws and I regulations. 6.7.2 The CONTRACTOR shall plan and execute its operations in compliance with all applicable Federal, State and local laws and regulations, including those concerning control and abatement of water pollution and prevention and control of air pollution. 6.7.3 If the CONTRACTOR performs any Work that it is contrary to laws or regulations, then the CONTRACTOR shall bear and shall indemnify, defend and hold OWNER harmless from all claims, costs, losses and damages f arising therefrom, however, it shall not be the CONTRACTOR's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with laws and regulations, but this does not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the CONTRACTOR's obligations under Article 3. I 6.8 Taxes: L, 6.8.1 The CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required to be paid by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the laws and regulations of the State of Texas. 00700 04-2020 Page 19 General Conditions t 6.8.2 The OWNER is an exempt organization as defined by Chapter 11 of the Property Tax Code of Texas and is thereby exempt from payment of Sales Tax under Chapter 151, Limited Use Sales, Excise and Use Tax, Texas Tax Code, and Chapter 321, Texas Tax Code. 6.9 Use of Premises: 6.9.1 The CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of workers to the site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other land and areas permitted by laws and regulations, rights-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. The CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by dispute resolution proceeding or at law. The CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the OWNER, E/A, E/A's consultants and anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees) arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against the OWNER, E/A or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon performance of the Work or failure to perform the Work. 6.9.2 During the progress of the Work and on a daily basis, the CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. The CONTRACTOR shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by the OWNER at Substantial Completion of the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall, at a minimum, restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contact Documents. 6.9.3 The CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall the CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.10 Record Documents: The CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the site, or other location acceptable to the OWNER, one (1) record copy of all Drawings, Specifications,Addenda, Change Orders, Change Directives, Field Orders and written interpretations and clarifications (issued pursuant to paragraph 9.5) in good order and annotated to show all changes made during construction. These record documents, together with all final samples and all final Shop Drawings,will be available to the OWNER and E/A for reference during performance of the Work. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work, these record documents, samples and Shop Drawings showing the final "as built" construction of the Project shall be promptly delivered to Owner's Representative. 6.11 Safety and Protection: 6.11.1 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Upon request, and prior to installation of measures,the CONTRACTOR shall submit a site security and safety plan for approval by the OWNER. By reviewing the plan or making recommendations or comments, the OWNER will not assume liability nor will the CONTRACTOR be relieved of liability for damage, injury or loss. The CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: .1 all persons on the Work site or who may be affected by the Work; .2 all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and 00700 04-2020 Page 20 General Conditions I .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including but not limited to, trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and underground facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. 6.11.2 The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. The CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property and of underground facilities, and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.11.1.2 and paragraph 6.11.1.3 caused, directly or indirectly, r in whole or in part, by the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Supplier or any person or organization directly or i1 indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be responsible, shall be remedied by the CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of the OWNER, or E/A, or E/A's consultant or anyone employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be responsible, and not attributable, directly I or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the faults or negligence of the CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them). The CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Owner's Representative has issued a notice to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR in accordance with Article 14 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.11.3 Safety Representative: The CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety ` representative at the site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. Upon request of the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall provide certifications or other documentation of the safety representative's qualifications. At a minimum, the safety representative shall have received the OSHA thirty (30) hour training and a certificate evidencing that the safety t representative has received such training within the last five (5) years shall be provided to the OWNER's representative. 6.11.4 Hazard Communication Programs: The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the site in accordance with laws and regulations. r 6.11.5 Emergencies: Il 6.11.5.1 In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work at the site or adjacent thereto, f the CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authorization from the OWNER or E/A, is obligated to act t reasonably to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss and to mitigate damage or loss to the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall give Owner's Representative prompt written notice if the CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If Owner's I Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by the t CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action; otherwise the OWNER will not be responsible for the CONTRACTOR's emergency action. 6.11.5.2 Authorized agents of the CONTRACTOR shall respond immediately to call-out at any time of any day or night when circumstances warrant the presence on Project site of the CONTRACTOR or its agent to protect the Work or adjacent property from damage, restriction or limitation or to take such action or measures pertaining to the Work as may be necessary to provide for the safety of the public. Should the CONTRACTOR and/or its agent fail to respond and take action to alleviate such an emergency situation, the OWNER may direct other forces to take action as necessary to remedy the emergency condition, and the OWNER will deduct any cost of such remedial action from the funds due to the CONTRACTOR under this Contract. 6.11.5.3 In the event there is an accident involving injury to any individual on or near the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall notify Owner's Representative within twenty-four (24) hours of the event and shall be responsible for recording the location of the event and the circumstances surrounding the event through 00700 04-2020 Page 21 General Conditions l photographs, interviewing witnesses, obtaining medical reports and other documentation that describes the event. Copies of such documentation shall be provided to Owner's Representative, for the OWNER's and E/A's records, within forty-eight (48) hours of the event. 6.12 Continuing the Work: The CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR may agree in writing. 6.13 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee: 6.13.1 The CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to the OWNER that all Work will be performed in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. The CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: .1 abuse. modification or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or Suppliers; or .2 normal wear and tear under normal usage. 6.13.2 The CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of the CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: .1 observations by Owner's Representative and/or E/A, .2 recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative, .3 the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents; .4 use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by the OWNER:. .5 any acceptance by the OWNER or any failure to do so, .6 any review of a Shop Drawing or sample submittal; .7 any inspection, test or approval by others; or .8 any correction of defective Work by the OWNER. .9 the failure of the OWNER, E/A or any other person or entity acting on behalf of the OWNER or E/A to observe, detect or discover any defect in the Work or any non-conformance of the Work with any requirement of the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR hereby waives any claim or defense to any claim by the OWNER that any failure by the OWNER, E/A, or any other person or entity acting on behalf of the OWNER or E/A to observe, detect or discover any defect in the Work relieves or releases, in whole or in part, CONTRACTOR from any obligations or responsibility for the correction of such defects or any other obligation of CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents. 6.14 Indemnification: 00700 04-2020 Page 22 General Conditions i 6.14.1 TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, AND IN ADDITION TO ANY OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF CONTRACTOR UNDER THE CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS OWNER, ITS COUNCIL MEMBERS , EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, AND CONSULTANTS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE E/A (THE "INDEMNIFIED PARTIES" OR INDEMNIFIED PARTY", FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES, AND DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL FEES AND CHARGES OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS, CONSULTANTS, EXPERTS AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS AND ALL COURT OR ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES, AND DAMAGES ARE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PARTY BY THE ACTS, ACTIONS, ERRORS OR OMISSIONS OF AN INDEMNIFIED PARTY. I BECAUSE OWNER IS A MUNICIPALITY, THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF SUBCHAPTER C OF CHAPTER 151 OF THE TEXAS INSURANCE CODE ("CHAPTER 151") DOES NOT APPLY TO THE OWNER. IF, HOWEVER, ANY PROVISION OF CHAPTER 151 APPLIES TO THE OWNER, IT IS THE INTENT OF THE OWNER THAT IF THE PROVISIONS OF CHAPTER 151 DO APPLY, NOTHING HEREIN SHALL IMPOSE ANY REQUIREMENTS ON CONTRACTOR THAT ARE PROHIBITED BY CHAPTER 151 AND THAT ANY OF THE PROVISIONS HEREOF THAT ARE NOT PROHIBITED BY CHAPTER 151 SHALL REMAIN IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT. ACCORDINGLY, IN THE EVENT THAT IN CONSTRUING AND INTERPRETING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION OR, IF APPLICABLE, AN ARBITRATOR, DETERMINES THAT CHAPTER 151 APPLIES TO THE OWNER, THEN THE COURT OR ARBITRATOR SHALL REFORM THE PROVISIONS HEREOF SO AS TO COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 151 AND 1 SUCH REFORMATION SHALL NOT AFFECT THE VALIDITY OF ANY PROVISIONS HEREOF THAT ARE NOT PROHIBITED BY CHAPTER 151. 6.14.2 The indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.14.1 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, or compensation or benefits payable by or for the CONTRACTOR or any such I Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 6.14.3 The obligations of the CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.14.1 shall not extend to the liability of the OWNER, E/A, E/A's consultants, and their officers, directors, partners, employees or agents caused primarily by negligent preparation of maps, drawings, surveys, designs or specifications upon which is placed the applicable state-authorized design professional seal of the OWNER's, E/A's or E/A's consultant's officers, directors, partners, employees or agents. 6.14.4 In the event the CONTRACTOR fails to follow the OWNER's directives concerning use of the site, scheduling or course of construction, or engages in other conduct which proximately causes damage to property based on inverse condemnation or otherwise, then and in that event, the CONTRACTOR shall indemnify the OWNER against all costs resulting from such claims. 6.14.5 In the event the CONTRACTOR unreasonably delays progress of the work being done by others on the I site so as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the l OWNER for such loss. 6.15 Survival of Obligations: I All representations, indemnifications, warranties and guarantees made in, required by or given in accordance with l the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final t payment, completion and acceptance of the Work and termination or completion of the Agreement. t 6.16 Losses from Natural Causes: ll Unless otherwise specified, all loss or damage to the CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the Work to be 1 done or from action of the elements, floods or from unforeseeable circumstances in prosecution of the Work or from 00700 04-2020 Page 23 General Conditions 1 unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in prosecution of the Work, shall be sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at its own cost and expense. 6.17 Notice of Claim: Should the CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or act of the OWNER or of any of the OWNER's employees or agents or others for whose acts the OWNER is liable, a Claim will be made to the other party within thirty (30) calendar days of the event giving rise to such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 6.17 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations, statute of repose, or any other provision of the Contract Documents. 6.18 Liquidated Damages: At set forth in the Agreement,paragraph 1.2,the CONTRACTOR or its Surety shall be liable for Liquidated Damages for the CONTRACTOR's failure to timely complete the Work or any portion thereof within the Contract Time. See Supplemental Conditions for amount of Liquidated Damages. ARTICLE 7 -OTHER WORK 7.1 The OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the site by the OWNER's own forces, or let other contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If the CONTRACTOR believes that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim as provided in Article 11 or Article 12. 7.2 The CONTRACTOR shall afford other contractors who are in a contract with the OWNER and each utility owner (and the OWNER, if the OWNER is performing the additional work with the OWNER's employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. The CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Owner's Representative and the other contractors whose work will be affected. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remedy damage caused by the CONTRACTOR to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the OWNER or separate contractors. 7.3 If the proper execution or results of any part of the CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, the CONTRACTOR shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Owner's Representative in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of the CONTRACTOR's Work. The CONTRACTOR's failure to report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with the CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent or non-apparent defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7.4 The OWNER shall provide for coordination of the activities of the OWNER's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the CONTRACTOR, who shall cooperate with them. The CONTRACTOR shall participate with other separate contractors and Owner's Representative in reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so. The CONTRACTOR shall make any revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the CONTRACTOR, separate contractors and the OWNER until subsequently revised. 7.5 Unless otherwise stated herein, costs caused by delays or by improperly timed activities or defective construction shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. 7.6 If CONTRACTOR damages, delays,disrupts or interferes with the work of any other contractor, or any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the site of the Project, through CONTRACTOR's failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid such impacts, or if any claim arising out of CONTRACTOR's actions, 00700 04-2020 Page 24 General Conditions inactions or negligence in performance of the Work at or adjacent to the site of the Project is made by any such other contractor or utility owner against CONTRACTOR, OWNER, or E/A, then CONTRACTOR shall (1) promptly attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations with such other contractor or utility owner, or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law, and (2) INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE E/A FROM AND AGAINST ANY SUCH CLAIMS,AND AGAINST ALL COSTS, LOSSES,AND DAMAGES(INCLUDING BUT NOT r LIMITED TO ALL FEES AND CHARGES OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS, AND OTHER I PROFESSIONALS AND ALL COURT OR ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO SUCH DAMAGE, DELAY, DISRUPTION, OR INTERFERENCE. ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.1 Prior to the start of construction, the OWNER will designate in writing a person or entity to act as Owner's Representative during construction. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the OWNER shall issue all communications to the CONTRACTOR through Owner's Representative. I 8.2 The OWNER will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for the CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions i and programs incident thereto. The OWNER is not responsible for any failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with laws and regulations applicable to furnishing or performing the Work. The OWNER is not responsible for the CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Failure or I omission of the OWNER to discover, or object to or condemn any defective Work or material shall not release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to properly and fully perform the Contract. 8.3 The OWNER is not responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work. I 8.4 Information or services under the OWNER's control shall be furnished by the OWNER with reasonable promptness to avoid delay in the orderly progress of the Work. 8.5 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and responsibilities of the OWNER enumerated herein and especially those in respect to Article 4 (Availability of Lands, Subsurface and Physical Conditions: Reference Points), Article 7 (Other Work) and Article 14 (Payments to the CONTRACTOR and Completion). 8.6 Notice of Claim: Should the OWNER suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or act of the CONTRACTOR or of any of the CONTRACTOR's employees or agents or others for whose acts the CONTRACTOR is liable, a notice of such injury or damage will be sent to the CONTRACTOR within thirty (30) calendar days of the event giving rise to such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 8.6 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or statute of repose. 8.7 The OWNER is not responsible for the CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The failure or omission of the OWNER, E/A or any other person or entity acting on behalf of the OWNER or the E/A to observe, detect, discover, or object to or condemn any defective Work or material shall not release the CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's obligation to properly and fully perform the Work pursuant to the Contract Documents. The OWNER shall not be responsible for the acts, errors or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, or any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or entity performing or furnishing any of the Work on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER/ARCHITECT'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1 E/A's Authority and Responsibilities: 9.1.1 The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of E/A during construction are set forth in the l Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of the OWNER and E/A The assignment 00700 04-2020 Page 25 General Conditions L of any authority, duties or responsibilities to E/A under the Contract Documents, or under any agreement between the OWNER and E/A, or any undertaking, exercise or performance thereof by E/A, is intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the OWNER and is not for the benefit of the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Sub- subcontractor, Supplier, or any other person or organization, or for any surety or employee or agent of any of them. 9.1.2 E/A will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for the CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto. E/A is not responsible for any failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with laws and regulations applicable to the furnishing or performing the Work. E/A is not responsible for the CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Failure or omission of E/A to discover, or object to or condemn any defective Work or material shall not release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to properly and fully perform the Work. 9.1.3 E/A is not responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work. 9.1.4 If the OWNER so directs, E/A will review the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection,tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by Article 14,but only to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents. 9.1.5 The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.1 shall also apply to E/A's Consultants, Resident Project Representative and assistants. 9.2 E/A as Owner's Representative: 9.2.1 E/A may be designated as Owner's Representative under paragraph 8.1. 9.3 Visits to Site: If the OWNER so directs, E/A will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as is necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of the CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, E/A will endeavor for the benefit of the OWNER to determine if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. E/A will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. E/A's efforts will be directed toward providing for the OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on-site observations, E/A will keep the OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard the OWNER against defective Work. E/A's visits and on-site observations are subject to all the limitations on E/A's authority and responsibility set forth in paragraph 9.1. 9.4 Project Representative: If the OWNER and E/A agree, E/A will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist E/A in providing more continuous observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragraph 9.1 and in the Supplemental General Conditions. The OWNER may designate another representative or agent to represent the OWNER at the site who is not E/A, E/A's consultant, agent or employee. 9.5 Clarifications and Interpretations: E/A may determine that written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of drawings or otherwise) are necessary. Such written clarifications or interpretations will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents,will be issued with reasonable promptness by Owner's Representative and will be binding on the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. If the OWNER or the 00700 04-2020 Page 26 General Conditions 1 CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Amount or the Contract Times. the OWNER or the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 11 or Article 12 9.6 Rejecting Defective Work: E/A may recommend that the OWNER disapprove or reject Work which E/A believes to be defective, or believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or will prejudice the integrity of the I design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 10 -CHANGES IN THE WORK 10.1 Changes: 10.1.1 Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety. the OWNER, at any time or from time to I time, may order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such changes in the Work will be authorized by Change Order, Change Directive or Field Order. 10.1.2 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the CONTRACTOR shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Change Directive or Field t Order I 10.1.3 The CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Amount or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, I modified and supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.3.1 and paragraph 3.3.2, except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.11.5 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.4 10.1.4 Except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.11.5, a Change Order or Change Directive is required before the CONTRACTOR commences any activities associated with a change in the Work which, in the CONTRACTOR 's opinion, will result in a change in the Contract Amount and/or Contract Times. 10.1.5 If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents I (including, but not limited to, Contract Amount or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. I 10.2 Change Orders: 10.2.1 The OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate written Change Orders covering: .1 a change in the Work: .2 the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Amount, if any, and l .3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any. 10.2.2 An executed Change Order shall represent the complete, equitable, and final amount of adjustment in the l Contract Amount and/or Contract Time owed to the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER as a result of the occurrence or event causing the change in the Work encompassed by the Change Order. 10.3 Change Directives: 10.3.1 The OWNER may by written Change Directive,without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Amount 00700 04-2020 Page 27 General Conditions l and Contract Time being adjusted as necessary. A Change Directive shall be used in the absence of complete and prompt agreement on the terms of a Change Order. 10.3.2 If the Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Amount, the adjustment shall be based on the method provided for in paragraph 11.5. 10.3.3 A Change Directive shall be recorded later by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order. 10.3.4 Upon receipt of a Change Directive, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved. 10.4 Field Order: 10.4.1 Owner's Representative may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Amount or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These shall be accomplished by written Field Order and shall be binding on the OWNER and on the CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved promptly. 10.4.2 If the CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order would require an adjustment in the Contract Amount and/or Contract Times, the CONTRACTOR shall make written request to Owner's Representative for a Change Order. Any request by the CONTRACTOR for an adjustment in Contract Amount and/or Contract Times shall be made in writing prior to beginning the work covered by the Field Order. 10.5 No Damages for Delay: Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work. If delay is caused by specific orders given by the OWNER to stop Work for reasons for which the CONTRACTOR is not responsible, or such delay is not caused by active interference in the Work by OWNER for reasons for which the CONTRACTOR is not responsible, then such delay will entitle the CONTRACTOR only to an equivalent extension of time, the CONTRACTOR's application for which shall, however, be subject to approval of the OWNER. No such extension of time shall release the CONTRACTOR or surety on its performance bond from all the CONTRACTOR's obligations hereunder which shall remain in full force until discharge of the Contract. ARTICLE 11 -CHANGE OF CONTRACT AMOUNT 11.1 The Contract Amount is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 11.2 The original Contract Amount may not be increased by more than twenty-five percent(25%) and it may not be decreased more than twenty-five percent (25%)without the consent of the CONTRACTOR to such decrease. 11.3 The Contract Amount shall only be changed by a Change Order. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Amount shall be made by Written Notice delivered by the party making the Claim to the other party promptly (but in no event later than thirty(30)calendar days)after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the Claim and stating the general nature of the Claim. Notice of the amount of the Claim with supporting data shall be delivered within thirty (30) calendar days after Written Notice of Claim is delivered by claimant, and shall represent that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. If the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree, all Claims for adjustment in the Contract Amount shall be determined as set out in Article 16. 11.4 Determination of Value of Work: 00700 04-2020 Page 28 General Conditions 4 I 11.4.1 The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Amount will be determined by one or more of the following methods .1 by application of unit prices contained in the Contract Documents to the quantities of the items involved f .2 by a mutually agreed lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation. .3 by cost of Work plus the CONTRACTOR's fee for all overhead costs and profit(determined as provided in paragraph 11.5). r 11.4.2 Before using the method described in paragraph 11.4.1.3, the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR agree to I negotiate a Change Order using the methods identified in paragraph 11.4.1.1 and paragraph 11.4.1.2, as appropriate, to determine the adjustment in the Contract Amount. 11.5 Cost of Work: If neither of the methods defined in paragraph 11.4.1.1 or paragraph 11.4.1.2 can be agreed upon before a change j in the Work is commenced which will result in an adjustment in the Contract Amount, the OWNER may issue a 1 Change Directive to the CONTRACTOR. If the OWNER elects to issue a Change Directive, CONTRACTOR shall perform the Changed Work and payment will be made as follows r .1 For all personnel, the CONTRACTOR will receive the rate or wage specified in the prevailing wage It rates established in Section 00900 for each hour that said personnel are actually engaged in such Work, to which will be added an amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the sum thereof as compensation for the CONTRACTOR's and any affected Subcontractor's total overhead and profit. No separate charge will be made by the CONTRACTOR for organization or overhead expenses. For the cost of premiums on public liability insurance, workers' compensation insurance, social security and unemployment insurance, an amount equal to fifty-five percent (55%) of the wages paid personnel, excluding the twenty-five(25%)compensation provided above,will be paid to the CONTRACTOR. The actual cost of the CONTRACTOR's bond(s) on the extra Work will be paid based on invoices from surety. No charge for superintendence will be made unless considered necessary and ordered by the OWNER. .2 The CONTRACTOR will receive the actual cost, including freight charges, of the materials used on such Work, to which costs will be added a sum equal to twenty-five percent (25%) thereof as compensation for the CONTRACTOR's and any affected Subcontractor's total overhead and profit. In case material invoices indicate a discount may be taken, the actual cost will be the invoice price minus the discount. .3 For machinery, trucks. power tools, or other similar equipment agreed to be necessary by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER will allow the CONTRACTOR the rate as given in the latest edition of the Associated General Contractors of America "Contractor's Equipment Cost Guide" as published by Dataquest for each hour that said tools or equipment are in use on such work, which rate includes the cost of fuel, lubricants and repairs. No additional compensation will be allowed on the equipment for the CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit. .4 The compensation, as herein provided for, shall be received by the CONTRACTOR and any affected Subcontractor as payment in full for work done by Change Directive and will include use of small tools, and total overhead expense and profit. The CONTRACTOR and the Owner's Representative shall compare records of work done by Change Directive at the end of each day. Copies of these records will be made upon forms provided for this purpose by the OWNER and signed by both Owner's Representative and the CONTRACTOR, with one (1) copy being retained by the OWNER and one (1) by the CONTRACTOR Refusal by the CONTRACTOR to sign these records within two (2) working f days of presentation does not invalidate the accuracy of the record. Il 00700 04-2020 Page 29 General Conditions l 11.6 Unit Price Work: 11.6.1 Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be unit price Work, initially the Contract Amount will be deemed to include for all unit price work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Bid. The estimated quantities of items of unit price work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Amount. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of unit price work performed by the CONTRACTOR will be made by Owner's Representative. Owner's Representative will review with the CONTRACTOR the preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). 11.6.2 When "plan quantity" is indicated for a bid item, the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the amount specified in the Contract Documents without any measurements. 11.6.3 Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by the CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover the CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. 11.6.4 A Major Item is any individual bid item in the Bid that has a total cost equal to or greater than five percent (5%) of the original Contract Amount or $50,000, whichever is greater, computed on the basis of bid quantities and Contract unit prices. 11.6.5 The OWNER or the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Amount in accordance with Article 11 if: .1 the actual quantity of any Major Item should become as much as twenty percent (20%) more than or twenty percent(20%) less than in the Bid; or .2 The CONTRACTOR presents proper documentation contesting the accuracy of "plan quantity," and Owner's Representative verifies quantity and determines original quantity is in error by five percent (5%) or more. 11.6.6 Right to Verify Information: The CONTRACTOR agrees that any designated representative of the OWNER shall have the right to examine the CONTRACTOR's records to verify the accuracy and appropriateness of the pricing data used to price change proposals. Even after a Change Order Proposal has been approved, the CONTRACTOR agrees that if the OWNER later determines the cost and pricing data submitted was inaccurate, incomplete, not current or not in compliance with the terms of this Agreement regarding pricing of change orders, then an appropriate contract price reduction will be made. 11.6.7 Pricing Information Requirements: The CONTRACTOR agrees to provide and require all subcontractors to provide a breakdown of allowable labor and labor burden cost information as outlined herein. This information will be used to evaluate the potential cost of labor and labor burden related to change order work. It is intended that this information represent an accurate estimate of the CONTRACTOR's actual labor and labor burden cost components. This information is not intended to establish fixed billing or change order pricing labor rates. However, at the time change orders are priced the submitted cost data for labor rates may be used to price change order work. The accuracy of any such agreed-upon labor cost components used to price change orders will be subject to later audit. Approved change order amounts may be adjusted later to correct the impact of inaccurate labor cost components if the agreed-upon labor cost components are determined to be inaccurate. ARTICLE 12-CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.1 Working Day and Calendar Day Contracts: 12.1.1 The Contract Times (or Milestones) shall only be changed by Change Order or Time Extension Request duly executed by both the CONTRACTOR and Owner's Representative. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Times(or Milestones)shall be made by Written Notice delivered by the party making the Claim to the other 00700 04-2020 Page 30 General Conditions 3 party promptly (but in no event later than thirty (30) calendar days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the delay and stating the general nature of the delay Notice of the extent of the delay with supporting data shall be delivered within thirty (30) calendar days after Written Notice of Claim is delivered by claimant, and shall represent that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. If the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree all Claims for adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be determined as set out in Article 16 No Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph 12.1.2 When the CONTRACTOR is at fault and the OWNER stops the Work so that corrections in the Work can I be made by the CONTRACTOR, then no extension in time will be allowed. 12.1.3 When the CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay for which the CONTRACTOR is not responsible, an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay will be considered by OWNER. Any extension of the Contract Time shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. However, adverse I weather shall not be considered justification for extension of Contract Times on Calendar Day contracts, except as provided for in paragraph 12.2. 12.1.4 The OWNER will consider time extension requests and may grant the CONTRACTOR an extension of time because of: .1 Changes ordered in the Work which justify additional time. .2 Failure of materials or products being at the Project site due to delays in transportation or failures of Suppliers, for which the CONTRACTOR, a Subcontractor or a Supplier is not responsible. The request f for an extension of time shall be supported by a recitation of acts demonstrating that such delays were beyond the control of the CONTRACTOR. a Subcontractor or a Supplier including but not limited to, the CONTRACTOR's, the Subcontractor's or the Supplier's efforts to overcome such delays documented as follows: a) Copy of purchase order for delayed item(s) indicating date ordered by the CONTRACTOR/Subcontractor and date purchase order received by Supplier. b) If item(s) require Shop Drawings or other submittal information in accordance with the Contract Documents, provide record of date submittal(s) forwarded to Owner's Representative, date submittal(s) returned to the CONTRACTOR, and date submittal(s) forwarded to Supplier. c) Copy of document(s) from Supplier, on Supplier's letterhead, indicating date(s) item(s) would be ready for shipment and/or actual shipment date(s). d) Copies of all correspondence between the CONTRACTOR/Subcontractor and Supplier indicating I the CONTRACTOR/ Subcontractor's efforts to expedite item(s). e) If item(s) are being purchased by a Subcontractor, provision of meeting notes, correspondence, and the like which reflect the CONTRACTOR's efforts with the Subcontractor to expedite delivery of the item(s). .3 When acts of the OWNER, E/A, utility owners or other contractors employed by the OWNER delay progress of work through no fault of the CONTRACTOR. .4 When the CONTRACTOR is delayed by strikes, lockouts, fires, losses from natural causes. or other unavoidable cause or causes beyond the CONTRACTOR's control 12.2 Calendar Day Contracts: 00700 04-2020 Page 31 General Conditions L Under a Calendar Day Contract, the CONTRACTOR may also be granted an extension of time because of unusual inclement weather that is beyond the normal weather expected for the Williamson and Travis Counties. Texas area. Normal weather which prevents the CONTRACTOR from performing Work is expected during a Calendar Day Contract, and is not a justification for an extension of time. The following delineates the number of days per month for which, for purposes of Calendar Day Contracts, expected normal weather will prevent performance of Work: January.......................... 7 days February........................ 7 days March............................. 7 days April............................... 7 days May................................ 8 days June................................ 6 days July................................. 6 days August........................... 5 days September..................... 7 days October.......................... 7 days November..................... 7 days December...................... 7 days Days per month exceeding the number shown above may be credited as Rain Days if a Claim is made in accordance with paragraph 12.1.1 and meets the following definition: a "Rain Day" is any day in which a weather event occurs at the site and is sufficient to prevent the CONTRACTOR from performing units of Work critical to maintaining the project schedule during the entire day. ARTICLE 13 -TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; AND CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1 Notice of Defects: Prompt notice of all defective Work of which the OWNER or E/A has actual knowledge will be given to the CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected or corrected as provided for in Article 13. 13.2 Access to Work: The OWNER, E/A, E/A's Consultants, other representatives and personnel of the OWNER, independent testing laboratories and governmental agencies having jurisdiction will have unrestricted physical access to the Work site for observing, inspecting and testing. The CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access, and advise them of the CONTRACTOR's site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13.3 Tests and Inspections: 13.3.1 The CONTRACTOR shall give timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. 13.3.2 The OWNER shall employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: .1 for inspections, tests or approvals covered by paragraph 13.3.3 below; .2 for reinspecting or retesting defective Work, and .3 as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. All testing laboratories shall be those selected by the OWNER. 00700 04-2020 Page 32 General Conditions 13.3.3 If laws or regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body. the CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. The I CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for the OWNER's and E/A's review of materials or equipment to be r incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs or equipment submitted for review prior to the I CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work 13.4 Uncovering Work: 13.4.1 If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered by the CONTRACTOR without concurrence of Owner's Representative, or if any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered and recovered at the CONTRACTOR's expense. 13.4.2 If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed, inspected or tested, the CONTRACTOR shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, the CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others), and I the OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Amount, and may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Amount or an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction, and ` the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 11 and Article 12 13.5 OWNER May Stop the Work: 13.5.1 If the Work is defective, or the CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, the OWNER may order the CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated, however, this right of the OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of the OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of the CONTRACTOR or any surety or other Party 13.5.2 If the CONTRACTOR fails to correct defective Work or submit a satisfactory plan to take corrective action, with procedure and time schedule, the OWNER may order the CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until cause for such order has been eliminated, or take any other action permitted by this Contract. A notice to stop the Work, based on defects, shall not stop calendar or working days charged to the Project. 00700 04-2020 Page 33 General Conditions 13.6 Correction or Removal of Defective Work: If required by the OWNER,the CONTRACTOR shall promptly,as directed,either correct all defective Work,whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. The CONTRACTOR shall correct or remove and replace defective Work, or submit a plan of action detailing how the deficiency will be corrected, within the time frame identified in the notice of defective Work. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal(including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others), including but not limited to all consultant, engineering, expert and attorney's fees incurred by the OWNER as a result of such defective work or as necessary for OWNER to investigate such defective Work and/or to determine the appropriate means or methods to address or correct such defective Work. The OWNER shall have the right, in OWNER's sole discretion, to have the E/A or other consultant specify the means and methods that will be followed to correct or address any defective Work. If the OWNER specifies a means or method by which the defective Work will be addressed or corrected, the CONTRACTOR shall perform the specified work necessary to address or correct the defective Work at CONTRACTOR's sole cost and expense. 13.7 Warranty period: 13.7.1 If, at any time after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by laws or regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to the OWNER and in accordance with the OWNER's written instructions: (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the OWNER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If the CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others and all consultant, expert and attorney's fees incurred by OWNER)will be paid by the CONTRACTOR. 13.7.2 In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the warranty period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Contract Documents and agreed to by OWNER. 13.8 OWNER May Correct Defective Work: If the CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after Written Notice of the OWNER to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the OWNER may, after seven (7) calendar days' Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. If, in the opinion of Owner's Representative, significant progress has not been made during this seven(7)calendar day period to correct the deficiency,the OWNER may exercise any actions necessary to remedy the deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph,the OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the OWNER may exclude the CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend the CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the OWNER has paid the CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. The CONTRACTOR shall allow the OWNER, its agents and employees,the OWNER's other contractors, E/A and E/A's consultants access to the site to enable the OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against the CONTRACTOR and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the 00700 04-2020 Page 34 General Conditions 1 Work. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of the CONTRACTOR's defective Work and any and all consultant, expert and attorneys fees incurred by OWNER as a result of OWNER's correction of defective WORK. The CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), 1 or claims of damage because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the OWNER of the OWNER's rights and remedies hereunder. 13.9 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work, including but not limited to any expert, engineering or other consultant's fees incurred by the OWNER to investigate such defective Work and/or to determine the appropriate means or methods and work necessary to allow OWNER to accept the defective Work and CONTRACTOR shall pay for all work required to be performed to allow OWNER to accept the defective Work and I any estimated costs, expenses and damages OWNER may sustain in the future as a result of accepting the defective Work, including any diminution in value of the Project as a result of accepting the defective Work. If any such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work shall be incorporated in a Change Order. If the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price, then OWNER may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under the Contract Documents. If the acceptance of defective Work occurs after final payment, CONTRACTOR shall pay to OWNER the above described costs, expenses and damages incurred by OWNER as a result of OWNER's acceptance of defective Work. ARTICLE 14-PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.1 Application for Progress Payment: I 14.1.1 Not more than once per month, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to Owner's Representative for review an Application for Payment, in a form acceptable to the OWNER, filled out and signed by the CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents or as required by OWNER. 14.1.2 Such applications shall not include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work which have been properly authorized by Change Directives but not yet included in Change Orders. 14.1.3 Such applications shall not include requests for payment of amounts the CONTRACTOR does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or Supplier because of a dispute or other reason. 14.1.4 Owner will not pay for materials or equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location. Payment will be made by Owner only for Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 14.1.5 Where the original Contract Amount is less than $400,000, the OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR the total amount of approved Application for Payment, less ten percent (10%)of the amount thereof, which ten percent (10%)will be retained until final payment, less all previous payments and less all sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. Where the original Contract Amount is$400,000 or more,the OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR the total amount of approved Application for Payment, less five percent (5%) of the amount thereof, which five percent(5%)will be retained until final payment, less all previous payments and less all sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. In either case, if the Work is near completion and delay occurs due to no fault or neglect of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may pay a portion of the retained amount to the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER's option, may be relieved of the obligation to complete the Work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive payment of the balance due under the Contract subject to the conditions stated under paragraph 15.2. 00700 04-2020 Page 35 General Conditions L 14.1.6 Applications for Payment shall include the following documentation: .1 updated progress schedule; .2 monthly subcontractor report; and .3 any other documentation required under the Supplemental General Conditions. 14.2 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title: The CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the OWNER not later than the time of payment to the CONTRACTOR free and clear of all liens. 14.3 Review of Applications for Progress Payment: 14.3.1 Owner's Representative will, within seven (7) calendar days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate a recommendation for payment and forward the Application for processing by the OWNER, or return the Application to the CONTRACTOR indicating Owner's Representative's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case,the CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 14.3.2 Owner's Representative's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Owner's Representative, based upon Owner's Representative's on-site observations of the executed Work and on Owner's Representative's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Owner's Representative's knowledge, information and belief: .1 the Work has progressed to the point indicated; and .2 the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for unit price Work, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation). 14.3.3 By recommending any such payment, Owner's Representative will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: .1 inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work or that the Work has been performed in accordance with the Contract Documents; .2 examination has been made to ascertain how or for what purpose the CONTRACTOR has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Amount; .3 the CONTRACTOR's construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures have been reviewed; or .4 that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle the CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by the OWNER or entitle the OWNER to withhold payment to the CONTRACTOR. 14.4 Decisions to Withhold Payment: 14.4.1 The OWNER may withhold or nullify the whole or part of any payment to such extent as maybe necessary on account of: .1 defective Work not remedied; 00700 04-2020 Page 36 General Conditions f .2 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Amount; .3 damage to the OWNER or another contractor; 1 .4 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid r balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; .5 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit a schedule of values in accordance with the Contract Documents; .6 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit a submittal schedule in accordance with the Contract Documents,- .7 ocuments;.7 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit or update construction schedules in accordance with the Contract Documents; .8 failure of the CONTRACTOR to maintain a record of changes on drawings and documents; .9 failure of the CONTRACTOR to maintain weekly payroll reports; 1 .10 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit monthly subcontractor reports; [ .11 the CONTRACTOR's neglect or unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work, including failure to clean up; or .12 failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with any provision of the Contract Documents. .13 OWNER's disagreement with the recommendation of the Owner's Representative, provided the OWNER has provided a Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR specifying the reasons why OWNER does not agree with such recommendation. 14.4.2 When the above reasons for withholding payment are removed, the CONTRACTOR shall resubmit a C statement for the value of Work performed. Payment will be made within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of approved Application for Payment. 14.5 Delayed Payments: [ Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the CONTRACTOR of a sum named in any Application for Payment with which OWNER agrees and has approved for payment within thirty (30) calendar days after the day on which the OWNER received the mutually acceptable Application for Payment, then the OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR, in addition to the sum shown as due by such Application for Payment, interest thereon at the rate of one percent (1%) per month from date due until fully paid, which shall fully liquidate any injury to the CONTRACTOR growing out of such delay in payment. 14.6 Arrears: No money shall be paid by the OWNER upon any claim, debt, demand or account whatsoever, to any person, firm or corporation who is in arrears to the OWNER; and the OWNER shall be entitled to counterclaim and offset against any such debt, claim, demand or account so in arrears and no assignment or transfer of such debt, claim, demand or account, shall affect the right of the OWNER to so offset said amounts, and associated penalties and interest if applicable, against the same. 00700 04-2020 Page 37 General Conditions t 14.7 Substantial Completion: 14.7.1 If a Certificate of Occupancy is required by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work, said certificate shall be issued before the Work or any portion thereof is considered substantially complete. When the CONTRACTOR considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the OWNER agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the CONTRACTOR shall notify Owner's Representative and request a determination as to whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If Owner's Representative does not consider the Work substantially complete, Owner's Representative will notify the CONTRACTOR giving reasons therefor. Failure on the OWNER's part to list a reason does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. After satisfactorily completing items identified by Owner's Representative, the CONTRACTOR shall then submit another request for Owner's Representative to determine substantial completion. If Owner's Representative considers the Work substantially complete, Owner's Representative will prepare and deliver a certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall include a punch list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment, shall establish the time within which the CONTRACTOR shall finish the punch list, and shall establish responsibilities of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work, warranty and insurance. Failure to include an item on the punch list does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The certificate of Substantial Completion shall be signed by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR to evidence acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in such certificate. 14.7.2 The OWNER shall have the right to exclude the CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, but the OWNER will allow the CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the punch list. 14.8 Partial Utilization: The OWNER, at the OWNER's sole option, shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work regardless of the time for completing the entire Work. The OWNER's exercise of such use and possession shall not be construed to mean that the OWNER acknowledges that any part of the Work so possessed and used is substantially complete or that it is accepted by OWNER, and the OWNER's exercise of such use and possession shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of its responsibility to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 14.9 Final Inspection: Upon Written Notice from the CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete,Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with the CONTRACTOR and provide Written Notice of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.10 Final Application for Payment: The CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments after the CONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and delivered the following documents: .1 Three (3) complete operating and maintenance manuals, each containing maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, and other documentation required by the Contract Documents; .2 Record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.10); .3 Consent of surety, if any, to final payment. If surety is not provided, complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to the OWNER) of all claims arising out of or filed in connection with the Work; 00700 04-2020 Page 38 General Conditions l .4 Certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Supplemental General Conditions will remain in force after final payment-and through any warranty period; .5 Non-Use of Asbestos Affidavit (After Construction); and r .6 Any other documentation called for in the Contract Documents. 14.11 Final Payment and Acceptance: 14.11.1 If, on the basis of observation of the Work during construction, final inspection, and review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and the CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will recommend the final Application for Payment and thereby notify the OWNER. If the OWNER agrees with the recommendation of the Owner's Representative, the OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR the balance due the CONTRACTOR under the terms of the Contract. I 14.11.2 As Contract Time is measured to Final Completion, Owner's Representative will issue a letter of final acceptance to the CONTRACTOR which establishes the Final Completion date and initiates any warranty period. 14.11.3 Final payment is considered to have taken place when the CONTRACTOR or any of its representatives negotiates the OWNER's final payment check, whether labeled final or not, for cash or deposits check in any financial institution for its monetary return. 14.12 Waiver of Claims: The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: .1 a waiver of claims by the OWNER against the CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from unsettled t claims, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract I Documents or the terms of any warranty specified therein, or from the CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and .2 a waiver of all claims by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. ARTICLE 15 -SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1 OWNER May Suspend Work Without Cause and for Convenience: At any time and without cause and for convenience, the OWNER may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety(90)calendar days by written agreement or by Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR which will fix the date on which the Work will be resumed. The CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. The CONTRACTOR maybe allowed an adjustment in the Contract Amount or an extension of the Contract Times,or both,directly attributable to any such suspension if the CONTRACTOR makes an approved Claim therefor as provided in Article 11 and Article 12. 15.2 OWNER May Terminate Without Cause: C Upon seven (7) calendar days' Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any right or remedy of the OWNER, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, the CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items): .1 for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination; 00700 04-2020 Page 39 General Conditions �. .2 for all claims incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Suppliers, Subcontractors, and others. The CONTRACTOR agrees to negotiate in good faith with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others to mitigate the OWNER's cost CONTRACTOR shall include in any subcontract or purchase order language that provides that if the Agreement is terminated without cause, the Subcontractor and Suppliers will only be paid for work performed or materials and equipment supplied and shall not have any other claims against CONTRACTOR or OWNER; CONTRACTOR shall not be paid for any profit or overhead for Work not completed. 15.3 OWNER May Terminate With Cause: 15.3.1 Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: .1 if the CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; .2 if the CONTRACTOR disregards laws or regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; .3 if the CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of Owner's Representative; .4 if the CONTRACTOR makes fraudulent statements; .5 if the CONTRACTOR fails to maintain a work force adequate to accomplish the Work within the Contract Time; .6 if the CONTRACTOR fails to make adequate progress and endangers successful completion of the Contract; or .7 if the CONTRACTOR otherwise violates any provisions of the Contract Documents; The OWNER may, after giving the CONTRACTOR (and the surety, if any) seven (7)calendar days'Written Notice terminate the services of the CONTRACTOR. The OWNER, at its option, may proceed with negotiation with surety for completion of the Work. Alternatively,the OWNER may under these circumstances exclude the CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work (without liability to the CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the OWNER has paid the CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the OWNER may deem expedient. In such case the CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Amount exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by the OWNER arising out of or resulting from completing the Work, such excess will be paid to the CONTRACTOR. If such claims, costs, losses and damage exceed such unpaid balance, the CONTRACTOR or surety shall pay the difference to the OWNER. 15.3.2 Where the CONTRACTOR's services have been so terminated by the OWNER, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the OWNER against the CONTRACTOR and surety then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of amounts due the CONTRACTOR by the OWNER will not release the CONTRACTOR from liability. In the event the OWNER terminates the Contract with cause, the OWNER may reject any and all bids submitted by the CONTRACTOR for up to three(3)years. 00700 04-2020 Page 40 General Conditions 15.4 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate: If through no act or fault of the CONTRACTOR,the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety(90)calendar days by the OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, or (except during disputes) Owner's Representative fails to forward for processing any mutually acceptable Application for Payment within thirty (30) calendar days after it is submitted, or(except during disputes)the OWNER fails for sixty(60) calendar days after it is submitted to pay the CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined by the OWNER to be due, then the CONTRACTOR may, upon seven(7)calendar days'Written Notice to the OWNER, and provided the OWNER does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15.2. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if(except during disputes) Owner's Representative has failed to forward for processing any mutually acceptable Application for Payment within thirty(30) calendar days after it is submitted, or (except during disputes) the OWNER has failed for sixty (60) calendar days after it is submitted to pay the CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined by the OWNER to be due, the CONTRACTOR may upon seven (7) calendar days' Written Notice to the OWNER stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due the CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.4 are not intended to preclude the CONTRACTOR from making a Claim under Article 11 and Article 12 for an increase in Contract Amount or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to the CONTRACTOR's stopping Work as permitted by this paragraph. ARTICLE 16 -DISPUTE RESOLUTION f 16.1 Filing of Claims: 16.1.1 Claims arising from the circumstances identified in paragraphs 3.2, 4.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.4, 6.4.2, 6.11.5.2, 6.17, 7.5, 8.6, 9.5, 10.4.2, 13.8, 15.1, 15.2, 15.3, or 15.4, or other occurrences or events, shall be made by Written Notice delivered by the party making the Claim to the other party within thirty (30) calendar days after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the Claim and stating the general nature of the Claim. Notice of the amount of the Claim with supporting data shall be delivered within thirty (30) calendar days after Written Notice of Claim is delivered by claimant and shall represent that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which claimant is entitled. + 16.1.2 Within thirty(30)calendar days of receipt of notice of the amount of the Claim with supporting data,Owner's Il Representative and the CONTRACTOR shall meet to discuss the Claim, after which an offer of settlement or notification of no settlement offer will be made to claimant. If claimant is not satisfied with the proposal presented, claimant shall have thirty(30) calendar days in which to: t .1 submit additional supporting data requested by the other party, .2 modify the initial Claim; or .3 request Alternative Dispute Resolution. 16.2 Alternative Dispute Resolution: 16.2.1 If a dispute exists concerning a Claim, the parties agree to use the following procedure prior to pursuing any other available remedies. The OWNER reserves the right to include E/A as a party. L 16.2.2 Negotiating with Previously Uninvolved Personnel: Either party may make a written request for a meeting to be held between representatives of each party within fourteen (14) calendar days of the request or such later period that the parties may agree to. Each party shall endeavor to include, at a minimum, one (1) previously uninvolved senior level decision maker empowered to negotiate on behalf of their organization. The purpose of this and subsequent meetings will be good faith negotiations of the matters constituting the dispute. Negotiations shall be concluded within thirty (30)calendar days of the first meeting, unless mutually agreed otherwise. This step may 00700 04-2020 Page 41 General Conditions l 1 be waived by written agreement of both parties, in which event the parties may proceed directly to mediation as described below. 16.2.3 Mediation: 16.2.3.1 If the procedure described in paragraph 16.2.2 proves unsuccessful or is waived pursuant to its terms, the parties shall initiate the mediation process. The parties agree to select within thirty (30) calendar days one (1) mediator trained in mediation skills, to assist with resolution of the dispute. The OWNER and the CONTRACTOR agree to act in good faith in the selection of the mediator and to give consideration to qualified individuals nominated to act as mediator. Nothing in this agreement prevents the parties from relying on the skills of a person who also is trained in the subject matter of the dispute and/or a contract interpretation expert. 16.2.3.2 Mediation is a forum in which an impartial person, the mediator, facilitates communication between parties to promote reconciliation, settlement, or understanding among them. The parties hereby agree that mediation, at a minimum, shall provide for 1)conducting an on-site investigation, if appropriate, by the mediator for fact-gathering purposes, 2) a meeting of all parties for the exchange of points of view and 3) separate meetings between the mediator and each party to the dispute for the formulation of resolution alternatives. The parties agree to participate in mediation in good faith for up to thirty(30)calendar days from the date of the first mediation session, unless mutually agreed otherwise. Should the parties fail to reach a resolution of the dispute through mediation, then each party is released to pursue other remedies available to them. ARTICLE 17—RIGHT TO AUDIT 17.1 Right to Audit: Whenever the OWNER enters into any type of contractual arrangement with the CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR's "records" shall upon reasonable notice be open to inspection and subject to audit and/or reproduction during normal business working hours. The OWNER's representative, or an outside representative engaged by the OWNER, may perform such audits. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain all records relating to this Agreement for four (4) years from the date of final payment under this Agreement, or until pending litigation has been completely and fully resolved, whichever occurs later. 17.1.1 The OWNER shall have the exclusive right to examine the records of the CONTRACTOR. The term "records"as referred to herein shall include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and character, including without limitation records, books, papers, documents, contracts, schedules, commitments, arrangements, notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers and memoranda, and any and all other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in the OWNER's judgment, have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by any contract document. Such records shall include (hard copy, as well as computer-readable data if it can be made available), written policies and procedures, time sheets, payroll registers, cancelled checks, personnel file data, correspondence, general ledger entries, and any other record in the CONTRACTOR's possession which may have a bearing on matters of interest to the OWNER in connection with the CONTRACTOR's dealings with the OWNER (all of the foregoing are hereinafter referred to as "records"). In addition,the CONTRACTOR shall permit interviews of employees as well as agents, representatives, vendors, subcontractors and other third parties paid by the CONTRACTOR to the extent necessary to adequately permit evaluation and verification of the following: a) The CONTRACTOR's compliance with contract requirements; b) The CONTRACTOR's compliance with the OWNER'S business ethics policies; and c) If necessary, the extent of the Work performed by the CONTRACTOR at the time of contract termination. 17.1.2 The CONTRACTOR shall require all payees(examples of payees include subcontractors, insurance agents, material suppliers, etc.) to comply with the provisions of this Article 17 by securing the requirements hereof in a 00700 04-2020 Page 42 General Conditions written agreement between the CONTRACTOR and payee. Such requirements include a flow-down right of audit provision in contracts with payees that also apply to subcontractors and sub-subcontractors, material suppliers, etc. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate fully and shall require Related Parties and all of the CONTRACTOR's subcontractors to cooperate fully in furnishing or in making available to the OWNER from time to time whenever requested, in an expeditious manner, any and all such information, materials, and data. 17.1.3 The OWNER's authorized representative or designee shall have reasonable access to the CONTRACTOR's facilities, shall be allowed to interview all current or former employees to discuss matters pertinent to the performance of this Agreement, and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with this Article 17. r 17.1.4 If an audit inspection or examination in accordance with this Article 17 discloses overpricing or overcharges I of any nature by the CONTRACTOR to the OWNER in excess of one-half of one percent (.5%) of the total contract billings, then the reasonable actual cost of the OWNER's audit shall be reimbursed to the OWNER by the CONTRACTOR. Any adjustments and/or payments,which must be made as a result of any such audit or inspection i of the CONTRACTOR's invoices and/or records, shall be made within a reasonable amount of time (not to exceed 90 days) from presentation of the OWNER's findings to the CONTRACTOR. 17.1.5 The CONTRACTOR shall take reasonable actions to prevent any actions or conditions which could result in a conflict with the OWNER's best interests. These obligations shall apply to the activities of the CONTRACTOR's employees, agents, subcontractors, etc. in their dealings and relations with the OWNER's current and former employees and their relatives. For example, the CONTRACTOR's employees, agents or subcontractors should not make or provide to be made any employment, gifts, extravagant entertainment, payments, loans or other considerations to the OWNER's representatives, employees or their relatives. 17.1.6 It is also understood and agreed by the CONTRACTOR that any solicitation of gifts or any other item of value by anyone representing the OWNER is to be reported within two (2) business working days to the OWNER at the following telephone number: 512-218-5401. Failure to report any such solicitations or offers shall be deemed a material breach of contract entitling the OWNER to pursue damages resulting from the failure to comply with this provision. ARTICLE 18—MISCELLANEOUS l 18.1 Venue: In the event of any suit at law or in equity involving the Contract, venue shall be in Williamson County, Texas and I the laws of the state of Texas shall apply to Contract interpretation and enforcement. 18.2 Extent of Agreement: This Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral 18.3 Cumulative Remedies: The rights and remedies available to the parties are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by laws or regulations, by special warranty or guarantees or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. l 00700 04-2020 Page 43 General Conditions 18.4 Severability: If any word, phrase, clause, sentence or provision of the Contract, or the application of same to any person or set of circumstances is for any reason held to be unconstitutional, invalid or unenforceable, that finding shall only effect such word, phrase, clause, sentence or provision, and such finding shall not effect the remaining portions of this Contract; this being the intent of the parties in entering into the Contract; and all provisions of the Contract are declared to be severable for this purpose. 18.5 Independent Contractor The Contract shall not be construed as creating an employer/employee relationship,a partnership,or a joint venture. The CONTRACTOR's services shall be those of an independent contractor. The CONTRACTOR agrees and understands that the Contract does not grant any rights or privileges established for employees of the OWNER. 18.6 Prohibition of Gratuities The OWNER may, by Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR, terminate the Contract without liability if is determined by the OWNER that gratuities were offered or given by the CONTRACTOR or any agent or representative of the CONTRACTOR to any officer or employee of the OWNER with a view toward securing the Contract or securing favorable treatment with respect to the awarding or amending or the making of any determinations with respect to the performing of such Contract. In the event the Contract is terminated by the OWNER pursuant to this provision, the OWNER shall be entitled, in addition to any other rights and remedies, to recover or withhold the amount of the cost incurred by the CONTRACTOR in providing such gratuities. 18.7 Prohibition Against Personal Interest in Contracts No officer, employee, independent consultant,or elected official of the OWNER who is involved in the development, evaluation, or decision-making process of the performance of any solicitation shall have a financial interest, direct or indirect, in the Contract resulting from that solicitation. Any violation of this provision, with the knowledge, expressed or implied, of the CONTRACTOR shall render the Contract voidable by the OWNER. End of General Conditions 00700 04-2020 Page 44 General Conditions i r f f f 00800 SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS L L L L City of Round Rock Contract Forms Supplemental General Conditions Section 00800 SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS TO AGREEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES The Supplemental General Conditions contained herein shall amend or supplement the General Conditions, Section 00700. ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS 1.16 Engineer/Architect (E/A): Add the following: Name (Representative): Susan Frocheur RA NCARB Firm: Architexas Address: 2900 S Congress, Suite 200D City, State, Zip: 78751 Telephone: 512-444-4220 Facsimile: 512-444-4221 Email: sfrocheur(a)arch itexas.com 1.27 Owner's Representative: Add the following: Name: Katie Baker PLA I ASLA Title: Park Development Manager Address: 301 W Bagdad Ste 250 City, State, Zip: Round Rock TX 78664 Telephone: 512.341.3355 Facsimile: 512.248.5548 Email: kbaker(a),roundrocktexas.org ARTICLE 6-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.18 Liquidated Damages Add the following: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY LIQUIDATED DAMAGES IN THE AMOUNT OF two hundred and fifty AND NO/100 DOLLARS $250.00 PER DAY FOR EACH DAY BEYOND THE DATE ESTABLISHED THEREFOR THAT THE CONTRACTOR FAILS TO ACHIEVE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, AND FOR WHICH OWNER IS UNABLE TO UTILIZE THE IMPROVEMENTS AND FACILITIES DUE TO THE FAILURE OF CONTRACTOR TO HAVE ACHIEVED SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT. END OF SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 1 00800 10-2015 Supplemental General Conditions 00090669 i i i 00900 SPECIAL CONDITIONS I i SECTION 01-INFORMATION 01-01 COPIES OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED The Agreement will be prepared in not less than two (2) (original signed) sets. The OWNER will furnish to the CONTRACTOR one (1) copy of conforming Contract Documents and Specifications unless otherwise requested. 01-02 GOVERNING CODES All construction as provided for under the Contract Documents shall be governed by any existing Resolutions,Codes and Ordinances,and any subsequent amendments or revisions thereto as set forth by the OWNER. 01-03 LOCATION The location of work shall be as set forth in the Notice to Bidders and as indicated in the Contract Documents. 01-04 USAGE OF WATER All water used during construction shall be provided by the OWNER and shall be metered. The OWNER shall specify the location from which the CONTRACTOR is to procure water.The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for obtaining a bulk water permit from the OWNER and providing all apparatus necessary for procuring,storing, transporting and using water during construction.The CONTRACTOR shall strive to use no more water than reasonable to perform the work associated with this Contract and shall avoid waste.The CONTRACTOR will be required to pay for all water used if it is found that waste is occurring during construction. SECTION 02-SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 02-01 CROSSING UTILITIES Prior to commencing the Work associated with this Contract, it shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to make arrangements with the owners of utility companies to uncover their particular utility lines or otherwise confirm their location. Certain utility companies perform such services at their own expense,however,where such is not the case,the CONTRACTOR will cause such work to be done at his own expense. 02-02 UTILITY SERVICES FOR CONSTRUCTION The CONTRACTOR will be responsible for providing its own utility services while performing the Work associated with this Contract. Provision of said utility services shall be subsidiary to the various bid items and no additional payment will be made for this item. 00900-4-2020 Page 1 Special Conditions 00443643 r r 02-03 WAGE RATES Wage Rates(Information From Chapter 2258,Texas Government Code Title 10) 2288.021. Duty of Government Entity to Pay Prevailing Wage Rates r a. The State or any political subdivision of the State shall pay a worker employed by it or on behalf of it: (1) not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for work of r a similar character in the locality in which the work is performed;and t (2) not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for legal holiday and overtime work. b. Subsection(a)does not apply to maintenance work. C. A worker is employed on a public work for the purposes of this section if a Contractor or Subcontractor in the execution of a contract for the public work r with the State,a political subdivision of the State or any officer or public body I of the State or a political subdivision of the State, employs the worker. 2258.023. Prevailing Wage Rates to be Paid by Contractor and Subcontractor; Penalty a. The contractor who is awarded a contract by a public body, or a Subcontractor of the Contractor, shall pay not less than the rates determined under Section 2258.022 to a worker employed by it in the execution of the contract. b. A Contractor or Subcontractor who violates this section shall pay to the state or a political subdivision of the state on whose behalf the contract is made, $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the contract.A public body awarding a contract shall specify this penalty in the contract. C. A contractor or subcontractor does not violate this section if a public body awarding a contract does not determine the prevailing wage rates, and specify the rates in the contract as provided by Section 2258.022. d. The public body shall use any money collected under this section to offset the costs incurred in the administration of this chapter. e. A municipality is entitled to collect a penalty under this section only if the municipality has a population of more than 10,000. l 00900-4-2020 Page 2 Special Conditions l 00443643 2258.051.Duty of Public Body to Hear Complaints and Withhold Payment A public body awarding a contract, and an agent or officer of the public body, shall: 1. take cognizance of complaints of all violations of this chapter committed in the execution of the contract;and 2. withhold money forfeited or required to be withheld under this Chapter from the payments to the Contractor under the contract, except that the public body may not withhold money from other than the final payment without determination by the public body that there is good cause to believe that the Contractor has violated this chapter. Applicable wage rates to be used in Williamson and/or Travis County may be obtained from the U.S. Department of Labor website at the following web addresses: Construction Types: Heavy (Sewer/Water Treating Plant and Sewer/Incidental to Highway) http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/TX33.dvb?v=O Construction Types: Heavy and Highway http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/TX16.dvb?v=O Construction Type: Building http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/TX76.dvb?v=1 02-04 LIMIT OF FINANCIAL RESOURCES The OWNER has a limited amount of financial resources committed to this Project; therefore, it shall be understood by all bidders that the OWNER may be required to change and/or delete any items which it may feel is necessary to accomplish all or part of the scope of work within its limit of financial resources. CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to no claim for damages or anticipated profits on any portion of work that may be omitted. At any time during the duration of this contract,the OWNER reserves the right to omit any work from this contract.Unit prices for all items previously approved in this contract shall be used to delete or add work per change order. 02-05 LIMITS OF WORK AND PAYMENT It shall be the obligation of the CONTRACTOR to complete all work included in this Contract, so authorized by the OWNER, as described in the contract documents and technical specifications. All items of work not specifically paid for in the bid proposal shall be included in the unit price bids. Any question arising as to the limits of work shall be left up to the interpretation of the E/A. 00900-4-2020 Page 3 Special Conditions 00443643 1 02-06 LAND FOR WORK OWNER provides, as indicated on Drawings, land upon which work is to be done, right-of-way for access to same and such other lands that are designated for the use of the CONTRACTOR.CONTRACTOR provides,at his expense and without liability of OWNER, any additional land and access thereto that may be required for his construction operations,temporary construction facilities,or for storage of materials. 02-07 DEVIATIONS OCCASIONED BY UTILITY STRUCTURES Whenever existing utilities, not indicated on the Drawings, present obstructions to grade and alignment of proposed improvements immediately notify engineer, who without delay, will determine if existing utilities are to be relocated, or grade and alignment of proposed improvements changed. Where necessary to move existing utilities and appurtenances as determined by the E/A, the E/A and CONTRACTOR will make relocation arrangements with the utility owner. The OWNER will not be liable for delay costs or damages due to relocations of utilities which hinder progress of the work. 02-08 CONSTRUCTION STAKING All construction staking required to complete the work associated with this contract shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for determining the layout and extent of staking necessary to construct the improvements to the lines and grades shown in the Drawings and such staking shall be satisfactory to the E/A. The CONTRACTOR shall consult with the E/A and Owners Representative in the field for assistance as necessary. Sufficient staking materials and equipment shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR including but not limited to:paint, flagging, laths,hubs,blue tops,nails,hammers,measuring chains or tapes,transits and levels. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for setting and marking control and off-set points for measuring distances and angles,for shooting levels,and for any other items pertaining to construction staking. This item shall not be paid for separately and shall be considered subsidiary to other bid items. 00900-4-2020 Page 4 Special Conditions 00443643 SECTION 03-ACCESS AND TRAFFIC CONTROL Access shall be provided for the public and emergency vehicles at all possible times. When it becomes necessary to restrict access, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER and coordinate with the OWNER, all applicable agencies (i.e. Fire Department,E.M.S.,Public Works,etc.),residents,and affected parties.If emergency access is required during the work and such access is being hindered by the work, the CONTRACTOR will suspend the work if necessary,and otherwise endeavor to assist emergency personnel in accessing a location restricted by the work. Unless otherwise approved by the E/A, at the end of each day all lanes of traffic shall be opened to the public. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure compliance at all times with the accepted Traffic Control Plan for the project and shall be responsible for all maintenance, signing and safety precautions necessary for traffic control. These items shall be included in the bid item Traffic Control. 00900-4-2020 Page 5 Special Conditions 00443643 r r ITEM 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK The Work covered by these Specifications consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, appliances, materials and performing all operations in connection with the inspection and testing, complete in accordance with the Plans, and subject to the terms and r conditions of the Contract Documents. 1.02 GOVERNING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS STREET,WATER, SEWER AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS The Round Rock Standard Specification Criteria Manual is hereby referred to and r included in this contract as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein, and shall be applied to this project unless modified elsewhere as discussed below. The aforementioned Criteria Manual is the"Standard Specifications" section of the City of r Round Rock Design and Construction Standards. The Standard Specifications may be accessed from the City of Round Rock website (www.roundrocktexas.gov) at the I following web address: www.roundrocktexas.gov/dacs. Any adjustments,alterations,or additional information regarding Governing Technical Specifications are contained in the Plans (Drawings), Details and Notes described in Section 02000 of the Project Manual or are included in Attachment A at the end of this Technical Specifications Section. ITEM 2 CONTROL OF WORK , 2.01 CLEAN-UP 2.01.1 CONSTRUCTION SITE During construction, the CONTRACTOR shall keep the site free and clean from all rubbish and debris and shall clean-up the site promptly when notified to do so by the E/A. The CONTRACTOR shall,at its own expense,maintain the streets and roads free from dust, mud, excess earth or debris which constitutes a nuisance or danger to the public using the thoroughfare, or the occupants of adjacent properties. Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on streets and roads over which hauling is done, and any such spillage or debris deposited on streets, due to the CONTRACTOR's operations, shall be immediately removed. Page 1 01000-4-2020 Technical Specifications 00443645 2.01.2 BACKWORK The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate his operations in such a manner as to prevent the amount of clean-up and completion of back works from becoming excessive. Should such a condition exist,the E/A may order all or portions of the work to cease and refuse to allow any work to commence until the back work is done to the E/A's satisfaction. 2.02 GRADING The CONTRACTOR shall do such grading in and adjacent to the construction area associated with this contract as may be necessary to leave such areas in a neat and satisfactory condition approved by the E/A. ITEM 3 EXAMINATION AND REVIEW 3.01 EXAMINATION OF WORK The work covered under this Contract shall be examined and reviewed by the E/A, representatives of all governmental entities which have jurisdiction, and the Owner's Representative. The quality of material and the quality of installation of the improvements shall be to the satisfaction of the E/A. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility for the construction methods and safety precautions in the undertaking of this Contract. 3.02 NOTIFICATION The E/A and the OWNER must be notified a minimum of 24-hours in advance of beginning construction,testing,or requiring presence of the E/A,Owner's or Owner's Representative. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION STAKING The E/A shall furnish the CONTRACTOR reference points and benchmarks that, in the E/A's opinion, provide sufficient information for the CONTRACTOR to perform construction staking. 3.04 PROTECTION OF STAKES,MARKS,ETC. All engineering and surveyor's stakes, marks, property comers, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the CONTRACTOR, and in case of destruction or removal during the course of this project, such stakes, marks, property comers, etc., shall be replaced by the CONTRACTOR at the CONTRACTOR's sole expense. Page 2 01000-4-2020 Technical Specifications 00443645 r r ITEM 4 PROTECTION AND PRECAUTION 4.01 WORK IN FREEZING WEATHER Portions of the work may continue as directed by the E/A. 4.02 PROTECTION OF TREES, PLANTS AND SHRUBS r The CONTRACTOR shall take necessary precautions to preserve all existing trees, plants and shrubs but where it is justifiable and necessary the CONTRACTOR may remove trees and plants for construction right-of-way but only with approval of the E/A. 4.03 TRAFFIC CONTROL MEASURES AND BARRICADES Traffic control measures and barricades shall be installed in accordance with the Texas Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices and in other locations deemed necessary by the E/A, for the protection life and property. Under no circumstances will any 1 existing road be permitted to remain closed over a weekend. No separate pay will be made for this item. Costs for this item shall be subsidiary to other items of work. 4.04 PROPERTY LINES AND MONUMENTS The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the protection,reference and resetting of property comer monuments if disturbed. l 4.05 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS MATERIAL ` The CONTRACTOR shall at his own expense, make arrangement for the disposal of f surplus material, such as rock,trees, brush and other unwanted backfill materials. 4.06 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES The Contractor shall,at his own expense,provide additional space as necessary for his S operations and storage of materials. [[ ITEM 5 MATERIALS 5.01 TRADE NAMES { Except as specified otherwise, wherever in the specifications an article or class of material is designated by a trade name or by the name or catalog number of any maker, patentee,manufacturer,or dealer,such designations shall be taken as intending to mean and specify the articles described or another equal thereto in quality, finish, and serviceability for the purpose intended, as may be determined and judged by the E/A in his sole discretion. 5.02 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP No material which has been used by the CONTRACTOR for any temporary purpose whatever is to be incorporated in the permanent structure without the written consent of the E/A. Where materials or equipment are specified by a trade or brand name, it is not the intention of the OWNER to discriminate against an equal product of another Page 3 01000-4-2020 Technical Specifications 00443645 manufacturer, but rather to set a definite standard of quality for performance, and to establish an equal basis for the evaluation of bids. Where the words "equivalent", "proper"or"equal to"are used,they shall be understood to mean that the item referred to shall be "proper",the "equivalent" of, or"equal to" some other item, in the opinion or judgment of the E/A. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be the best of their respective kinds and shall be in all cases fully equal to approved samples. Notwithstanding that the words"or equal to"or other such expressions may be used in the specifications in connection with a material, manufactured article or process, the material, article or process specifically designated shall be used, unless a substitute is approved in writing by the E/A, and the E/A will have the right to require the use of such specifically designated material, article or process. Page 4 01000-4-2020 Technical Specifications 00443645 i 1 f 01000 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS c TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 01 —GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NO. OF PAGES 01210 Allowances 2 01226 Unit Prices 1 01230 Alternates 2 01250 Substitution Procedures 3 01330 Submittal Procedures 3 01356 Restoration Project Procedures 3 01400 Quality Requirements 2 01600 Product Requirements 5 01730 Selective Demolition 2 01732 Cutting and Patching 2 DIVISION 2—SITE CONSTRUCTION 02300 Earthwork 7 DIVISION 3—CONCRETE 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete 4 DIVISION 4—MASONRY 04012 Restoration Mortar 3 04013 Masonry Restoration 5 DIVISION 5—METALS 05500 Metal Fabrications 5 DIVISION 6—WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry 5 06200 Exterior Architectural Woodwork 3 06450 Standing and Running Trim 2 DIVISION 7—THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07211 Batt Insulation 3 07312 Wood Shingle Roofing 5 07920 Joint Sealants 5 DIVISION 8—DOORS AND WINDOWS 08215 Stile and Rail Wood Doors 3 08550 Wood Windows 4 08710 Door Hardware 7 08800 Glazing 4 08910 Louvers 5 DIVISION 9—FINISHES 09250 Gypsum Board Assemblies 4 09634 Stone Flooring 5 09640 Wood Flooring 4 09910 Painting and Finishing 7 DIVISION 15—MECHANICAL Refer to Mechanical Drawings DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL Refer to Electrical Drawings Stagecoach Inn TOC -1 Table of Contents Technical Specifications Round Rock, Texas l TABLE OF CONTENTS APPENDIX NO. OF PAGES Building Code Analysis 5 Geotechnical Engineering Report 16 END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 1 1 i t t t 1 l Stagecoach Inn TOC -2 Table of Contents Technical Specifications Round Rock, Texas l_. SECTION 01210 ALLOWANCES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Quantity and cash allowances. B. Related Sections 1. Section 00700—General Conditions. 2. Section 01330- Submittal Procedures. 3. Individual specification sections. C. Include in Contract Sum cash allowances stated in individual Specification Sections and scheduled at end of section. D. Designate in Progress Schedule delivery dates for products under each allowance. E. Designate in Schedule of Values quantities of materials specified under unit cost allowances. 1.2 QUANTITY AND CASH ALLOWANCES A. General: 1. Purchase products under each allowance as directed by Architect. 2. Allow sums for various products as described in individual specification sections. 3. Amount of allowance includes.- a. ncludes:a. Net cost of product, less any applicable trade discounts. b. Delivery to site. c. Labor required under allowance, only when labor is specified to be included in allowance. 4. In addition to amounts of allowances, include in Contract Sum, Contractor's costs for: a. Handling at site, including unloading, uncrating, and storing. b. Protection from elements and from damage. c. Labor for installation and finishing, except where labor is specified to be part of allowance. d. Other expenses required to complete installation. e. Overhead and profit. B. Selection of Products: 1. Architect's Duties: a. Consult with Contractor's in consideration of products and suppliers. b. Make selection; designate products to be used. C. Prepare Change Orders. 2. Contractor's Duties: a. Assist Architect in determining: 1) Supplier or installer, as applicable. 2) Cost, delivered and unloaded at site. b. Obtain proposals from suppliers when requested by Architect. c. Notify Architect of any effect anticipated by selection of product or supplier under consideration on construction schedule or contract sum. Stagecoach Inn 01210 - 1 Allowances Round Rock, Texas C. Delivery: d. On notification of selection, enter into purchase agreement with designated supplier. 1. Contractor's Duties: a. Arrange for delivery and unloading. b. Promptly inspect products for damage or defects. c. Submit any claims for transportation damage. D. Installation: Comply with requirements of referenced specification section. E. Adjustment of Costs: 1. Should actual purchase cost be more or less than specified amount of allowance, Contract t Sum will be adjusted by Change Order equal to amount of difference. 2. Amount of Change Order will recognize any changes in handling costs at site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit, and other expenses caused by selection under allowance. 3. For products specified under unit cost allowance, unit cost shall apply to quantity listed in Schedule of Values. 4. Submit invoices or other data to substantiate quantity actually used. 5. Submit any claims for additional costs at site or other expenses caused by selection under allowances, prior to execution of work. Failure to do so will constitute waiver of claims for additional costs. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 Not used. PART 3 -EXECUTION i 3.1 ALLOWANCE SCHEDULE A. Allowance No. 1 —Masonry Repointing: Include a cash allowance of$7,500 for interior stone re- pointing including mortar analysis of historic mortar and mock-up samples. 1. Related Specification Sections: r a. Section 01226—Unit Prices t b. Section 04013—Restoration Mortar c. Section 04012—Masonry Restoration END OF SECTION i L Stagecoach Inn 01210 -2 Allowances Round Rock, Texas SECTION 01226 UNIT PRICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Work of this Section, as shown or specified, shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices. 1. A unit price is an amount proposed by Bidders and stated on the Bid Form as a price per unit of measurement for materials or services that will be added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by Change Order in the event the estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased. B. Unit prices include all necessary equipment, materials, overhead, and profit and applicable taxes. C. The Owner reserves the right to reject the Construction Manager's measurement of work-in-place that involves use of established unit prices, and to have this Work measured by an independent surveyor acceptable to the Construction Manager at the Owner's expense. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 Not used. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE A. Unit Price No. 1 —Stone Repointing 1. Unit of Measurement: Per lineal foot. 2. Related Specification Section(s): a. Section 04012—Restoration Mortar. b. Section 04013—Masonry Restoration. END OF SECTION San Saba County Courthouse 01226- 1 Unit Prices San Saba, Texas SECTION 01230 ALTERNATES PART 1 —GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A Section Includes Documentation of changes to Contract Sum and Contract Time B Contract Documents contain pertinent requirements for materials and methods to accomplish work I described herein C Provide alternate costs for inclusion in Contract Sum if accepted by Owner. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A Owner-Contractor Agreement: Alternates accepted by Owner for incorporation into the Work. i B Individual specification sections identified. 1.3 PROCEDURES A Alternates will be exercised at the option of Owner B Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work as required to complete the work, including 1 changes under each Alternate, when acceptance is designated in Owner-Contractor Agreement. 1.4 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES A Add Alternate No. 1: Wood Species for Exterior Wood Window Assemblies t 1. Base Bid Provide wood window assemblies fabricated from Sapele Mahogany, quarter sawn. 2 Alternate Bid: Provide wood window assemblies fabricated from acetylated wood, Accoya (ll Wood, in lieu of Sapele Mahogany 3 Related Specification Section(s): a. Section 08550—Wood Windows b. Section 09910— Painting and Finishing i d I B. Add Alternate No. 2 Wood Species for Exterior Wood Door Assemblies 1. Base Bid: Provide door assemblies fabricated from Sapele Mahogany, quarter sawn. 2. Alternate Bid: Provide wood door assemblies fabricated from acetylated wood, Accoya Wood, l in lieu of Sapele Mahogany. 3. Related Specification Section(s): a. Section 08215— Stile and Rail Wood Doors b. Section 09 91 13— Painting and Finishing 1 Stagecoach Inn 01230 - 1 Alternates y Round Rock, Texas C. Alternate No. 3: Wood Species for Exterior Architectural Woodwork 1. Base Bid: Provide exterior architectural woodwork including rake and fascia boards, and brick mold at window and door openings, fabricated from Sapele Mahogany, quarter sawn. Alternate Bid: Provide exterior architectural woodwork fabricated from acetylated wood, Accoya Wood, in lieu of Sapele Mahogany. 2. Related Specification Section(s): a. Section 06200—Exterior Architectural Woodwork b. Section 09910—Painting and Finishing PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.1 Not used. PARTS 3—EXECUTION 3.1 Not used. END OF SECTION Stagecoach Inn 01230-2 Alternates Round Rock, Texas SECTION 01250 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES j PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01600 "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting comparable product submittals for products by listed manufacturers. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: t a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation method cannot be provided, if applicable. b. Coordination of information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. C. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitutions with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes, such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. g. List of similar installations for completed projects, with project names and addresses as well as names and addresses of architects and owners. h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency, indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. Stagecoach Inn 01250- 1 Substitution Procedures Round Rock, Texas i 1. i. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project. j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitutions with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery. k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. I. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents, except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials and is appropriate for applications indicated. M. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 2. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. 1.5 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions. 1.6 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. b. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. C. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. d. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. e. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. f. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. g. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. h. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. Stagecoach Inn 01250-2 Substitution Procedures Round Rock, Texas i B. Substitutions for Convenience: Not allowed unless otherwise indicated. C. Substitutions for Convenience: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 30 days j after commencement of the Work. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect. 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations. b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents. C. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. d. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. e. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. i f. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. g. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. h. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. i. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. j. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has t been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. r PART2 -PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 -EXECUTION f Not Used END OF SECTION t l Stagecoach Inn 01250-3 Substitution Procedures Round Rock, Texas SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Submittal procedures. 2. Submittal schedule. 3. Proposed Products list. 4. Shop Drawings. 5. Product Data. 6. Samples. 7. Quality control submittals. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01400—Quality Requirements. 1.2 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Transmit each submittal along with form approved by Architect. B. Number each submittal with Project Manual section number and a sequential number within each section. Number resubmittals with original number and an alphabetic suffix. C. Identify Project Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier, pertinent Drawing sheet and detail numbers, and specification Section number, as appropriate. D. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that: 1. Submittal was reviewed. 2. Products, field dimensions, and adjacent construction have been verified. 3. Information has been coordinated with all associated trades and with requirements of Work and Contract Documents. E. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and deliver to Architect when applicable. Coordinate submittal of related items. F. For each submittal, allow 14 days for Architect's review, excluding delivery time to and from Contractor. G. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations that may be detrimental to successful performance of completed Work. H. Provide space for Contractor and Architect review stamps. I. Revise and resubmit submittals when required; identify all changes made since previous submittal. J. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned parties and to Project Record Documents file. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with provisions. Stagecoach Inn 01330 - 1 Submittal Procedures Round Rock, Texas f 1.3 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Within 15 days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit a complete list of submittals required for Project to Architect. B. For each submittal, indicate on schedule: 1. Applicable specification section number. 2. Type of submittal, e.g. Shop Drawing, Product Data, Sample, Certificate, etc. 3. Indication of whether submittal is for review or for information purposes only. 4. Anticipated date of submittal to Architect. 5. Date reviewed copies must be returned to Contractor. r C. Architect will review Submittal Schedule for conformance to requirements of Contract Documents and will return one copy to Contractor with comments as applicable. r 1.4 PROPOSED PRODUCTS LIST 1 A. Within 15 days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit to Architect a complete list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product. B. For products specified only by reference standards, give manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation, and reference standards. 1.5 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules, and other data specifically prepared for the Work f by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. B. Present information in clear and thorough manner. C. Identify details by reference to sheet and detail numbers or room number shown on Drawings. D. Maximum Sheet Size: 30 x 42 inches. E. Submit one reproducible and one opaque copy of each sheet. F. Architect will return reproducible copies to Contractor for printing and distribution. 1.6 PRODUCT DATA A. Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams, and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. l B. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. C. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information unique to this Project. D. Submit two copies. E. Architect will return one copy to Contractor for printing and distribution. l Stagecoach Inn 01330 -2 Submittal Procedures Round Rock, Texas 1.7 SAMPLES A. Samples are physical examples, which illustrate materials, equipment, or workmanship and establish standards for which the Work will be judged. B. Submit samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of Products, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. C. Where so indicated, submit samples of finishes from the full range of manufacturers'standard colors, textures, and patterns for Architect's selection. D. Include identification on each sample, with full Project information. E. Unless otherwise specified in individual specifications, submit two of each sample. F. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of samples, or of selection of color, texture, or pattern if full range is submitted. 1.8 QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS A. Quality control submittals specified in Section 01400 are for information and do not require Architect's responsive action except to require resubmission of incomplete or incorrect information. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Not used. END OF SECTION Stagecoach Inn 01330-3 Submittal Procedures Round Rock, Texas SECTION 01356 RESTORATION PROJECT PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: f 1. Definitions. 2. Historic significance. 3. Restoration procedures. 4. Historic artifacts. 5. Alterations. 6. Hazardous material procedures. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Match Existing: Provide new materials to match the existing, in place material in all aspects as closely as possible. Existing materials are those, which are visible in whole or in part in the building. B. Match Original: Provide new materials to match the original material in all aspects as closely as possible. Original materials are those which were originally installed in the building at the time of its completion, prior to previous alterations, and which may predate existing materials. C. Preservation: The act or process of applying measures necessary to sustain the existing form, integrity, and materials of an historic property. D. Reconstruction: The act or process of reproducing, by means of new construction, the form, features, J and detailing of a non-surviving building, structure, or object for the purpose of replicating its ` appearance at a specific period of time and in its historic location. E. Restoration: The act or process of accurately depicting the form, features, and character as it appeared at a particular time by means of the removal of features from other periods in its history and reconstruction of missing features from the restoration period. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Historic Significance: 1. The existing building is a local historic landmark. 2. Due to its unique historical significance, special procedures and precautions must be used in selective demolition and restoration. f 3. The building is to be restored to its original appearance. l B. Restoration Procedures: 1. Preserve existing materials, finishes, and profiles. l 2. Blend new and existing work to provide smooth transitions and uniform appearance. 3. Cease work, notify Contractor, and await instructions if materials or conditions encountered at the site are not as indicated by the Contract Documents or if structure is in danger of movement or collapse. C. Historic Artifacts: If unexpected artifacts of a historic nature are encountered during the Work: 1. Cease work in the affected area immediately. 2. Protect artifacts from damage. Stagecoach Inn 01356 - 1 Restoration Project Procedures Round Rock, Texas I 1. 3. Notify Contractor and CORR and await instructions. 4. Salvage or dispose of artifacts as directed by CORR. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. New Materials: 1. Provide new materials to match existing adjacent materials or original materials for closing of openings, repairs, and reconstructions where suitable salvaged materials do not exist, are insufficient in quantity, or where reuse is not permitted. 2. Retain samples of existing and original materials on site for comparison purposes. 3. Match existing materials in material, type, size, quality, color, finish, and other attributes. B. Salvaged Materials: 1. Clean and prepare salvaged materials for reuse. 2. Do not use materials with objectionable chips, cracks, splits, dents, scratches, or other defects. 3. Repair operable items to function properly. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Test materials to be used in repairs for compatibility with existing materials; do not use incompatible materials. B. Cut, move, or remove items to provide access for alterations and restoration work. Replace and restore upon completion. C. Protect existing materials and surfaces from damage by construction operations. 3.2 ALTERATIONS A. Coordinate alterations and renovations to expedite completion. B. Minimize damage to existing materials and surfaces; provide means for restoring products and finishes to their original or specified new condition. C. Remove unsuitable materials not marked for salvage. D. Remove debris and abandoned items from areas of work and from concealed spaces. E. Refinish visible surfaces to specified condition, with neat transition to adjacent surfaces. F. Install products and finish surfaces as specified in individual sections, or where no specification section exists, to match existing original. G. Finish patches to provide uniform color and texture over entire surface, with repairs not discernible from normal viewing distance. If finish cannot be matched, refinish entire surface to nearest intersections. H. Rework finished surfaces to smooth plane, without breaks, steps, or bulkheads: 1. Where new work abuts or aligns with existing, provide smooth and even transition. Stagecoach Inn 01356-2 Restoration Project Procedures Round Rock, Texas 2. Where a change in plane of 1/4 inch or more occurs, submit recommendation to Architect for transition. I. Where alterations expose mechanical and electrical components, which were previously concealed, rework to be concealed in completed work. END OF SECTION r r L Stagecoach Inn 01356- 3 Restoration Project Procedures Round Rock, Texas SECTION 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. References. 2. Quality assurance and control of installation. 3. Manufacturer's field services and reports. 4. Test reports and certifications. 5. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 1.2 REFERENCES A. For products or workmanship specified by reference to association, trade, or industry standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. C. Conform to edition of reference standard in effect as of date of Project Manual. D. The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality. B. Comply fully with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. F. Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion or disfigurement. 1.4 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A. When specified in individual specification Sections, require material or Product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, or startup of equipment, as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Individuals to report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers'written instructions. Stagecoach Inn 01400- 1 Quality Requirements Round Rock, Texas 1 C. Submit report to Architect for review in duplicate within 10 days of observation. 1.5 TEST REPORTS AND CERTIFICATIONS A. When specified in individual specification Sections, require material or Product suppliers or 1 manufacturers to provide test reports and manufacturers' certifications. B. Indicate that material or Product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. C. Submittals may be recent or previous test results on material or Product, but must be acceptable to Architect. D. Submit two copies of each report. 1.6 MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS A. When Contract Documents require that Products be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions: 1. Submit manufacturer's most recent printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, I installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, as applicable. a. Submit in quantities specified for Product Data. b. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation. C. Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Perform installation of Products to comply with requirements of manufacturer's instructions. 3. If installation cannot be performed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, notify Architect and await instructions. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Not used. END OF SECTION l Stagecoach Inn 01400-2 Quality Requirements Round Rock, Texas l SECTION 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01330"Substitution Procedures"for requests for substitutions. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved by Architect through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a single manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model number or other designation. In addition to the basis-of-design product description, product attributes and characteristics may be listed to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, in-service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other special features and requirements for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Comparable Product Request Submittal: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify basis-of-design product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Include data to indicate compliance with the requirements specified in "Comparable Products" Article. 2. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. Stagecoach Inn 01600- 1 Product Requirements Round Rock, Texas f a. Form of Architect's Approval of Submittal: As specified in Section 01330 "Substitution Procedures." b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated. B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Section 01330 "Substitution Procedures." Show compliance with requirements. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. f B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of f construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to f determine that products are undamaged and properly protected. C. Storage: 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight f enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and f weather-protection requirements for storage. 6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties l do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner. Stagecoach Inn 01600 -2 Product Requirements ` Round Rock, Texas I l.. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed. 3. See other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties meeting requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected,"Architect will make selection. 5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products. B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Sole Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. a. Sole product may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: ..." 2. Sole Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. a. Sole manufacturer/source may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: ..." 3. Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered unless otherwise indicated. a. Limited list of products may be indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: ..." 4. Non-Limited List of Products: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, which complies with requirements. Stagecoach Inn 01600-3 Product Requirements Round Rock, Texas 1 a. Non-limited list of products is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: ..." 5. Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered unless otherwise indicated. a. Limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: ..." 6. Non-Limited List of Manufacturers: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, which complies with requirements. a. Non-limited list of manufacturers is indicated by the phrase: "Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers whose products may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: ..." 7. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on f Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. a. For approval of products by unnamed manufacturers, comply with requirements in Section 01330"Substitution Procedures"for substitutions for convenience. C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample," provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be I final on whether a proposed product matches. 1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 01330 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product. D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from [ manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. 2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration of Comparable Products: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Evidence that proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, is consistent with the Contract Documents, will produce the indicated results, and is compatible with other portions of the Work. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant product qualities include attributes such as type, function, in-service performance and physical properties, weight, dimension, durability, visual characteristics, and other specific features and requirements. 2. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. Stagecoach Inn 01600-4 Product Requirements ` Round Rock, Texas I 1 3. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 4. Samples, if requested. PART 3 -EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION Stagecoach Inn 01600-5 Product Requirements Round Rock, Texas SECTION 01730 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION I PART 1 -GENERAL 1 1.1 SUMMARY 1 A. Section Includes: r 1. Removal of designated building construction where indicated on the Drawings. 2. Salvage of existing items to be reused where indicated on the Drawings. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate areas for demolition, removal sequence and location of salvageable items, and location and construction of temporary work. 1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS r A. Conform to applicable code for demolition work, safety of structure, and dust control. I B. Obtain required permits from authorities. C. Notify affected utility companies before starting work and comply with their requirements. D. Conform to applicable codes when hazardous or contaminated materials are discovered. E. Do not close or obstruct exits. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS [ A. Minimize interference with streets,walks, other public right-of-ways, and adjacent facilities. B. If hazardous materials are discovered, notify Owner and Architect and await instructions. C. If any of the following conditions are encountered, cease work immediately, notify Architect, and await instructions: tr 1. Structure is in danger of movement or collapse. 2. Materials or conditions encountered differ from those designated in the Contract Documents. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 Not used. l PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Erect temporary partitions, barricades, warning devices, and controls. B. Provide protective coverings, shoring, bracing, and supports for construction designated to remain. L 1 Stagecoach Inn 01730- 1 Selective Demolition Round Rock, Texas C. Temporarily or permanently disconnect utilities as required. Fully coordinate with Owner. 3.2 DEMOLITION A. Remove existing construction to extent indicated and as necessary to join new work to existing. Do not remove more than is necessary to allow for new construction. B. Do not damage work designated to remain. C. Minimize noise and spread of dirt and dust. D. Assign work to trades skilled in procedures involved. E. Plug ends of disconnected utilities with threaded or welded caps. F. Protect and support active utilities designated to remain. Post warning signs showing location and type of utility and type of hazard. G. Remove and dispose of waste materials off site. H. Store items designated to remain property of Owner where directed by Owner. END OF SECTION Stagecoach Inn 01730 -2 Selective Demolition Round Rock, Texas SECTION 01732 CUTTING AND PATCHING I PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: f 1. Requirements and limitations for cutting and patching for new work. B. Execute cutting to include excavating, fitting, and patching of Work required to: 1. Make several parts fit properly. 2. Uncover work to provide for installation of ill timed work. F 3. Remove and replace defective work. I 4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Provide routine penetrations of nonstructural surfaces for installation of piping and electrical conduit. I 6. Interface new and existing work. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit written request in advance of executing cutting or alteration that affects: ` 1. Work of Owner or separate contractor. 2. Structural integrity of project. t 3. Integrity or effectiveness of weather exposed or moisture resistant elements or systems. 4. Efficiency, operational life, maintenance, or safety of operational elements. 5. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. I B. Include in Request: 1. Identification of project. 2. Description of work affected. 3. Necessity for cutting or patching. 4. Effect of cutting or patching on work of Owner or separate contractor, or on structural, 1 weatherproof, or visual integrity of project. 5. Description of proposed work: a. Scope of cutting and patching. b. Contractor and trades to execute work. C. Products proposed to be used. d. Extent of refinishing. 6. Alternate to cutting and patching. 7. Cost proposal, if applicable. t 8. Written permission of any separate contractor whose work will be affected. l C. If conditions of work or schedule necessitate a change of material from that originally installed, submit written request in accordance with Section 01600. D. Submit written notice to Architect designating time work will be uncovered, to allow for observation. Stagecoach Inn 01732 - 1 Cutting and Patching l Round Rock, Texas 1.3 PREPARATION A. Examine existing conditions of work, including elements subject to movement or damage during cutting and patching. B. After uncovering work, examine conditions affecting installation of new products or performance of work. C. Provide protection for other portions of project. D. Provide protection from elements. 1.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide finished installation to comply with specified tolerances, and finishes. B. Execute cutting and demolition by methods that will prevent damage to other work, and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repairs and new work. C. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods that will prevent damage to other Work, and will prevent settlement. D. Employ original installer or fabricator to perform cutting and patching for: 1. Weather exposed or moisture resistant elements. 2. Sight exposed finished surfaces. E. Restore work that has been cut or removed; install new products to provide completed Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. F. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish: 1. Continuous surfaces: To nearest intersections. 2. Assembly: Refinish entirely. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 Not used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Not used. END OF SECTION Stagecoach Inn 01732-2 Cutting and Patching Round Rock, Texas SECTION 02300 EARTHWORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1 1.1 SUMMARY 1 A. Section Includes: 1 1. Excavating and backfilling for paving, ramp, steps, and mechanical pad, where indicated on the Drawings. 2. Excavating and backfilling for underground utilities. 3. Re-grading at building perimeter. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 1: Administrative, procedural, and temporary work requirements. 1 2. Section 03300—Cast-In-Place Concrete for paving, ramp, and steps. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): B. C 136 -Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. C. D 698 - Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort(12,400 ft-Ibf/ft3) (600 kN-m/m3). D. D 2922 - Density of Soil and Soil Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods(Shallow Depth). E. D 4254 -Minimum Index Density of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Excavation consists of the removal of material encountered to subgrade elevations and the reuse or disposal of materials removed. B. Subgrade: The uppermost surface of an excavation or the top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials. C. Borrow: Soil material obtained off-site when sufficient approved soil material is not available from l excavations. D. Select Fill: The layer of compacted fill materials placed between the subgrade and surface slab in a soil-supported foundation. E. Structures: Buildings,footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other manmade stationary features constructed above or below ground surface. F. Utilities include on-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within building lines. G. Backfill Materials: Satisfactory soil materials free of clay, rock, or gravel larger than 2 inches in any dimensions, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation and other deleterious matter. L Stagecoach Inn 02300 - 1 Earthwork Round Rock, Texas 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Test Reports: In addition to test reports required under Quality Requirements, submit the following: 1. Laboratory analysis of each soil material proposed for fill and backfill from on-site and borrow sources. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Perform earthwork complying with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Comply with Trench Safety requirements established by OSHA. B. Pre-installation Conference: Before commencing earthwork, meet with representatives of the governing authorities, Owner, Architect, consultants, independent testing agency, and other concerned entities. Review earthwork procedures and responsibilities including testing and inspection procedures and requirements. Notify participants at least 3 working days prior to convening conference. Record discussions and agreements and furnish a copy to each participant. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing Services: 1. General: Indicated locations are approximate; determine exact locations before commencing Work. Determine location of above grade and underground utilities and perform work in a manner, which will avoid damage. Hand excavate, as required. 2. Maintain all existing underground utilities. Locate existing underground utilities in areas of excavation work. Provide adequate means of support and protection during earthwork operations. Coordinate with utility companies to temporarily shutoff services during excavation if lines are active. 3. Traffic: Conduct site-clearing operations to ensure minimum interference with driveways, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner. 1.7 SITE PROTECTION A. Protection of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work. B. Protection of Existing Elements: Provide protections necessary to prevent damage to existing elements indicated to remain in place. 1. Restore damaged elements to their original condition, as acceptable to Owner at no additional cost to Owner. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. General: Provide approved borrow soil materials from off-site when sufficient approved soil materials are not available from excavations. B. Backfill: Reused site soils free from trash, debris, roots over 1 inch in diameter, matted roots, rocks over 3 inches in diameter, topsoil, and other deleterious matter. C. Drainage Fill: Crushed stone or gravel, graded as follows per ASTM C 136: Stagecoach Inn 02300 -2 Earthwork Round Rock, Texas 1 SIEVE SIZE PERCENT PASSING 1 1-1/2 inches 100 1 inch 95 - 100 3/4 inch 55 -85 1/2 inch 25 -50 (' No. 4 0- 5 I D. Import Topsoil: Contractor to supply high quality imported topsoil of loamy character, high in humus and organic content from local agricultural source. Topsoil to be reasonably free from clay lumps, coarse sands, stones, roots, and other foreign matter. There shall be no toxic amounts of acid or alkaline elements. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid and alkali resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick minimum, continuously I inscribed with a description of the utility,with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 2'-6" deep. 1. Tape Colors: Provide tape color to utilities as follows: a. Red: Electric b. Yellow: Gas, oil, steam, and dangerous materials C. Orange: Telephone and other communications. d. Blue: Water systems. e. Green: Sewer systems. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.0 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damaged caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork r operations. t B. Provide erosion control measures to prevent erosion of soils and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways. C. Cut roots of trees indicated to remain in a clean and careful manner where such roots and branches obstruct installation of new construction. Cuts shall be made with a rock saw or manually cut to create a clean edge. No backhoes are allowed for trenching due to the high potential for damage to root structure of existing trees. 1. Leave existing topsoil in place within drip lines of existing trees to prevent damage to root system. 3.2 DEWATERING A. Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding areas. B. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from softening and damage by rain or water accumulation. Stagecoach Inn 02300 - 3 Earthwork Round Rock, Texas 3.3 EXCAVATION A. General 1. Explosives: Do not use explosives. 2. Unclassified Excavation: Excavation is unclassified and includes excavation to required subgrade elevations regardless of the character of materials and obstructions encountered. a. Unclassified excavation includes excavation of walks, pavements and other obstructions visible on surface; underground structures, utilities, and other items indicated to be demolished and removed; together with soil and other materials encountered that are not classified as rock or unauthorized excavations. B. Stability of Excavations 1. Comply with OSHA requirements, local codes, ordinances, and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction to maintain stable excavations. Stability of excavations shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 2. Shoring and Bracing: Provide and install shoring and bracing as legally required. Shoring design shall be provided by the Contractor and prepared by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. C. Excavation Adjacent to Existing Structures: Exercise caution in excavation adjacent to existing structures. Do not excavate beneath existing foundations unless indicated to do so. Comply with requirements indicated to prevent undermining of existing foundations. D. Excavation for Walks and Pavements: Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated cross sections, elevations and grades. E. Excavation for Utility Trenches: 1. Excavate trenches to indicated slopes, lines, depths, and invert elevations. 2. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide a working clearance on each side of pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches higher than top of pipe or conduit, unless otherwise indicate. a. Clearance: As indicated. 3. Trench Bottoms: Excavate and shape trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and support of pipes and conduit. Shape subgrade to provide continuous support for bells,joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. Remove stones and sharp objects below invert elevation and install bedding course. a. For pipes or conduit less than 6 inches in nominal diameter and flat-bottomed, multiple- duct conduit units, hand-excavate trench bottoms and support pipe and conduit on an undisturbed subgrade. b. For pipes and conduit 6 inches or larger in nominal diameter, shape bottom of trench to support bottom 90 degrees of pipe circumference. Fill depressions with tamped sand backfill. 3.4 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATIONS A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending indicated bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering required top elevation. 1. In locations other than those above, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for authorized excavations of same classification, unless otherwise directed by Arch itect/Engineer. Stagecoach Inn 02300 -4 Earthwork Round Rock, Texas 3.5 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS A. Stockpile excavated materials acceptable for backfill and fill soil materials, including acceptable borrow materials. Stockpile soil materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. tr 3.6 DRAINAGE FILL A. Place drainage fill to profiles and elevations indicated. B. Place fill in maximum 6 inch deep, even, horizontal lifts. C. Compact each lift to minimum 90 percent of ASTM D 4254 relative density. 3.7 BACKFILL A. Backfill excavations promptly, but not prior to completing the following: 1. Acceptance of construction below finish grade including, waterproofing, subsurface drainage, and window well construction. 2. Surveying locations of underground utilities for record documents. 3. Testing, inspection, and approval of underground utilities. 4. Concrete formwork removal. 5. Removal of trash and debris from excavation. 6. Removal of temporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting. r B. Utility Trench Backfill fr 1. Place and compact bedding course on rock and other unyielding bearing surfaces and to fill unauthorized excavations. Shape bedding course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. 2. Place and compact initial backfill of satisfactory soil material or subbase material, free of particles larger than 1 inch, to a height of 12 inches over the utility pipe or conduit. ` a. Carefully compact material under pipe haunches and bring backfill evenly up on both sides (l and along the full length of utility piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of utility systems. 3. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing. [ 4. Fill voids with approved backfill materials as shoring and bracing, and sheeting is removed. I 5. Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil material to final subgrade. 6. Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs. C. Subbase and Base Courses: 1. Under pavements and walks, place subbase course material on prepared subgrades. Place base course material over subbases to pavements. a. Compact subbase and base courses at optimum moisture content to required grades, lines, cross sections and thickness to not less than 95 percent of ASTM D 4254 relative density. b. Shape subbase and base to required crown elevations and cross-slope grades. c. When thickness of compacted subbase or base course is 6 inches or less, place materials in a single layer. d. When thickness of compacted subbase or base course exceeds 6 inches, place materials in equal layers, with no layer more than 6 inches thick or less than 3 inches thick when compacted. Stagecoach Inn 02300 -5 Earthwork Round Rock, Texas D. Fill 1. Preparation: Remove vegetation, topsoil, debris, wet and unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placing fills. a. Plow strip, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill material will bond with existing surface. b. When subgrade or existing ground surface to receive fill has a density less than that required for fill, break up ground surface to depth required, pulverize, moisture-condition or aerate soil and re-compact to required density. 2. Place fill materials in layers to required elevations for each location listed below. a. Under grass, use new import topsoil. b. Under landscape beds, use new import topsoil. C. Under walks and pavements, use subbase or base material, or satisfactory excavated or borrow soil material. d. Under footings and foundations, use engineered fill. 3.8 MOISTURE CONTROL A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill layer before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. 1. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice 2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air-dry satisfactory soil material that is too wet to compact to specified density. a. Stockpile or spread and dry removed wet satisfactory soil material. 3.9 COMPACTION A. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers. B. Place backfill and fill materials evenly on all sides of structure to required elevations. Place backfill and fill uniformly along the full length of the structure. C. Percentage of Maximum Dry Density Requirements: Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry density according to ASTM D698: 1. Under structures, building slabs, steps, and pavements, compact the top 12 inches below subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent maximum dry density. 2. Under walkways, compact the top 6 inches below subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent maximum dry density. 3. Under lawn or unpaved areas, compact the top 6 inches below subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 90 percent maximum dry density. 4. Select Fill shall be placed in lifts not to exceed eight inches loose thickness and compacted to between ninety-five percent and one hundred percent of the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698. 3.10 SITE GRADING A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated. 1. Provide smooth transition between existing adjacent grades and new grades. 2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to conform to required surface tolerances. Stagecoach Inn 02300 -6 Earthwork Round Rock, Texas 1 B. Site Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding. Finish subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances: 1. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minimum 0.10 foot. 2. Walks: Plus or minus 0.10 foot. [� 3. Pavements: Plus or minus '/2 inch. i 3.11 PROTECTION A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed 1 surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. 1. Scarify or remove and replace material to depth directed by the Architect; reshape and recompact at optimum moisture content to the required density. C. Settling: Where settling occurs during the Project correction period, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional approved material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing. I 1. Restore appearance, quality and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to the greatest extent possible. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Laboratory Services: Perform field in place density tests, ASTM D 2922, at following rates; minimum of three tests for each lift or area: 1. Under paving: One test for each 5000 square feet or fraction thereof, per lift. 2. Trenches and below grade walls: One test for each 100 linear feet, per lift. 3.13 CLEANING A. Remove surplus materials and those not suitable for reuse from site. f 3.14 PROTECTION A. Protect graded areas from traffic and erosion; keep free of trash and debris. END OF SECTION l l l l Stagecoach Inn 02300 -7 Earthwork ` Round Rock, Texas SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Concrete formwork, reinforcement, accessories, finishing, and curing B. Concrete for site ramp, steps, landings, and pavements C. Miscellaneous concrete elements, including equipment pads D. Exposed surfaces of concrete ramp, steps, and landings shall have an antique concrete finish to be compatible with color of existing limestone on exterior building wall. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06100— Rough Carpentry 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 301. B. Acquire cement from same source and aggregate from same source for entire project. C. Follow recommendations of ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather. D. Follow recommendations of ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather. E. Submit photos of reinforcement placement to the Engineer 24 hours prior to concrete placement. F. The Owner shall hire an independent testing agency for concrete inspection and testing and concrete reinforcing steel. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. The mix design, performed within the last six months by an independent testing laboratory or concrete supplier, which meets the requirements of this Specification. B. The mix design shall include: 1. Proportioning of all materials. 2. Slump. 3. Air entrainment. 4. 7 and 28-day compressive strength historical data. 5. Sieve analysis and source of fine and coarse aggregates. Stagecoach Inn 03300 - 1 Cast-in-Place Concrete Round Rock, Texas f f C. Furnish engineer with copies of batch tickets for each batch of concrete delivered to job- site. D. Finish samples: For exposed surfaces of concrete ramp and steps, provide 5'x5' sample of antique concrete finish. Remove grey cement paste to expose aggregate. A surface retarder, such as Select-Etch by Brickform, may be used for mock-up. r PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 FORM MATERIALS r A. Unless otherwise shown or specked, construct formwork for exposed concrete surfaces with plywood, to provide continuous, straight, smooth, exposed surfaces. B. Below-grade footings may be earth-formed, provided that the sides and bottom of the footing trench are cut clean and debris and loose soil are removed before placement. 2.02 REINFORCING MATERIALS I A. Reinforcing bars and dowels:ASTM A 615 Grade 60. B. Bar Supports: Furnish and install in accordance with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute "Manual of Standard Practice,"unless detailed otherwise on the drawings. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: Conform to ASTM C 150, Type I. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C 33 C. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. D. Admixtures: f 1. Air-entraining admixture. ASTM C 260. [ 2. Chemical Admixtures: ASTM C 494. 111 3. Admixtures shall be from one manufacturer and must be compatible when mixed together. 2.04 RELATED MATERIALS A. Tie Wire: No. 18 gauge soft annealed wire. B. Curing Compound: shall not be used. C. Expansion Joints: Asphalt impregnated fiberboard or redwood. 1 D. Joint sealant shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D5893-96 "Standard Specification for Cold Applied, Single Component, Chemically Curing Silicone Joint Sealant for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements" 2.05 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN Stagecoach Inn 03300 -2 Cast-in-Place Concrete l Round Rock, Texas A. Mix and transport concrete in accordance with ASTM C 94/C 94M. B. Provide concrete for placement of the following characteristics unless noted otherwise: 1. Compressive Strength: Minimum 3000-psi at 28-days. 2. Maximum Water/Cement Ratio 0.45 3. Total Air Content: 4-6 percent, per ASTM C 173. 4. Placement Slump Range: 3-5 inches. 5. Maximum Aggregate Size: 1 inch. C. Use acceleration or set-retarding admixtures only when approved by Engineer. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 FORMS A. Provide forms in good condition. Brace and tie together to maintain position and shape during placement and vibration of concrete. Forms shall be sufficiently tight to prevent the leakage of mortar. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove water from the forms and excavations before any concrete is deposited. Divert any flow of water to prevent washing of freshly deposited concrete. Remove all debris from the space to be occupied by the concrete. B. Immediately in advance of placing concrete, excavations, forms, reinforcement, inserts, etc. will be inspected by the Owner's independent testing agency. If any part of the work is determined to be unsatisfactory, do not proceed with the concrete work until all defects have been remedied and the approval of the Engineer has been obtained. 3.03 INSTALLING REINFORCEMENT A. Comply with requirements of ACI 301. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, and accurately position, support, and secure in place to achieve no less than minimum concrete coverage required for protection. B. Place reinforcement accurately in position and securely fasten and support to prevent displacement during the placing of the concrete. C. Provide concrete minimum cover protection as shown on the Drawings. Provided standard spacers as needed. 3.04 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301/ 304R. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, and formed joints are not disturbed during concrete placement. B. Thoroughly wet the forms or subgrade with clean water immediately before placement. Water shall not be added to the concrete at the job site. Stagecoach Inn 03300 -3 Cast-in-Place Concrete Round Rock, Texas f C. Do not chute concrete more than fifteen feet. Restrict free fall of concrete to three feet, maximum. D. Use vibrator to consolidate concrete. E. Strike off and screed concrete to produce a section that is thoroughly compacted and finished to the specified line, grade and cross-section. F. Install transverse construction joints at the end of each day's placing operations and at any other time when concrete placement is interrupted for sixty minutes or longer. G. All concrete not placed within ninety minutes after mixing will be rejected and is to be disposed of off site by the Contractor at his own expense. H. Concrete that has developed initial set before placement will be rejected and disposed of by the Contractor at his own expense. I. Concrete with a temperature of more than 90 degrees Fahrenheit prior to placement will be disposed of off site by the Contractor at his own expense. J. Any time that the air temperature reaches 35 degree Fahrenheit and is failing, placement of concrete shall cease. All concrete placed within the previous 72 hours shall be immediately protected. K. Contractor is to bear the cost of all concrete rejected by the Engineer and all cost associated with transportation and disposal. 3.05 JOINTS A. Where shaped sealant/control joints are required in topping, form joints by tooling. Alternatively, control joints shall be saw cut after finishing. Joints shall be completed within four hours after the concrete has been placed. 3.06 CONCRETE FINISHES t A. Trowel Finish: consolidate concrete surface by final machine and/or hand-troweling 1 operation. The final surface shall be free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and 111 appearance, and with a surface plane tolerance not exceeding 1/8-inch in 10 feet when tested with 10 foot straightedge. B. Broomed Finish: apply non-slip broomed finish to surfaces that will be exposed to vehicular traffic. While the concrete is still workable, produce a brush surface finish. Work surface with an approved brush to produce a uniformly textured surface. C. Antique Finish: Wash off grey cement paste fully to allow sand grains to be exposed. Lightly brush away surface mortar with water and a stiff bristle brush without removing the sand. Provide non-slip finish at ramp and paving. 3.07 CURING ll A. Cure concrete by moist curing for a period of not less than 72 hours from the end of finishing operations. During moist curing, the surface of the concrete shall not be allowed to dry. END OF SECTION Stagecoach Inn 03300 -4 Cast-in-Place Concrete l Round Rock, Texas L SECTION 04012 RESTORATION MORTAR PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Analysis of existing mortar. 2. Mortar materials. 3. Mortar mixes. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 00 and 01: Administrative, procedural, and temporary work requirements. 2. Section 01210-Allowances 3. Section 04013—Masonry Restoration 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. C 144 -Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. 2. C 150 -Portland Cement. 3. C 207-Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. 4. C 270 -Mortar for Unit Masonry. 5. C 1324-Examination and Analysis of Hardened Masonry Mortar. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: 1. Submit two cured mortar samples for each mortar color required, 6 x 1/2 x 1/2 inches in size. 2. Samples will be compared to original unweathered samples to determine acceptability of match. B. Test Reports: Original mortar analysis. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Preconstruction Testing Laboratory Services: 1. Remove minimum of four unweathered, undisturbed, full depth mortar samples from each original masonry system (Brick and limestone). a. Select samples from different locations representative of various existing conditions. b. Size: 6 inches wide, full depth. C. Include all types of mortar present in each location. 2. Retain one sample from each original mortar system for later comparison with proposed mortar mixes. 3. Test mortar in accordance with ASTM C 1324; report the following: a. Volumetric proportions of aggregate, cement, lime, and other ingredients. b. Type, composition, color, and gradation of aggregate. c. Presence of pigments or additives. Stagecoach Inn 04012 - 1 Restoration Mortar Round Rock, Texas 1 4. Based on test results, provide recommended mortar mix for each masonry system in accordance with ASTM C 270, compatible with physical and mechanical properties of original masonry materials. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect materials from moisture absorption and damage; reject damaged containers. B. Store sand to prevent inclusion of foreign matter. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: 1. Type:ASTM C 150, Type II, containing maximum 0.60 percent alkali (sodium oxide) and maximum 0.15 percent water soluble alkali by weight. 2. Color: To match original mortar. B. Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S, hydrated masonry type. C. Sand: ASTM C 144; color, size, and type to match original mortar. D. Water: Potable, clean, and free of oils, acids, alkalis, salts and organic matter. E. Other Components: As determined by original mortar analysis to produce visual and performance characteristics to match original mortar. F. Air Entraining, Antifreeze, Bonding, and Other Additives: Not permitted. 2.2 MIXES A. Proportions: As determined by original mortar analysis. B. Ultimate Compressive Strength: Not to exceed that of original mortar or masonry. 2.3 MIXING MORTAR t A. Thoroughly mix ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use. B. Mix dry ingredients mechanically until uniformly distributed; add water to achieve workable consistency. C. Discard lumpy, caked,frozen, and hardened mixes, and mixes not used within 2 hours after initial l mixing. D. Use mortar within 2-1/2 hours after initial mixing at ambient temperatures below 80 degrees F and within 1-1/2 hours after initial mixing at ambient temperatures over 80 degrees F. E. Do not add antifreeze compounds to lower freezing temperature of mortar. F. Provide consistent color for exposed mortar. L Stagecoach Inn 04012 -2 Restoration Mortar Round Rock, Texas PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install mortar per Section 04013—Masonry Restoration. END OF SECTION Stagecoach Inn 04012 -3 Restoration Mortar Round Rock, Texas SECTION 04130 MASONRY RESTORATION I PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1 1. Selective re-pointing of interior stone mortar joints under Allowances. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 00 and 01: Administrative, procedural, and temporary work requirements. 2. Section 01210-Allowances 3. Section 01226—Unit Prices 4. Section 04690—Restoration Mortar 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. C 97-Absorption and Bulk Specific Gravity of Dimension Stone. 2. C 170-Compressive Strength of Natural Building Stone. 3. C 295 -Petrographic Examination of Aggregates for Concrete. 4. ASTM C91-01: Standard ASTM C144-03: Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry. 5. ASTM C150-02ae1: Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 6. ASTM C207-97: Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. 7. ASTM C270-03: Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry. B. IMIAC (International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council) -Recommended Practices and Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction. C. Preservation Brief 2: Repointing Mortar Joints in Historic Brick Buildings, Robert C. Mack, FAIA, National Park Service, revised October, 1998. 1.3 DEFINITIONS AND GOALS A. Defective/Deteriorated Joint: Joints in which mortar is missing, loose, eroded, cracked, powdered, unsound, or weathered more than 1/8 inch from original plane. B. Re-pointing: The process of raking out(removing) mortar and replacing it with new mortar. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for each product indicated including recommendations for their application and use. Include test reports and certifications substantiating that products comply with specified requirements. Submit Material Safety Data Sheets for each product proposed for use. B. Samples: 1. Re-pointing mortar, refer to Section 04690—Restoration Mortar. C. Qualification Statement: Restorer qualifications, including previous projects. L Stagecoach Inn 04130- 1 Masonry Restoration Round Rock, Texas 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Restoration Specialist: 1. Work of this Section must be performed by an experienced stone restoration firm that has completed work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, having not less than 5 years comparable experience. 2. Field Supervision: Restoration specialist firm shall maintain an experienced full-time supervisor on the Project site during times that masonry restoration work is in progress. B. Field-Constructed Mock-ups: Contractor shall prepare the following sample panels on the building where directed by the Architect. Obtain Architect's acceptance of visual qualities before proceeding with the work. Retain accepted panels in undisturbed condition as a standard for judging completed work. 1. Stone re-pointing: Prepare two separate samples in-situ of approximately 2 feet high by 2 feet wide for each type of re-pointing required. One for demonstrating methods and quality of workmanship expected in removal of mortar from joints and the other for demonstrating visual qualities of pointing mortar and workmanship expected in pointing mortar joints. C. Pre-construction Testing Laboratory Services: 1. Select minimum two samples of each type of original limestone. 2. Test samples in accordance with ASTM C 97, ASTM C 170, and ASTM C 295. 3. Report compressive strength, absorption, and initial rate of absorption. 4. Identify physical and mechanical characteristics. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Hot weather requirements: If ambient temperature is over 95 degrees F or relative humidity is less than 50 percent, protect from direct sun and wind exposure for minimum 48 hours after installation. B. Cold weather requirements: 1. In accordance with IMIAC requirements. 2. Do not use frozen materials or build upon frozen work. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver masonry restoration materials to site in manufacturer's original and unopened containers and packaging, bearing labels as to type and names of products and manufacturers. B. Protect masonry restoration materials during storage and construction from wetting by rain, snow or ground water, and from staining or intermixture with earth or other types of materials. C. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for minimum and maximum temperature requirements for storage. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers—Pointing Mortar 1. US Heritage Group Stagecoach Inn 04130-2 Masonry Restoration Round Rock, Texas i B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. 2.2 MORTAR I A. Pointing and Bedding Mortar: 1 1. Description: Engineered factory-blended pointing and bedding mortar designed to match the original mortar in material, mix proportions, strength, color, and texture. Single component, pre-blended, ready to use with addition of water. 2. Product: Pointing and bedding mortars as manufactured by US Heritage Group or approved equal. Type as required to match original pointing and bedding mortar r PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection 1. Prior to work of this Section, carefully inspect the work of all other trades and verify that all such work is completed to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that masonry may be completed in accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the referenced standards, and the original design. 3. Do not start work until mock-ups are accepted by the Architect. ` B. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.2 ROUTING AND REPOINTING MORTAR JOINTS A. Rake out and repoint mortar joints to the following extent: [ 1. All joints in areas indicated. 2. Joints where mortar is missing or where they contain holes. 3. Cracked joints, where mortar has separated from unit masonry. 4. Stone joints where they are worn back '/,-inch or more from surface of unit masonry. 5. Joints where they sound hollow when tapped by metal object. 6. Joints where they are deteriorated to point that mortar can be easily removed by hand. t 7. Joints, other than those indicated as sealant-filled joints, where they have been filled with substances other than mortar B. Do not rake out and repoint joints where not required. C. Rake out joints as follows: i 1. Remove mortar from joints to depth equal to 2-1/2 times joint width, but not less than 1/2 inch or l depth at which sound mortar is reached. 2. Remove mortar from masonry surfaces within raked-out joints to provide reveals with square backs and to exposed masonry for contact with pointing mortar. Brush, vacuum, or flush joints to remove dirt and loose debris. 3. Do not spall edges of masonry units or widen joints. Replace or patch damaged masonry units as directed by Architect. a. Cut out mortar by hand with chisel and mallet. Do not use power-operated grinders without Architect's written approval based on submission by Contractor of a satisfactory quality-control program and demonstrated ability of operators to use tools without damaging masonry units. Grinders shall not be used for vertical (head)joints. Quality- control program shall include provisions for supervising performance and preventing I 1 Stagecoach Inn 04130 -3 Masonry Restoration Round Rock, Texas I 1. damage due to worker fatigue. b. Cut out center of mortar joints using angle grinders with diamond-impregnated metal blades. Remove remaining mortar by hand with chisel and mallet. Strictly adhere to written quality-control program. Quality-control program shall include provisions for demonstrating ability of operators to use tools without damaging masonry, supervising performance, and preventing damage due to worker fatigue. D. Notify Architect of unforeseen detrimental conditions including voids in mortar joints, cracks, loose masonry units, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items. E. Allow for one mortar color for stone. F. Point joints as follows: 1. Rinse masonry-joint surfaces with water to remove dust and mortar particles. Time rinsing application so, at time of pointing,joint surfaces are damp but free of standing water. If rinse water dries, dampen masonry-joint surfaces before pointing. 2. Apply pointing mortar first to areas where existing mortar was removed to depths greater than surrounding areas. Apply in layers not greater than 3/8 inch until a uniform depth is formed. Fully compact layer thoroughly and allow it to become thumbprint hard before applying next layer. 3. After low areas have been filled to same depth as remaining joints, point all joints by placing mortar in layers not greater than 3/8 inch. Fully compact each layer and allow to become thumbprint hard before applying next layer. Where existing masonry has worn or rounded edges, slightly recess finished mortar surface below face of masonry to avoid widened joint faces. Take care not to spread mortar over edges onto exposed masonry surfaces or to featheredge mortar. 4. When mortar is thumbprint hard, tool joints to match original appearance of joints. Remove excess mortar from edge of joint by brushing. a. Historic stone mortar joints: flush profile to match existing. b. Below grade masonry or masonry not exposed to view: Flush joint. G. Cure mortar by maintaining in thoroughly damp condition for at least 72 hours, including weekends and holidays. 1. Acceptable curing methods include covering with wet burlap and plastic sheeting, periodic hand misting, and periodic mist spraying using system of pipes, mist heads, and timers. 2. Adjust curing methods to ensure that pointing mortar is damp throughout its depth without eroding surface mortar. 3. Where repointing work precedes cleaning of existing masonry, allow mortar to harden at least 30 days before beginning cleaning work. 3.3 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. After mortar has hardened but before it has fully cured, thoroughly clean masonry surfaces of excess mortar using stiff nylon or natural bristle brushes and clean water; do not use metal brushes or scrapers. B. Any masonry work that does not result in a consistent appearance with adjacent brickwork and stonework shall be considered defective and shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Architect's Project Representatives: Architect will assign Project representatives to help carry out Architect's responsibilities at the site, including observing progress and quality of portion of the Work Stagecoach Inn 04130-4 Masonry Restoration Round Rock, Texas completed. Allow Architect's Project representatives use of scaffolding, as needed, to observe progress and quality of portion of the Work completed. B. Notify Architect's Project representatives two weeks in advance of times when lift devices and scaffolding are scheduled to be relocated. Do not relocate lift devices and scaffolding until Architect's Project representatives have had reasonable opportunity to make inspections and observations of work areas at lift device or scaffold location and only when the completed work is accepted in writing by the Architect. END OF SECTION 1 1 t_ L l Stagecoach Inn 04130 -5 Masonry Restoration Round Rock, Texas SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes.- 1. ncludes:1. Shop fabricated ferrous metal components, galvanized and prime painted. 2. Painted metal railings with bronze handrails at west ramp and steps and south steps. 3. Galvanize metal posts with horizontal wood slats for mechanical equipment enclosure. 4. Miscellaneous angles, plates, brackets, fasteners, etc...for complete system. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06200—Exterior Architectural Woodwork for wood slats at mechanical enclosure. 2. Section 09910—Painting and Finishing for field painting railings. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Welding Society (AWS) D1.1 - Structural Welding Code- Steel. B. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. A 36/A 36M -Carbon Structural Steel. 2. A 47/A 47M -Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings. 3. A 48/A 48M -Gray Iron Castings. 4. A 108-Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold-Finished, Standard Quality. 5. A 123/A 123M-Zinc (Hot-Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 6. A 283 - Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars. 7. A 307-Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners. 8. A 366-Steel, Carbon, Cold-Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality. 9. A 500 -Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. 10. A 501 - Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing.. 11. A 510-General Requirements for Wire Rods and Coarse Round Wire, Galvanized Steel. 12. A 569/A569M -Commercial Steel (CS) Sheet and Strip, Carbon (0.15 Maximum Percent), Hot- Rolled. 13. A 780 - Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip Galvanized Coatings. 14. E 985- Permanent Metal Railing Systems and Rails for Buildings. C. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM) MBG 531 - Metal Bar Grating Manual. D. Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC) - Painting Manual. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include manufactured components; indicate dimensions, profiles, materials, finishes, and attachments. Stagecoach Inn 05500 - 1 Metal Fabrications Round Rock, Texas f B. Shop Drawings: Show dimensions, metal thicknesses, finishes,joints, attachments, and relationship of work to adjacent construction. I 1. Field Measurements: Check actual locations of wall and other construction to which metal fabrications must fit by accurate field measurements before fabrication. Show recorded measurements on shop drawings. C. Mock-ups: 1. Construct 5 foot long by full height railing with bronze handrail handrail section illustrating materials, components, profiles, assembly, attachment, and finish proposed for work. 2. Locate where directed. 3. Approved mock-up(s), if undamaged at the time of Substantial Completion, may remain as part of the work. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Design Requirements: Minimum design loads: 1. Guardrails, railings, and handrails: a. Concentrated lateral force of 250 pounds at any point. b. Uniform load of 50 pounds per linear foot applied in any direction. C. Maximum deflection under loading: L/120. d. Concentrated and uniform loads do not need to be applied simultaneously. 2. Fabricate handrails and railings in accordance with ASTM E 985. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Steel: 1. Shapes: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2. Plate: ASTM A 283. 3. Sheet: ASTM A 366. 4. Pipe: ASTM A 501. 5. Tube: ASTM A 500. 6. Bars: ASTM A 108. B. Bronze: l 1. Extrusions: C38500 (Architectural Bronze) meeting ASTM B455 2. Drawn Tube: C27000 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: 1. Material compatible with base metal. 2. Exposed screws: Phillips flat head, countersunk, unless noted otherwise. 3. Bolts: ASTM A 307, hexagonal head type. 4. Finish: To match base metal where exposed. B. Paint: 1. Primer and touch-up for ferrous metals: SSPC Paint 15, Type 1, red oxide. Stagecoach Inn 05500-2 Metal Fabrications f Round Rock, Texas l 1. 2. Touch-up for galvanizing: SSPC Paint 20, Type I or II. C. Anchoring Cement: 1. Description: Factory-packaged, non-staining, hydraulic controlled expansion cement formulation for mixing with water at Project site to create pourable anchoring, patching, and grouting compound. Provide formulation that is resistant to erosion from water exposure without need for protection by a sealer or waterproof coating and is recommended for exterior use by manufacturer. 2. Product: SUPER POR-ROK Exterior Anchoring Cement—Non Shrink Grout, manufactured by CGM, Inc. D. Adhesive Anchors: Hilti 200 MAX or RE 500 SD. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fit and shop assemble items in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. C. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. D. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts, unobtrusively located, consistent with design of component except where specifically noted otherwise. E. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. F. Conceal fastenings where possible. G. Welding to conform to AWS D1.1. 1. Use welds for permanent connections where possible. Grind exposed welds smooth. 2. Tack welds prohibited on exposed surfaces. 2.4 FINISHES A. Galvanized Metal 1. Exterior ferrous metal components: Galvanized; ASTM A 123/A 123M, to 1.25 ounces per square foot. 2. Refer to Section 09910—Painting and Finishing for final finishing. B. Bronze Components: 1. Unlacquered;Apply liquid patina. a. Product: Brown Patina CB for Brass/Copper/Bronze, as manufactured by Sur-Fin Chemicals, (213) 264-7724. 2. Protective clear coating a. Description: Semi-synthetic, chemically neutral, microcrysatalline wax free of damaging acids designed as a protective coating for bronze. b. Product: Renaissance Microcrystalline Wax Polish as manufactured by Picreator Enterprises ltd. Stagecoach Inn 05500- 3 Metal Fabrications Round Rock, Texas PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install items in accordance with approved Shop Drawings. B. Install components plumb, level, and rigid. i C. Welding: AWS D1.1. Grind and fill exposed welds; finish smooth and flush. 1 D. Provide anchors for connecting to supporting construction. r_ E. Install sleeved components with anchoring cement. t 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Clean and touch up primer paint at welded and abraded surfaces with same product as applied in shop. B. Clean and touch up galvanized coatings at welded and abraded surfaces in accordance with ASTM A f 780, Annex A2. 3.3 SCHEDULE A. This Schedule includes principal items only; refer to Drawings for items not specifically listed. B. Painted Galvanized Steel Railing with Bronze Handrail at West Ramp & Steps & South Steps: 1. Bronze Handrail: No.4535 handrail moulding with "N" square end piece termination, solid bronze (Alloy C38500), as manufactured by Julius Blum & Co. Inc. a. Finish: Apply liquid patina and protect with wax finish. 2. Fabrication: a. Fabricate from stock bronze components indicated. b. Make bends uniform and free from buckles and other defects. c. Cut intersections square to within 2 degrees and to length within 1/8 inch. Remove burrs from cut ends. d. Miter and cope intersections within 2 degrees, fit to within 1/8 inch. e. Continuously weld connections. (1) Use welding rods of the same composition as the material being welded to ensure a f uniform finish with no discoloration at weld locations. l f. Where rail length exceeds that suitable for shipping and handling, fabricate rails in sections with concealed internal sleeves forming slip joints. Extend sleeves minimum 2 inches on both sides of joint; field weld and grind smooth. g. Finish: (1) Pre-clean and condition metal using Surclean-400, as manufactured by Sur-Fin Chemicals, (213)264-7734. (2) Apply patina to metal to achieve a dark, even finish. Brown Patina CB, as manufactured by Sur-Fin Chemicals, (213) 264-7734. Follow manufacturer's instructions. (3) Apply clear protective wax coating. 3. Painted Galvanized Steel Posts and Channel: a. Fabricate from stock steel components of sizes and types indicated. b. Channel: 1 1/2"x 1"x 1/8 thick. C. Posts: 1 1/4 -inch by 1 1/4-inch squares. l Stagecoach Inn 05500-4 Metal Fabrications Round Rock, Texas 1. d. Finish: Shop primed for field finishing. Refer to Section 09910—Painting and Finishing for field painting. C. Mechanical Enclosure 1. YxY galvanized steel posts welded to 6"x6"galvanized steel plates. 2. 1"x1 %" galvanized steel angles, welded to posts for attachment of wood slats. END OF SECTION Stagecoach Inn 05500-5 Metal Fabrications Round Rock, Texas f SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY r PARTI -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES r A. All materials and labor for replacement of deteriorated wood framing elements, and work requiring new lumber for: 1. Floor framing with dimension lumber. 2. Interior wall framing. 3. Wood blocking and furring. r 4. Plywood subflooring. 5. Plywood roof sheathing. 6. Door frame construction. 7. Window frame and stool construction. 8. Modification of existing framing for HVAC, plumbing, and electrical equipment and distribution systems. 9. Electrical panel backboards. 10. Connecting hardware, fasteners, and accessories B. RELATED SECTIONS 1. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 2. Section 05500—Metal Fabrications for t 3. Section 06200—Exterior Architectural Woodwork. 4. Section 06450—Standing and Running Trim. 5. Section 07312—Wood Shingle Roofing. 6. Section 08215—Stile and Rail Wood Doors. 7. Section 08550—Wood Windows. 8. Section 09250-Gypsum Board Assemblies. t 9. Section 09640—Wood Flooring. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE l A. All dimension lumber and engineered wood products shall bear a legible grade stamp of a certified lumber grading agency. B. Each piece or bundle of treated wood products shall bear a legible third-party quality mark or tag indicating the name of the treater, date of treatment or lot number and the American Wood Preservers'Association (AWPA) Specification symbol to which the treatment conforms. C. Provide Underwriters' Laboratories (UL) approved identification for fire resistant treated materials. D. Unless noted otherwise, all rough carpentry work shall conform to the conventional framing rules of the applicable building code. 1.3 SUBMITTALS Stagecoach Inn 06100- 1 Rough Carpentry Round Rock, Texas 1 A. Submit shop drawings and product data, describe materials, fasteners, fastening methods, accessories, and locations. B. Submit documentation of wood treatment facility's qualifications and compliance with American Wood Preserver's Association (AWPA) standards. 1.4 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. All wood products shall be placed on blocking so that the material does not sag and is completely out of ground-contact. B. All wood products shall be protected from rain and direct sunlight. C. Materials shall be stored on site no more than 30 days prior to use. Once un-bundled, materials must be installed immediately unless stickered and protected in a manner approved by the Engineer. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Dimension lumber(2 inches-4 inches thick): No. 2 Grade Southern Pine, visually graded according to the published grading rules of the Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. Unless otherwise noted, dimension lumber shall be kiln dried to 15 percent moisture content, surfaced S4S. B. Timbers (5 inches-2 inches thick and larger): No. 1 Grade Southern Pine, visually graded according to the published grading rules of the Southern Pine Inspection Bureau, dimensions as shown on plans or to match existing. End grain of all timbers shall be coated with paraffin wax or approved sealer at the mill or immediately after treatments, prior to shipping. C. Exterior Trim lumber: Unless otherwise noted, Appearance Grade D, of species and dimension as noted on the plans. D. Blocking and bridging shall be No. 2 Grade Southern Pine, nominal thickness, unless otherwise noted. E. Shims shall be taper-sawn western red cedar or approved substitute. 2.2 PLYWOOD PANELS A. Construction Panel Standards: Comply with PS 1 "U.S. Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood"for plywood construction panels and for products not manufactured under PS 1 provisions with APA PRP-108. B. Combination Subfloor-Underlayment: APA RATED STURD-I-FLOOR, sanded face 1. Exposure Durability Classification: Exposure 1. 2. Thickness: 3/4". 3. Edge Detail: Square. C. Roof Sheathing: DOC PS 1, Exterior. 1. Exposure Durability Classifications: Exposure 1. 2. Thickness: 1/4". D. Plywood Backing Panels: For mounting electrical or telephone equipment, provide plywood panels with grade designation, APA C-D PLUGGED EXPOSURE 1, not less than %-inch. Stagecoach Inn 06100-2 Rough Carpentry Round Rock, Texas f 2.3 PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT A. Preservative Treatment: Comply with applicable requirements of AWPA C2 (Lumber) and AWPA C9 1 (plywood). Provide treatment after members are shaped with waterborne chromated copper arsenate 1 (CCA) preservative by vacuum pressure full-cell process in accordance with AWPA Standard Specification P-5 and as follows: r 1. Above Ground Use Waterborne CCA Dry Salt Retention: 0.25 Ib./cu. ft. I 2. Ground Contact Use Waterborne CCA Dry Salt Retention: 0.40 Ib./cu. ft. 3. In Ground Use Waterborne CCA Dry Salt Retention: 0.60 Ib./cu. ft. 4. Above Ground Use Oil Borne Penta Preservative Retention: 0.40 Ib./cu. ft. 5. Kiln dry members after treatment to 15% MC. Mark each treated item with the Quality Mark Requirements of an inspection agency approved by ALSC's Board of Review. 6. complying with AWPA M4. a. Re-grade and re-stamp lumber after kiln drying in accordance with lumber producer's grading rules. b. Apply preservative field treatment to cut and bored surfaces in accordance with AWPA M4. 2.4 FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT A. Comply with AWPA Standards C20 (Lumber) and C27 (Plywood). Provide materials with a flame spread not exceeding 25 (ASTM E 84). Identify"fire retardant treated wood"with appropriate UL r classification marking or other testing and inspection agency marking acceptable to authorities having t{ jurisdiction. Provide materials as follows: 1. Exterior Exposure Treatment Process: Hickson Corporation "NCX"or Hoover Treated Wood Products"Exterior Fire-X". 2. Interior Exposure Treatment Process: Hickson Corporation "Dricon", Osmose"Flameproof LHC-HTT". 3. Kiln dry after treatment to maximum moisture content of 15%for plywood, 19%for lumber. 4. Do not use twisted, warped, bowed or otherwise defective wood. 2.5 FASTENERS, ADHESIVES &ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. All fasteners in exterior or treated wood shall be stainless steel, or shall have an approved corrosion resistant coating. B. Nails: common wire nails of the size shown on the plans. l C. Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A, unless otherwise noted. D. Concrete or masonry substrate: galvanized anchor with expansion shank, or threaded concrete screw anchor, length as shown on the plans or as recommended by manufacturer for minimum 1,000 pound pull-out resistance. Approved manufacturers: 1.Tapcon 2.Hilti 3.Rawl E. Connector hardware: approved manufacturers: 1. Cleveland Steel Specialty Co. (Cleveland, Teco) 2. United Steel Products Co. (Kant-Sag -Silver) 3. Simpson Strong-Tie Stagecoach Inn 06100 -3 Rough Carpentry l Round Rock, Texas 1 F. Construction Adhesive: ASTM D 3498-99 Standard Specification for Adhesives for Field-Gluing Plywood to Lumber Framing for Floor Systems. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify all dimensions and existing conditions in the field. B. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work. C. Verify mechanical, electrical, and building items affecting work of this Section are ready to receive this work. Notify the architect of any such items requiring adjustment. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Remove existing materials to be replaced. B. Accurately measure or scribe members before cutting. Make all cuts clean and true to mating surfaces. All lumber and timber shall be accurately cut and framed to a close fit so that the joints will have even bearing over the entire contact surface. C. Treat all field-cuts of existing and new treated material with an approved water repellent preservative. D. Firestop concealed spaces of wood framed walls, furring, and partitions at each floor level and at the ceiling line of the top story. Use closely-fitted wood blocks of nominal 2"thick lumber of the same width as framing members. E. Set and secure materials and components in place, plumb, and level. F. Discard units of material with defects, which might impair quality of work, and units that are too small to use in fabricating work with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement. G. Set carpentry work accurately to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true and accurately cut and fitted. H. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as shown and as required by recognized standards. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. I. Bridging and blocking shall be provided where shown on the plans or as required to prevent warping or twisting of installed materials. Bridging and blocking shall be framed neatly and accurately, and securely toenailed with at least two nails in each end. J. Connecting hardware shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.3 WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with applicable recommendations in APA Form No. E30, "Engineered Wood Construction Guide,"for types of structural-use panels and applications indicated. B. Fastening Methods: Fasten panels as indicated below: 1. Combination Subfloor-Underlayment: Stagecoach Inn 06100 -4 Rough Carpentry Round Rock, Texas a. Glue and nail to wood framing. b. Space panels 1/8 inch (3 mm) apart at edges and ends. I 2. Roof Sheathing: a. Nail to wood framing. b. Space panels 1/8 inch (3 mm)apart at edges and ends. j r END OF SECTION r f f f I r Stagecoach Inn 06100-5 Rough Carpentry Round Rock, Texas l SECTION 06200 EXTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Replace rake and fascia boards at the perimeter of the roof, including miscellaneous trim. 2. Provide wood brick mold at window and door openings. 3. Wood slats for mechanical equipment enclosure. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 1: Administrative, procedural, and temporary work requirements. 2. Section 01230—Alternates for alternate wood species. 3. Section 01730—Selective Demolition. 4. Section 05500—Metal Fabrications for mechanical equipment enclosure. 5. Section 06100—Rough Carpentry for furring, blocking, and other carpentry work not exposed to view. 6. Section 07312—Wood Shingle Roofing. 7. Section 07920—Joint Sealers. 8. Section 08215—Stile and Rail Doors. 9. Section 08550—Wood Windows. 10. Section 09910— Painting and Finishing. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Architectural Woodwork Institute(AWI) -Quality Standards. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product data for each type of product and process specified and incorporated into the work indicating compliance with specified requirements. B. Samples: 2'-0" length sample of each species and profile. 1. For items noted to match existing elements: provide sample of existing element to be matched for comparison. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation of exterior woodwork only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit work to be performed and at least one coat of specified finish to be applied without exposure to rain, snow, or dampness. B. Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimension of other construction by field measurement before fabrication. 1.5 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to site ready to use with each piece of lumber clearly marked as to grade, type and mill, and place in an area protected from heat and moisture. B. Stack materials to provide air circulation. Stagecoach Inn 06200 - 1 Exterior Architectural Woodwork Round Rock, Texas f PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1 2.1 WOOD FOR TRIM AND DECORATIVE WOODWORK, OPAQUE FINISH A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 7"Exterior Trim" and Section 8"Miscellaneous Exterior Millwork". B. General: Where new wood is required, it shall be grade as specified below(as defined by AWI), kiln- 1 dried to a moisture content of 6 to 12 percent at the time of fabrication, and shall be free from shakes, large or loose knots, and all other imperfections that might impair its strength, durability, or appearance. C. Grade: Custom D. Lumber Species and Cut: Sapele Mahogany, quarter sawn. 2.2 WOOD SLATS FOR MECHANICAL ENCLOSURE A. Lumber Species: Ipe. f B. Size: 1"x4"wood slats with eased edge. C. Finish: Unfinished. 2.3 FASTENERS A. Comply with National Woodwork Manufacturer's Association, Inc. requirements for fabrication and with manufacturer's recommendations and standard industry practices for type and size of installation fasteners. B. Only hot-dipped galvanized or stainless steel nails and screws shall be used for fabrication and l installation of exterior architectural woodwork components. C. Wood Glue: Waterproof exterior wood glue. 2.4 SHOP PRIMING A. Woodwork for Opaque Finish: Shop prime woodwork for paint finish with one coat of wood primer E specified in Division 9 Section Painting and Finishing. B. Preparation for Finishing: Comply with referenced standard for sanding, filling countersunk fasteners, sealing concealed surfaces, and similar preparations for finishing architectural woodwork, as applicable to each unit of work. 1. Backpriming: Apply one coat of sealer or primer, compatible with finish coats, to concealed surfaces of woodwork. Apply two coats to surfaces installed in contact with concrete or masonry and to end-grain surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before installation. B. Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop-fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including removal of packing and backpriming. Stagecoach Inn 06200-2 Exterior Architectural Woodwork l Round Rock, Texas 3.2 FINISH CARPENTRY INSTALLATION A. Install woodwork plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/32"for plumb and level, with no variations in flushness or adjoining surfaces. B. Use scarf joints to conceal splices in moldings. Cope around carved work to allow tight fit and neat appearance. C. Miter ends, corners, and intersections. D. Countersink all nails and screws and patch with wood filler or wood plugs to match surrounding wood. E. Size and profile of units to extend or repair existing finish carpentry shall exactly match those existing. F. Backprime all wood trim and moldings before installation. Coat exposed new surfaces with primer. Paint to protect from moisture where applicable. 3.3 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. Repair damaged and defective woodwork, where possible, to eliminate functional and visual defects; where not possible to repair, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Clean woodwork on exposed and semi-exposed surfaces. Touch up field-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. END OF SECTION Stagecoach Inn 06200-3 Exterior Architectural Woodwork Round Rock, Texas SECTION 06450 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM PART 1 -GENERAL 1 1.1 SUMMARY r A Section Includes I 1. Interior standing and running trim, including baseboard, cove trim, door and window casing, r stool, apron, and miscellaneous trim. I 2. Interior tongue and groove bead board wall and ceiling finish. 3 Wood pilasters and trim at fireplace surround B Related Sections: 1 Division 1: Administrative, procedural, and temporary work requirements. 2. Section 06100— Rough Carpentry for wood framing, furring and blocking not exposed to view 3 Section 06200— Exterior Architectural Woodwork for wood brick mold at window and door openings. 4. Section 07920—Joint Sealers. 5. Section 08215— Stile and Rail Doors. 6. Section 08550—Wood Windows. 7. Section 09640—Wood Flooring. 8. Section 09910— Painting and Finishing for final field painting. 1.2 REFERENCES I A Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) - Quality Standards. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A Samples: 24 inch samples of each species and profile. I PART 2 - PRODUCTS f 2.1 WOOD FOR INTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM, OPAQUE AND STAINED FINISH i A. Architectural Woodwork Standards Grade Premium 1. Wood Species: Western Red Cedar (Thuja Plicata). 2. Cut Smooth face. "A" clear grade 3. Wood Moisture Content Average moisture content of 8 percent. 4 Walls Standing and running trim at walls shall have opaque finish, per sizes indicated on the Drawings. 5 Ceiling Standing and running trim at ceilings shall have stained finish, per sizes indicated on the Drawings. 2.2 WOOD FOR INTERIOR WALLS AND CEILING, OPAQUE AND STAINED FINISH c A Architectural Woodwork Standards Grade Premium I 1 Wood Species Western Red Cedar (Thuja Plicata). j a I Stagecoach Inn 06450-1 Standing and Running Trim d Round Rock, Texas 2. Cut: Smooth face, "A" clear grade with a sawn or textured back. 3. Wood Moisture Content: Average moisture content of 8 percent. 4. Type: 1"x4"tongue and groove beadboard, random lengths, 8, 12, and 16 foot. 5. Wall: Wall boards shall have opaque finish. 6. Ceiling: Ceiling boards shall have stained finish. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: Blind fasteners, type and size as required by conditions of use. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Quality: AWI Section 300, Premium Grade. B. Fabricate new wood components with profiles and dimensions to match original using salvaged materials as a template. C. Where field fitting is required, provide ample allowance for cutting. D. Groove back of trim applied to flat substrate, except do not groove exposed ends. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Prior to installation: 1. Condition wood to average humidity that will prevail after installation. 2. Back prime wood in contact with masonry or cementitious materials prior to installation. 3. Remove existing damaged and deteriorated wood in a manner to minimize damage to adjacent surfaces. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with AWI Section 1700, Premium Grade requirements. B. Fit new components to original profiles and lines. C. Feather new components into existing. D. Install in longest practical lengths. E. Set plumb and level. F. Miter ends, corners, and intersections. G. Scribe to adjacent construction with maximum 1/8 inch gaps. H. Fasten to supporting construction. END OF SECTION Stagecoach Inn 06450-2 Standing and Running Trim Round Rock, Texas f SECTION 07211 BATT INSULATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1 1.1 SUMMARY 1 A. Section Includes: 1 1. Acoustical insulation for interior partitions as indicated on partition types. 2. Thermal insulation between roof rafters throughout. 3. Insulation baffles and vents. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 1: Administrative, procedural, and temporary work requirements. 2. Section 06100—Rough Carpentry. 3. Section 06200—Exterior Architectural Woodwork. 4. Section 07312—Wood Shingle Roofing. 5. Section 09250—Gypsum Board Assemblies. 1.2 REFERENCES [ A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). t 1. C 665 Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction. 2. E84 Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. E96 Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 4. E136 Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750°C. 5. C518 Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter. 6. C423 Test Method for Sound Absorption Coefficient by the Reverberation Room Method. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data for each type of insulation product specified including product literature and installation instructions. B. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for insulation products. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the site ready for use in the manufacturer's original and unopened containers and packaging, bearing labels as to type and brand. Delivered materials shall be identical to approved samples. f B. Store materials under cover in a dry and clean location, off the ground. Remove materials, which are `- damaged or otherwise not suitable for installation and replace with acceptable materials. C. Take every precaution to prevent the insulation from becoming wet, cover with tarps or other weather/watertight sheet goods. L 1. Stagecoach Inn 07211 - 1 Batt Insulation Round Rock, Texas PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide insulation products of one of the following: 1. CertainTeed Corp. 2. Manville Building Insulation 3. Owens/Corning Fiberglas Corp. 2.2 INSULATING MATERIALS A. General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards. B. Attic Insulation 1. Type: Kraft-faced glass fiber thermal acoustical insulation (ASTM C 665). 2. Size: 3 1/2"thickness, 24" width (Field verify) for installation between wood framing. 3. Surface Burning Characteristics: a. Maximum flame spread: 25. b. Maximum smoke developed: 50 (ASTM E84). 4. Combustion Characteristics: passes ASTM E136 5. Vapor Retarder Perm Rating: 0.02 Max(ASTM C1136). 6. Dimensional Stability: Linear Shrinkage less than 0.1%. 7. R-value: R-13(ASTM C518). C. Sound Attenuation Batts: 1. Type: Unfaced glass fiber acoustical insulation complying with ASTM C 665, Type I. 2. Size 3 '/"thickness, 16"width for installation in wood or metal framing. 3. Surface Burning Characteristics: a. Maximum flame spread: 10. b. Maximum smoke developed: 10 (ASTM E84) 4. Combustion Characteristics: passes ASTM E 136. 5. Sound Transmission Class: STC: 38 6. Dimensional Stability: Linear Shrinkage less than 0.1%. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine the areas and conditions where building insulation is to be installed and correct any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected to permit proper installation of the work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for the particular conditions of installation in each case. If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to the project conditions, consult the manufacturer's technical representative for specific recommendations before proceeding with the work. B. Extend insulation full thickness as shown over entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions, and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections, which interfere with placement. Stagecoach Inn 07211 -2 Batt Insulation Round Rock, Texas 1 C. Apply a single layer of insulation to the required thickness, unless a double layer is required, to make up the total thickness shown. D. Place insulation away from recessed light fixtures that are not designed for direct insulation contact. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect installed insulation from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation will be subject to abuse I and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. END OF SECTION r [ [ [ [ 1. L L l_ Stagecoach Inn 07211 - 3 Batt Insulation Round Rock, Texas SECTION 07312 WOOD SHINGLE ROOFING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wood roof shingles. 2. Underlayment. 3. Ridge vent and continuous ventilation sheet. 4. Sheet metal flashing and trim. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06100—Rough Carpentry for roof sheathing and furring strips. 2. Section 06200—Exterior Architectural Woodwork for fascia and rake boards. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Cedar Shake& Shingle Bureau (CSSB)- 1. CSSB):1. Registered Trademarks: The following terms are registered trademarks of the Cedar Shake and Shingle Bureau (CSSB) and are only to be used in the representation and specification of products manufactured by members of the CSSB. a. Certi-Wood b. Certi-Label C. Certigrade d. Certi-Last e. Certi-Guard f. Certi-Ridge g. Certi-Split h. Certi-Sawn i. Blue Label 2. CSSB Certi-Label: Grading and packing rules for Western Red Cedar Shakes and Western Red Cedar Shingles. 3. CSSB New Roof Construction Manual. B. ASTM Annual Book of Standards (ASTM): 1. ASTM A153—Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware. 2. ASTM A493—Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Wire and wire Rods for Cold Heading and Cold Forging. 3. ASTM D226—Standard Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Type II Used in Roofing and Waterproofing. 4. ASTM D4869—Standard Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Type IV Underlayment Used in Steep Slope Roofing. 5. ASTM E108—Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Manufacturer's data sheets n each product proposed for use. 2. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 3. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 4. Typical installation methods. B. Samples: 1. Four wood shingles in species, cut, and size indicated. 2. Underlayment, 12" x 12" of each type indicated. Stagecoach Inn 07312-1 Wood Shingle Roofing Round Rock, Texas 1 3. Sheet metal flashing, 12" long of each profile type in thickness indicated. 4. Ridge vent, 12" long piece. 5. Fasteners, three of each type. r 1.4 QUALITY ASURANCE 1 A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this 111 Section with a minimum five years documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section with minimum five I years documented experience with projects of similar scope and complexity. C. Source Limitations: Provide each type of product from a single manufacturing source to ensure uniformity. r D. Mock-Up: I 1. Provide 5-foot square mock-up of full roofing system with approved materials including reinstallation of existing gutters. a. Demonstrate quality of workmanship and visual appearance. b. Approved mock-up, if undamaged at the completion of the project, may remain as part of I the Work. C. Locate mock-up, where directed by the Architect 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations. B. Protect from damage due to weather, excessive temperature, and construction operations. C. Allow all cedar roofing products to acclimate to site conditions before installing. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's recommended limits. t B. Do not install when rain is present. [ C. Do not insulate directly under plywood decking or spaced sheathing. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Materials Warranty: Manufacturer's warranty administered by CSSB and on CSSB's standard form in l which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace CSSB-labeled products that fail in materials within specified warranty period. Material failures include manufacturing defects that result in leaks. 1. Materials Warranty Period: Limited lifetime from date of Substantial Completion. f PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Members of the Cedar Shake and Shingle Bureau, which is located at: P.O. Box 1178; Sumas, WA 98295-1178: ASD Phone: 604.820.7700; Email: info(cDcedarbureau.com; Web: www.cedarbureau.org. L Stagecoach Inn 07312-2 Wood Shingle Roofing 9 9 9 Round Rock, Texas 1. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Underlayment 1. Eave Protection, Change in Roof Pitch, and Felt Interlay: Permeable asphalt-saturated organic felts, nonperforated and complying with the following: No. 30 ASTM D226 Type II or No. 30 ASTM D4869 Type IV roofing felt. 2. Continuous Ventilation Sheet: Cedar Breather System as manufactured by Benjamin Obdyke Roof&Wall Products. B. Cedar Shingles 1. Smooth sawn Certigrade cedar shingles, premium grade, 100% heartwood, 100% clear, and 100% edge grain, as manufactured by Members of the Cedar Shake and Shingle Bureau. 2. Species: Western Red Cedar 3. Butt Thickness: 1/4 inch (5/2 five butts measure 2 %< inches) 4. Length: 18 inches. Maximum Exposure: 5 '/z inches; None narrower than 4 inches. 5. Treatment: Pire-Retardant. Pressure-impregnated. Certi-Last, as manufactured by Members of the Cedar Shake and Shingle Bureau. Shingles are to be fire-retardant treated to meet local building codes. C. Cedar Shingle Ridge Units 1. Smooth sawn western red cedar caps for ridges, same thickness and grade as shingles, 7 inches wide; beveled, alternately overlapped, and nailed. D. Wood Roof Decking 1. % inch thick exterior grade plywood decking, refer to Section 06100—Rough Carpentry. E. Flexible Ridge Vent: Compression-resisting, three-dimensional, open-nylon or polyester-mat filter bonded to a non-woven, non-wicking, geotextile fabric cover. 1. Product: Rapid Ridge 7 as manufactured by Benjamin Obdyke Roof&Wall Products. F. Fasteners: 1. Roofing Nails: ASTM F1667 stainless steel, Type 304 box-type wire nails, sharp pointed, and of sufficient length to penetrate minimum% inch into sheathing or to penetrate through roof sheathing less than %inch thick. a. Where nails are in contact with metal flashing, use nails made from same metal as flashing. 2. Underlayment Nails: Stainless steel wire nails with low-profile metal or plastic caps, 1-inch minimum diameter. 2.3 METAL FLASHING AND TRIM A. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual"that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of the item unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. B. Sheet Metal,Typical: 26 gauge type 304 stainless steel. C. Sheet Metal Exposed on Wood Shingle Roofing: Copper sheet, ASTM B 370; temper H00 (cold- rolled) except where temper 060 is required for forming, 16 oz. ' PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly constructed and prepared. Stagecoach Inn 07312-3 Wood Shingle Roofing ' Round Rock, Texas B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect in writing of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. B. Verify roof deck is dry, sound, clean and smooth. It shall be free of any depressions, waves, and r projections. I C. Replace damaged deck with new materials. r D. Clean deck surfaces thoroughly prior to installation of eaves protection membrane and underlayment. 3.3 INTALLATION OF FELT INTERLAY A. Comply with felt manufacturer's written installation instructions and CSSB written recommendations applicable to products and applications indicated unless more stringent requirements apply. 1. Apply a 36 inch wide strip of roofing felt at the eave line and at change in roof slope. 2. Apply an 18 inch wide strip of roofing felt over the top portion of the shakes; maximum 4 inches from the top of the shingle, and extend onto the sheathing. 3. Position bottom edge of felt at a distance above the butt equal to twice the weather exposure. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF METAL FLASHING AND TRIM A. Install metal flashings in accordance with recommendations for wood roofing in NRCA's"The NRCA Roofing Manual: Steep-Slope Roof Systems." 3.5 INSTALLATION OF WOOD ROOF SHINGLES A. Install wood roof shingles in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and f recommendations in CSSB's"New Roof Construction Manual" and NRCA's"The NRCA Roofing Manual: Steep-Slope Roofing Systems." B. Install drainage mat perpendicular to roof slope in parallel courses, butting edges and ends to form a _ continuous layer, and fasten to roof deck. C. Install wood-shingle starter course along lowest roof edge. 1. Install in double layer with joints offset a minimum of 1 'h inches. 2. Extend 1 '/2"over fascia. 3. Extend 1 inch over rake edge. D. Install first course of wood roof shakes directly over starter course and in continuous straight-line courses across roof deck. Install second and succeeding courses of wood roof shakes in continuous straight-line courses across roof deck. 1. Extend 1 inch over rake edge. 2. Interlay 18 inch wide strip of felt over top portion of first and each succeeding course. Set bottom edge of felt interlayment at a distance of twice the weather-exposure dimensions above f the shake butt. Stagger fasten to roof deck with felt underlayment nails. t 3. Offset joints between shingles in succeeding courses a minimum of 1 '/�inches. 4. Space shingles a minimum of 1/4 inch and a maximum of 3/8 inch apart. E. Ridge Vents: Install continuous ridge vents over wood roof shingles in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Fasten with roofing nails of sufficient length to penetrate sheathing. F. Ridge Units: To be of alternate overlap type applied at same exposure as field of roof and with nails long enough to penetrate into sheathing at least 3/4 inch. Stagecoach Inn 07312-4 Wood Shingle Roofing 9 Round Rock, Texas I 1.� 1. Position fasteners approximately 2 inches above exposure line. 2. Install a strip of felt or sheet metal over ridge under the ridge cap. G. Fasteners: 1. Fasteners to be long enough to penetrate into the solid wood sheathing at least 3/4 inch or all the way through. 2. Nails are to be driven flush but not so that the nail head crushes the wood. Place approximately%to 1 inch from the side edges of the shingles and approximately 1 'h inches above the butt line of the following course. 3. Each roof shingle shall be secured with two full-driven fasteners. 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean products in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. I END OF SECTION Stagecoach Inn 07312-5 Wood Shingle Roofing Round Rock, Texas SECTION 07920 JOINT SEALERS GENERAL F 1.1 SUMMARY F A. Section Includes: r 1. Joint backup materials. 2. Sealers. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 1: Administrative, procedural, and temporary work requirements. 2. Section 06200—Exterior Architectural Woodwork. 3. Section 06450—Standing and Running Trim. 4. Section 08215—Stile and Rail Wood Doors for perimeter sealant. 5. Section 08550—Wood Windows for perimeter sealant. 6. Section 09250—Gypsum Board Assemblies for sealing concealed perimeter joints of gypsum board partitions. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. C 790- Use of Latex Sealing Compounds. 2. C 804 - Use of Solvent-Release Type Sealants. 3. C 834- Latex Sealing Compounds. 4. C 920- Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 5. C 1330 -Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold Liquid Applied Sealants. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical information, including Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), and handling/installation/curing instructions, where applicable, for each sealant system and component proposed for use, including sealers, primers, backup materials, and bond breakers. B. Samples: 1. Sealer: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view. 2. Sealant bond breaker and joint backing, one of each type, min. 6-inch length. C. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of joint sealants certifying that products furnished comply with requirements and are suitable for the use indicated. D. Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer indicating the following: 1. Materials forming joint substrates and joint-sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. L Stagecoach Inn 07920- 1 Joint Sealers Round Rock, Texas L 2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has specialized in installing joint sealants similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in joint-sealant installations with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer. C. Mock-ups: Prior to the start of the sealant work but following the cleaning work, perform mock-up(s) using the proposed sealant for each combination of substrates to be sealed. In each, demonstrate all aspects of old sealant removal,joint preparation, and installation of back-up materials. 1. Retain approved mock-ups in place to establish standards and guidelines for acceptable installation of sealant work. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration date, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multi-component materials. B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high, or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not apply material if it is raining or snowing or if such conditions appear to be imminent. B. Do not apply sealers at temperatures below 40 degrees F and rising unless approved by sealer manufacturer. C. Do not apply work of this Section on surfaces which are wet, damp, or have frost. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Provide written warranty, signed by Installer agreeing to repair or replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. BASF Corporation Construction Systems. (www.master-builders-solutions.basf.us) 2. Degussa Building Systems. (www.degussabuildingsystems.com) 3. Dow Corning Corp. (www.dowcorning.com) 4. GE Silicones. (www.gesilicones.com) 5. Pecora Corp. (www.pecora.com) 6. Sika Corp. (www.sikausa.com) 7. Tremco, Inc. (www.tremcosealants.com) Stagecoach Inn 07920 -2 Joint Sealers Round Rock, Texas B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. r 2.2 MATERIALS l A. Joint Sealer Type 1: 1. ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade P, multi component polyurethane, self leveling. 2. Movement capability: Plus or minus 25 percent. 3. Color: To be selected from manufacturer's full color range. B. Joint Sealer Type 2: 1. ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade NS, multi component polyurethane. 2. Shore A hardness: Between 45 and 50. 3. Movement capability: Plus or minus 25 percent. 4. Color: To be selected from manufacturer's full color range. C. Joint Sealer Type 3: 1. ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade NS, multi component polyurethane, non sag. 2. Movement capability: Plus or minus 50 percent. 3. Colors: To be selected from manufacturer's full color range. D. Joint Sealer Type 4: 1. ASTM C 834, single component acrylic latex, non sag. 2. Movement capability: Plus or minus 7-1/2 percent. 3. Color: To be selected from manufacturer's full color range. E. Joint Sealer Type 5: 1. ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, single component silicone, non sag, mildew resistant. 2. Movement capability: Plus or minus 25 percent. 3. Colors: To be selected from manufacturer's full color range. F. Joint Sealer Type 6: 1. ASTM C834, single component acrylic latex, non sag, non-hardening, recommended by manufacturer for acoustical applications. 2. Movement capability: Plus or minus 7-1/2 percent. 3. Color: White. 2.3 ACCESSORIES l A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are non-staining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: 1. ASTM C 1330, closed cell polyethylene foam, preformed round joint filler, non absorbing, non staining, resilient, compatible with sealer and primer, recommended by sealer manufacturer for each sealer type. ` 2. Size: Minimum 1.25 times joint width. [[_ C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. Stagecoach Inn 07920 - 3 Joint Sealers Round Rock, Texas L i D. Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests. E. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent non-porous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates. F. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. 2.4 MIXES A. Mix multiple component sealers in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Mix with mechanical mixer; prevent air entrainment and overheating. 2. Continue mixing until color is uniform. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Remove loose and foreign matter that could impair adhesion. If surface has been subject to chemical contamination, contact sealer manufacturer for recommendation. B. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Protect adjacent surfaces with masking tape or protective coverings. D. Sealer Dimensions: 1. Minimum joint size: 1/4 x 1/4 inch. 2. Joints 1/4 to 1/2 inch wide: Depth equal to width. 3. Joints over 1/2 inch wide: Depth equal to one half of width. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C 804 for solvent release and ASTM C 790 for latex base sealers. C. Install joint backing to maintain required sealer dimensions. Compress backing approximately 25 percent without puncturing skin. Do not twist or stretch. D. Use bond breaker tape where joint backing is not installed. E. Employ only proven installation techniques that ensure sealants are deposited in uniform, continuous ribbons without gaps or air pockets, with complete"wetting" of joint bond surfaces equally on opposite sides. F. Tool immediately after application to ensure firm, full contact with the inner surfaces of joint. Finish bead shall be smooth, continuous, and slightly concave, and shall not protrude from joints. G. Apply sealer within recommended temperature range. Consult manufacturer when sealer cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. Stagecoach Inn 07920-4 Joint Sealers Round Rock, Texas 1 3.3 CLEANING A. Remove masking tape and protective coverings after sealer has cured. B. Spillage: Except as specified for weathercap installation, do not allow sealant to overflow confines of F joint, or onto adjoining work, or to migrate into voids of exposed finishes. Clean adjoining surfaces f completely and safely of all excess sealant, without damaging the surface. 3.4 PROTECTION 1 A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or r deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from the original work. 3.5 SEALER SCHEDULE JOINT LOCATION OR TYPE SEALER TYPE Exterior Joints: Horizontal joints subject to pedestrian or vehicular traffic: Slopes less than % inch per foot 1 Slopes of% inch per foot or more 2 Vertical joints and horizontal non-traffic bearing joints 3 Interior Joints: Horizontal joints subject to pedestrian traffic 6 Joints in toilet rooms and around countertops 5 Joints subject to thermal movement 3 Joints in acoustical assemblies 6 Other joints 4 END OF SECTION l l_ L Stagecoach Inn 07920-5 Joint Sealers Round Rock, Texas L SECTION 08215 STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exterior stile and rail wood doors. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 1: Administrative, procedural, and temporary work requirements. 2. Section 01230—Alternates for alternate wood species. 3. Section 06100—Rough Carpentry for blocking and furring not exposed to view. 4. Section 06200—Exterior Architectural Woodwork for exterior brick mold. 5. Section 06450—Standing and Running Trim for interior casings. 6. Section 08710- Finish Hardware. 7. Section 09910- Painting and Finishing. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings for each door indicating location, size, door and frame elevations, construction details (Indicate dimensions, material and profiles), location of hardware cutouts, and factory finishing. B. Samples: 12 x 12 inch corner section of each type of door showing edges, faces,joinery, and material qualities of typical stile, rail, molding and panel with scheduled finish. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Quality Standard: Comply with the following standard: 1. AWI Quality Standard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" of the Architectural Woodwork Institute for grade of door, construction, finish, and other requirements. B. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain doors from one source and by a single manufacturer. C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Successful completion of minimum of 3 previous projects of similar scope and complexity within past 5 years. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Package doors in heavy plastic with identifying marks; slit plastic wrap on site to permit ventilation, but do not remove from plastic until ready to install. B. Store door upright with at least 1/4 inch between doors, in protected, dry area. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Stile and Rail Wood Doors: Stagecoach Inn 08215 - 1 Stile and Rail Wood Doors Round Rock, Texas 1. Type: AWI Section 1400. 2. Grade: a. Opaque finish: Custom Grade. 3. Exposed wood: a. Exterior Doors Opaque Finish: Sapele Mahogany, quarter sawn. 4. Adhesives: a. Interior doors: Type II -Water Resistant. b. Exterior doors: Type I -Waterproof. 2.2 FABRICATION A. Comply with AWI Section 1400. 1. Prefitting: Prefit doors to frames at factory with following clearances: 2. Jambs and head: 1/8 inch maximum between door and frame. 3. Sills: 1/8 inch maximum between door and top of finish floor. 4. Meeting stiles: 1/8 inch maximum between doors. 5. Lock edge: Bevel 1/8 inch in 2 inches. 6. Premachining: Premachine doors at factory in accordance with AWI Section 1300, to receive hardware specified in Section 08710. 2.3 SHOP PRIMING A. Doors for Opaque Finish: Shop prime all surfaces of doors (Including top and bottom)for paint finish with one coat of wood primer specified in Division 9 Section "Painting and Finishing". PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Condition doors to average humidity that will be encountered after installation. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine installed door frames prior to hanging doors t 1. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing t characteristics and have been installed with plumb jambs and level heads. 2. Reject doors with defect. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install doors plumb and level. B. If field cutting for height is necessary, cut bottom edge only, 3/4 inch maximum. C. Apply sealer to field cut surfaces. D. Install door hardware in accordance with Section 08710. E. Installation Tolerances: 1. Warp: Maximum 1/4 inch in any T-0" x T-0" portion of door, measured with taut string or straight edge on concave face of door. Stagecoach Inn 08215 -2 Stile and Rail Wood Doors l Round Rock, Texas 3.4 ADJUSTING AND PROTECTION A. Operation: Re-hang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. ' B. Finished Doors: Re-finish or replace doors damaged during installation. C. Protect doors as recommended by door manufacturer to ensure that wood doors will be without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. ' END OF SECTION Stagecoach Inn 08215 -3 Stile and Rail Wood Doors Round Rock, Texas SECTION 08550 WOOD WINDOWS PART 1 -GENERAL 1 1.1 SUMMARY r A. Section Includes: +1 1. Reconstruct single hung wood window assemblies. 2. Hardware and weather-stripping. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 1: Administrative, procedural, and temporary work requirements. 2. Section 01230—Alternates for alternate wood species. 3. Section 06100—Rough Carpentry for blocking and furring not exposed to view. 4. Section 06200—Exterior Architectural Woodwork for exterior brick mold. 5. Section 06450—Standing and Running Trim for interior casings. 6. Section 07920-Joint Sealants. 7. Section 08800 -Glazing. 8. Section 09910—Painting and Finishing. 1.2 REFERENCES A. AWI —Architectural Woodwork Institute. B. WDMA—Window and Door Manufacturers Association: I.S. 6A-01 Industry Standard for Architectural E Stile and Rail Doors. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings: 1. Indicate plans and elevations, materials, surface grain direction, profiles, assembly methods, joint details, fastening methods to adjacent construction, accessories, hardware, and finishes. t 1.4 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS A. Quality Standard: Comply with the following standard: 1 B. AWI Quality Standard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" of the Architectural Woodwork Institute, Section 1000 for Premium Grade. C. Fabricator/Installer Qualifications: 1. Minimum 5 years documented experience in work of this Section. 2. Successful completion of at least 3 projects of similar scope and complexity within past 5 years. D. Mockups: 1. Provide mock-up of one completely reconstructed window. a. Show frame, sash, trim, weather-stripping, paint and hardware. b. Locate where directed. c. Approved mockup may remain as part of the Work. Stagecoach Inn 08550-1 Wood Windows l Round Rock, Texas l i 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace wood windows that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Structural failures including excessive deflection. I 2. Water leakage, air infiltration, or condensation. 3. Deterioration of wood or wood finishes beyond normal weathering. B. Warranty Period: 1. Window: Ten (10)years from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Wood finish: Five(5) years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 -PRODUCTS I2.1 MATERIALS A. Lumber for opaque finish 1. Species: Sapele Mahogany. 2. Cut: Quarter sawn. 3. Maximum moisture content: 12 percent on 90 percent of pieces; 15 percent on remaining pieces. B. Window Hardware: ' 1. Sash Lock: Hot forged brass sash lock with stainless steel springs, 1 7/16" x 2 7/8" overall lock with strike in oil-rubbed bronze finish, model no. LKF18, by Phelps Company, 603.336.6213. 2. Sash Lift(2 per sash): Brass window sash lift measuring 1 %"W x 1 3/8" H x 1" D in oil-rubbed bronze finish, model LF23, by Phelps Company, 603.336.6213. ' 3. Pulley (2 per sash): Solid brass sash pulley measuring 1 1/8"x 5 7/16" x 2 3/16" deep in oil- rubbed bronze finish, model no. SP250BBRE, by Phelps Company, 603.336.6213. 4. Window Weights: Stacking sash weights, cast iron, 1 %" square by 1, 3, & 5 lbs., provide in weight(s) as required for smooth operation of sash, model no. CW01, CW03, and CW05 by Phelps Company, 603.336.6213. 5. Sash Chain (2 per sash): High strength alloy sash chain, max. working load 320 lbs., model no. ' 45C-OB by Centurion, distributed by Phelps Company, 603.336.6213. B. Weather-stripping (Lower sash only): ' 1. Jamb: Series 6, #4 9 gauge bronze, by Zero International (800)635-5335. 2. Meeting Rail: #19 WB 34 or Series 6, #2 & 3, 10 gauge spring bronze, by Zero International (800)635-5335. 3. Sill: Series 6, #1 B, 9 gauge bronze, by Zero International (800)635-5335. C. Preservative Treatment: Bora-Care termite pretreatment, as manufactured by Nisus Corporation, or approved equal. D. Perimeter Sealants: Specified in Section 07920. E. Paints and Coatings: Specified in Section 09910. Stagecoach Inn 08550-2 Wood Windows Round Rock, Texas f 2.2 FABRICATION OF NEW COMPONENTS A. Comply with AWI Section 1000. I B. Fabricate new windows with profiles as indicated on drawings. C. Fabricate mullions and sash members with mortised and tenoned joints. Fit to hairline joint, glue and nail. Stapling not permitted. D. Finger joints not permitted. E. Form glass stops of solid wood, sloped for water wash. F. Install hardware centered or symmetrically located. G. Weatherstrip operable sash. H. Form sills in one piece. Slope sills for water wash. I. Size units to allow for tolerances of rough openings and shim space around perimeter. f 2.3 GLAZING MATERIALS A. Glass: See Section 08800—Glazing. B. Glazing Systems: 1. Traditional Glazing Products: Glazing points and oil-based glazing putty. Tint to required color according to manufacturer's written instructions. a. Product: Multi-Glaze Type M Glazing Compound for inside shop glazing, as manufactured by Sarco Putty Company, Inc., Chicago Illinois, (773) 735-5577. t 2. Primers and Cleaners for Glazing: As recommended in writing by glazing material manufacturer. l PART 3—EXECUTION E 3.1 PREPARATION f A. Prior to installation, condition windows to average humidity that will prevail after installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Apply borate preservative treatment to accessible surfaces before finishing. Apply treatment liberally by brush to joints, edges, and ends; top, sides, and bottom. L B. Install units level, plumb, square, true to line, without distortion or impeding movement; anchored securely in place to structural support; and in proper relation to wall flashing, trim, and other adjacent construction. C. Set sill members in bed of sealant for weathertight construction unless otherwise indicated. D. Weather Stripping: Install full-perimeter and meeting rail weather stripping for each operable sash. 3.3 FINISHING WOOD SURFACES A. Finish wood under provisions of Section 09910—Painting and Finishing. l Stagecoach Inn 08550-3 Wood Windows Round Rock, Texas 1. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust operable sashes to operate freely, without binding or sticking. B. Clean glass and woodwork four days prior to Substantial Completion. Glass is to be clear and free of grease, dirt, smudges, marks, streaks, etc. END OF SECTION Stagecoach Inn 08550-4 Wood Windows Round Rock, Texas SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 1 A. Section Includes: 1. Commercial door hardware for exterior wood doors. ! 2. Weather-stripping and thresholds. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 1: Administrative, procedural, and temporary work requirements. I 2. Section 08215—Stile and Rail Wood Doors. 1.2 REFERENCES f A. Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA): 1. A156.3- Exit Devices. 2. A156.4 - Door Controls-Closers. B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. 80-Standard for Fire Doors and Windows. 2. 105- Installation of Smoke Control Door Assemblies. C. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 305 -Safety Panic Hardware. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units [ showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of door hardware indicated. I C. Samples: l 1. Submit sample of each type of hardware item in finish specified to verify compatibility of operation and finish with hardware by different manufacturers. 2. Submitted samples that are accepted and remain undamaged through substantial completion l may be incorporated into the work. D. Door Hardware Schedule: 1. Include complete hardware for each door opening. 2. Indicate door location, size, hand, bevel, thickness, swing, and other attributes. 3. Provide product data for each item. 4. Prepare a schedule listing doors according to drawing door and room numbers. E. Keying Schedule: Prepared by or under supervision of supplier, detailing Owner's final keying instructions for locks. Stagecoach Inn 08710- 1 Door Hardware Round Rock, Texas I 1. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed door hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Supplier Qualifications: Door hardware supplier with warehousing facilities in Project's vicinity and who is or employs a qualified Architectural Hardware Consultant, available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor,Architect, and Owner about door hardware and keying. 1. Scheduling Responsibility: Preparation of door hardware and keying schedules. C. Qualification data for firms and persons providing reproduction hardware: Provide a minimum of 3 projects of similar scope and scale completed within the last 5 years. D. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each type of hardware (Lockset, latchset, hinges, closers, etc...)from a single manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. E. Conform to applicable accessibility code for locating hardware and for door opening force requirements. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing door hardware. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Pack each item of hardware separately, complete with fasteners, installation instructions, and templates. B. Mark each container with item number corresponding to number on hardware schedule. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's two year warranty for locksets and latchsets. B. Provide manufacturer's five year warranty for door closers. 1.8 MAINTENANCE A. Deliver to Owner upon Substantial Completion: 1. Copy of approved hardware schedule. 2. Keying schedule. 3. Keys; tag and identify with mark corresponding to keying schedule. 4. Maintenance tools and instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as necessary for Owner's continued adjustment and maintenance of door hardware. Stagecoach Inn 08710 -2 Door Hardware Round Rock, Texas PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SCHEDULE DOOR HARDWARE A. General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in this Section and the 1 Door Hardware Schedule at the end of Part 3. 1 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Hinges: 1. Standards: Comply with the following: a. Butts and Hinges: BHMA A 156.1. 2. Quantity: Provide the following, unless otherwise indicated: a. Three Hinges: For doors with heights 61 to 90 inches. 3. Size: 4 '/2" x 4 '/2" 4. Hinge Weight: Provide the following: a. Entrance Doors: Heavy-weight hinges. b. Doors with Closers: Antifriction-bearing hinges. 5. Hinge Base Metal: Provide the following: a. Exterior Hinges: Brass, with stainless-steel pin body and brass protruding heads. 6. Hinge Options: a. Removable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that, when tightened into a groove in hinge pin, prevent removal of pin while door is closed; for the following applications: (1) Outswinging exterior doors. t b. Corners: Square B. Locks and Latches: f 1. Standards: a. Bored Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.2. b. Mortise Locks and Latches: BHMA Al 56.13. 2. Lock Trim: Comply with the following: a. Lever: Cast b. Rose: Wrought C. Dummy Trim: Match lever lock trim and rose. d. Lockset Designs: Provide the lockset design designated in the Door Hardware Schedule. 3. Lock Functions: Function numbers and descriptions indicated in the Door Hardware Schedule comply with the following: a. Bored Locks: BHMA A156.2. b. Mortise Locks: BHMA A156.13. 1 4. Lock Throw: a. Bored Locks: Minimum '/2-inch latchbolt throw. b. Mortise Locks: Minimum%-inch latchbolt throw. 5. Backset: 2-3/4 inches, unless otherwise indicated. C. Cylinders and Keying System 1. Cylinders: Manufacturer's standard tumbler type, constructed from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or nickel silver, and complying with the following: a. Standards: ANSI/BHMA A156.5, Grade 1. Stagecoach Inn 08710 - 3 Door Hardware I Round Rock, Texas 2. Keying System: Unless otherwise indicated, provide a factory-registered keying system complying with the following requirements: a. Master Key System: Cylinders are operated by a change key and a master key. 3. Keys: Provide nickel-silver keys complying with the following: a. Stamping: Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and include the following notation: "Do Not Duplicate" ' b. Quantity: In additional to one extra blank key for each lock, provide the following: (1) Cylinder Change Keys: Two (2) Master Keys: Two D. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latch or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set, unless otherwise indicated. ' 1. Standards: Comply with the Followings: a. Strikes for Bored Locks and Latches: ANSI/BHMA A156.2. b. Strikes for Mortise Locks and Latches: BHMA Al 56.13. E. Surface Mounted Closers 1. Standards: ANSI/BHMA, Grade 1. 2. Certified Products: Provide door closers listed in BHMA's"Directory of Certified Doo Closers." ' 3. Size of Units: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for size of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Provide factory-sized closers, adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force. a. Adjustable opening force and delayed closing in accordance with applicable accessibility code. ' F. Exit Devices 1. Standard: ANSI/BHMA A156.3, Grade 1. 2. Certified Products: Provide exit devices listed in BHMA's "Directory of Certified Exit Devices." 3. Panic Exit Devices: Listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for panic protection, based on testing according to UL 305. 4. Outside Trim: Pull with cylinder; material and finish to match locksets, unless otherwise ' indicated. G. Stops and Holders 1. Standards.- a. tandards:a. Stops and Bumpers: ANSI/BHMA Al 56.16, Grade 1. H. Door Gasketing 1. General: Provide continuous weather-strip gasketing on exterior doors and provide smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where indicated or scheduled. Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as indicated. 2. Standard: Comply with ANSI/BHMA Al 56.22. For gasketing materials comply with ASTM D 2000 and AAMA 701/702. I. Thresholds 1. Provide thresholds where indicated in schedule. 2. Standard: Comply with ANSI/BHMA A156.21. J. Finishes: Refer to hardware schedule. Stagecoach Inn 08710-4 Door Hardware Round Rock, Texas f PART 3 - EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. B Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 3.2 INSTALLATION 1 A. Install hardware in accordance with approved schedule and manufacturer's instructions. B. Install mortise items flush with adjacent surfaces. C Install locksets, closers, and trim after finish painting j D Mount closers so that closers and closer arms are not visible on exterior side of doors. f E Locate items in accordance with BHMA recommendations, unless otherwise indicated. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Test and adjust hardware for quiet, smooth operation, free of sticking, binding, or rattling. B Adjust door closers to operate doors with following maximum opening forces: 1. Non-fire rated doors: 5.0 pounds. 2. Fire-rated doors: 15.0 pounds. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. B. Remove or protect hardware until painting is completed. C. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish. D. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 1 t Stagecoach Inn 08710 - 5 Door Hardware I Round Rock, Texas I 3.5. DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE Hardware Set A: Paired stile and rail wood doors. No. 101 Per leaf, ITEM QTY DESCRIPTION FINISH PHOTO Yale, 350 Series Mortise Deadlock, keyed on outside and thumb turn inside, provide Oil Rubbed Auxiliary Deadlock 1 cylinder with collar coord.type with Owner Bronze 613E Stanley Five knuckle Full Mortise Hinge, ball bearing, 4"x 4"with ball tips and non- Oil Rubbed Hinges 3 removable pins or approved equal Bronze House of Antique Hardware, Cast Iron Vertical Rim-Lock Set with Bennington-Style Rim Lock Set 1 Knobs Matte Black Ives, Manual flush head and foot bolts(Fixed Oil Rubbed Head and Foot Bolt 2 leaf only), 1"x 6%"x 1 3/8" Bronze Kilian Hardware Co., 5"x%"tall heavy fluted Bronze mill Threshold 1 bronze threshold, model#D79 finish Weather Seal Sill #53 A by Zero International Aluminum Jamb/Head 1#19WB spring bronze by Zero International Bronze Dark Bronze Meeting Rail #56D by Zero International Anodized Hardware Set B: Single stile and rail wood doors, egress No. 102 and 103 ITEM QTY DESCRIPTION FINISH PHOTO LCN,4040XP Series,ADA compliant, metal Dark Bronze Closer 1 cover 695 Stanley Five knuckle Full Mortise Hinge, ball bearing, 4"x 4"with ball tips and non- Oil Rubbed Hinges 3 removable pins or approved equal Bronze Von Duprin, 5575 Mortise lock exit device, night latch function, provide period pull by other manuf., provide cylinder coord.type Oil Rubbed Exit Device 1 with Owner Bronze House of Antique Hardware, 6%" Forged Iron Lacquered Pull 1 Pull with Bean Tips,#R-05AH-RPJBP forged iron Kilian Hardware Co., 5"x'/2"tall heavy fluted Bronze mill Threshold 1 bronze threshold, model#D79 finish Weather Seal Anodized Sill #53A by Zero International Alum. Jamb/Head #19WB spring bronze by Zero International Bronze Stagecoach Inn 08710-6 Door Hardware Round Rock, Texas �I f Hardware Set C: Single stile and rail door, mechanical room No. 104 ITEM TY DESCRIPTION FINISH PHOTO Yale, 350 Series Mortise Deadlock, keyed on outside and thumb turn inside,provide Oil Rubbed Auxilia Deadlock 1 c tinder with collar coorri a with Owner Bronze 613E House of Antique Hardware, Cast Iron Vertical Rim-Lock Set with Bennington-Style Rim Lock Set 1 Knobs f Black Stanley Five knuckle Full Mortise Hin bearing, 4"x 4"with ball tips and nonubbed Hin es 3 removable ins ora roved equale Kilian Hardware Co.,5"x%"tall heavze mill ThtjqL shold 1 bronze threshold, model#D79 r 1 ized International . bronze b Zero Internze END OF SECTION t I Stagecoach Inn 08710 -7 Door Hardware Round Rock,Texas SECTION 08800 GLAZING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Glass for other sections referencing this Section. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 1: Administrative, procedural, and temporary work requirements. 2. Section 08520—Exterior Wood Windows. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. C 864- Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets, Setting Blocks, and Spacers. 2. C 920- Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 3. C 1036- Flat Glass. 4. C 1048- Heat-Treated Flat Glass-Kind HS, Kind FT, Coated and Uncoated Glass. 5. E 774-Sealed Insulating Glass Units. B. Glass Association of North America(GANA): 1. Sealant Manual. 2. Glazing Manual. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Manufacturer: A firm that produces primary glass or fabricated glass as defined in referenced glazing publications. B. Interspace: Space between lites of an insulating-glass unit that contains dehydrated air or a specified gas. C. Deterioration of Coated Glass: Defects developed from normal use that are attributed to the manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and practices for maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in metallic coatings. D. Deterioration of Laminated Glass: Defects developed from normal use that are attributed to the manufacturing process and not to causes other than glass breakage and practices for maintaining and cleaning laminated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include edge separation, delamination materially obstruction vision through glass, and blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced laminated-glass standard. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Size glass to withstand positive and negative wind pressure acting normal to plane in accordance with Building Code as measured in accordance with ASTM E 330. B. Limit glass deflection to 1/200 or flexure limit of glass with full recovery of glazing materials, whichever is less. Stagecoach Inn 08800- 1 Glazing Round Rock, Texas 1.5 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Product data: For each glass product and glazing material indicated. 1. Manufacturer's product literature and applicable technical bulletins. B. Samples: 1. 12 inch square sample of each type of glass. 2. Sealant and glazing compound samples showing available colors. 1 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Single firm with minimum 5 years successful experience in the f fabrication of glass. 1. Glass of type required for this project must be a certified product listed with the Insulating Glass Certification Council by firm, where applicable. B. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed glazing similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project; whose work has resulted in glass installations with a record of successful in-service performance. C. Glass standards: 1. ASTM specification C1036 for glass. D. Regulatory Requirements: Provide tempered safety glass where required by regulatory agencies or Code. E. Perform Work in accordance with GANA Glazing Manual and GANA Sealant Manual for glazing installation methods. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS t A. Perform glazing when ambient temperature is above 40 degrees F. f B. Perform glazing on dry surfaces. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING , A. Protect glazing materials according to manufacturer's written instructions and as needed to prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. II PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Clear Tempered Plate Glass: 1. Provide clear tempered plate glass, 1/4"thick, at exterior windows. a. Tempered Glass: ASTM C 1048, Type 1 transparent flat, Class 1 clear, Quality q3 glazing select, Kind FT fully tempered. Stagecoach Inn 08800-2 Glazing Round Rock, Texas 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Setting Blocks: ASTM C 864, neoprene or EPDM, or ASTM C 1115, silicone; 80 to 90 Shore A durometer hardness, length of 0.1 inch for each square foot of glazing or minimum 4 inch x width of glazing rabbet space minus 1/16 inch x height to suit glazing method and pane weight and area. B. Spacer Shims: ASTM C 864, neoprene or EPDM, or ASTM C 1115, silicone; 50 to 60 Shore A durometer hardness, minimum 3 inches long x one half the height of the glazing stop x thickness to suit application. C. Backer Rod and Primer: As recommended by glazing sealant manufacturer. D. Glazing Clips: Manufacturer's standard. E. Glazing Compound: Modified oil type, non hardening, knife grade consistency, color to be selected from manufacturer's full color range. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Tempered Glass: 1. Comply with ASTM C 1048 for type listed. 2. Process in horizontal position so that inherent roller distortion will run parallel to building floor lines after installation. B. Fabrication Tolerances: ASTM C 1036 and C 1048. C. Glass Identification: 1. Apply manufacturer's label indicating type and thickness to each light of glass. Show position of exterior face when installed, where applicable. 2. Etch manufacturer's label on each light of tempered glass. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean glazing rabbets; remove loose and foreign matter. B. Remove protective coatings on metal surfaces. C. Clean glass just prior to installation. D. Seal porous rabbet surfaces with primer or sealer. 3.2 INSTALLATION -GENERAL A. Install glass in accordance with glass manufacturer's instructions. B. Maintain manufacturer's recommended edge and face clearances between glass and frame members. 3.3 INSTALLATION -COMPOUND GLAZING METHOD A. Locate and secure glass using glazing clips. Stagecoach Inn 08800-3 Glazing Round Rock, Texas B Fill voids between glass and stops with glazing compound, tool to straight line. Slope to exterior for watershed 3.4 PROTECTION A After installation, mark glass with an 'X' using removable plastic tape. END OF SECTION f f I f Stagecoach Inn 08800-4 Glazing Round Rock, Texas 1 is t SECTION 08910 LOUVERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Extruded aluminum stationary louvers with non-drainable blades, custom factory finish. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07920-Joint Sealants. B. Section 08550—Wood Windows. C. Section 09910—Painting and Finishing for Paint Schedule. D. Division 23—Mechanical. 1.3 REFERENCES A. AAMA 2604—High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels. B. AAMA 2605- High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels. C. AAMA 611 —Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum. D. AMCA 500 -Test Methods for Louvers, Dampers and Shutters. E. AMCA 511 -Certified Ratings Program for Air Control Devices. F. ASCE 7 - Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. G. ASTM 8209- Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. H. ASTM 8221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes. I. ASTM D822- Standard Practice for Filtered Open-Flame Carbon-Arc Exposures of Paint and Related Coatings J. ASTM D2244- Standard Test Method for Calculation of Color Differences From Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates. K. ASTM D4214-Standard Test Methods for Evaluating the Degree of Chalking of Exterior Paint Films. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Louver Terminology: Definitions of terms for metal louvers contained in AMCA 501 apply to this Section unless otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. Stagecoach Inn 08910-1 Louvers Round Rock, Texas i r B. Horizontal Louver: Louver with horizontal blades; i.e., the axes of the blades are horizontal. r C. Vertical Louver: Louver with vertical blades; i.e., the axes of the blades are vertical. 1 D. Drainable-Blade Louver: Louver with blades having gutters that collect water and drain it to fff channels in jambs and mullions, which carry it to bottom of unit and away from opening. E. Rain-Resistant Louver: Louver that provides specified wind-driven rain performance, as determined by testing according to AMCA 500-L. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS r A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: For each product to be used, including: 1. Manufacturer's product data including performance data. 2. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 3. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 4. Installation methods. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit shop drawings indicating materials, construction, dimensions, accessories, and installation details. D. Samples: Submit sample of louver to show frame, blades, bird screen, gutters, downspouts, vertical supports, sill, accessories, finish, and color. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For manufacturer and Installer. B. Product Test Reports: For each type of louver, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. C. Field quality-control reports. D. Sample Warranties: For manufacturer's warranties. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE I A. Manufacturer Qualifications: l 1. The manufacturer shall have implemented the management of quality objectives, continual improvement, and monitoring of customer satisfaction to assure that customer needs and expectations are met. 2. Manufacturer shall be International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 9001 accredited. B. Product Qualifications: 1. Louvers licensed to bear AMCA Certified Ratings Seal. Ratings based on tests and procedures performed in accordance with AMCA 511 and comply with AMCA Certified Ratings Program. AMCA Certified Ratings Seal applies to air performance and water penetration ratings. 2. Louvers shall be factory engineered to withstand the specified seismic loads. a. Minimum design loads shall be calculated to comply with ASCE—7, or local requirements of Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Stagecoach Inn 08910-2 Louvers Round Rock, Texas l., 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. B. Store materials in a dry area indoors, protected from damage and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Handling: Protect materials and finishes during handling and installation to prevent damage. D. Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, and materials used with solvent-based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation)within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer shall provide standard limited warranty for louver systems for a period of five years (60 months)from date of installation, no more than 60 months after shipment from manufacturing plant. When notified in writing from the Owner of a manufacturing defect, manufacturer shall promptly correct deficiencies without direct financial cost to the Owner. B. Manufacturer shall provide 20 year limited warranty for fluoropolymer-based finish on extruded aluminum substrates. 1. Finish coating shall not peel, blister, chip, crack or check. 2. Chalking, fading or erosion of finish when measured by the following tests: a. Finish coating shall not chalk in excess of 8 numerical ratings when measured in accordance with ASTM D4214. b. Finish coating shall not change color or fade in excess of 5 NBS units as determined by ASTM D2244 and ASTM D822. C. Finish coating shall not erode at a rate in excess of 10%/5 year as determined by Florida test sample. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Ruskin Company; 3900 Dr. Greaves Road, Kansas City, Missouri 64030. Tel: (816) 761-7476. B. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 01600. 2.2 STATIONARY BLADE LOUVER A. Basis of Design: Model No. ELF15J as manufactured by Ruskin Company. B. Fabrication: 1. Design: Stationary louver type with mechanically fastened construction. Stagecoach Inn 08910-3 Louvers Round Rock, Texas 1 1 2. Frame: a. Frame Depth: 1 1/2 inches (38 mm). b. Wall Thickness: 0.063 inch (1.6 mm), nominal. C. Material: Extruded aluminum, Alloy 6063-T6. 3. Blades: a. Style: non-drainable. 45 degrees at 1 7/8 inches (48 mm), nominal. (' b. Wall Thickness: 0.063 inch (1.6 mm), nominal. I C. Material: Extruded aluminum,Alloy 6063-T6. 4. Minimum Assembly Size: 6 inches wide by 6 inches high (152 mm x 152 mm). 5. Maximum Factory Assembly Size: Single sections shall not exceed 120 inches wide by 72 inches high (3048 mm x 1829 mm) or 72 inches wide by 120 inches high (1829 mm x 3048). Louvers larger than the maximum single size shall be require field assembly of smaller sections. C. Performance Data: 1. Based on testing 48 inch x 48 inch (1,219 mm x 1,219 mm) size unit in accordance with AMCA 500. 2. Free Area: 50 percent, nominal. 3. Free Area Size: 8.02 square feet(0.75 m2). 4. Maximum Recommended Air Flow through Free Area: 850 feet per minute (4.32 m/s). 5. Air Flow: 6817 cubic feet per minute (3.22 m'/s). 6. Maximum Pressure Drop (Intake): 0.15 inches w.g. (0.035 kPa). 7. Water Penetration: Not tested for threshold of water penetration. D. Design Windload: Per Code. E. Louvers shall be factory engineered to withstand the specified seismic loads. 1. Minimum design loads shall be calculated to comply with ASCE-7, or local requirements of Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Insect Screens: 1. Aluminum: 18-16 mesh, mill finish, .011 inch (0.3 mm)wire. 2. Frame: Aluminum. 2.4 FINISHES A. Finish: 70 percent PVDF: Finish shall be applied at 1.2 mil total dry film thickness. l 1. Coating shall conform to AAMA 2605. Apply coating following cleaning and pretreatment. Cleaning: AA-C12C42R1X. a. Custom color, 2-coat, refer to Paint Schedule. 2. 20-year finish warranty. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Inspect areas to receive louvers. Notify the Architect of conditions that would adversely affect the installation or subsequent utilization of the louvers. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Stagecoach Inn 08910-4 Louvers Round Rock, Texas L B. If opening preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean opening thoroughly prior to installation. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install louvers at locations indicated on the drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install louvers plumb, level, in plane of wall, and in alignment with adjacent work. C. The supporting structure shall be designed to accommodate the point loads transferred by the louvers when subject to the design wind loads. D. Install joint sealants as specified in Section 07920. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean louver surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Stagecoach Inn 08910-5 Louvers Round Rock, Texas 1 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 -GENERAL r 1.1 SUMMARY f A. Section Includes: r 1. Gypsum Board. 2. Gypsum board applied to wood framing. 3. Taping and bedding of new gypsum board. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 1: Administrative, procedural, and temporary work requirements. I 2. Section 06100—Rough Carpentry for wood framing and furring. 3. Section 06450—Standing and Running Trim for base board. r 4. Section 07211 —Batt Insulation for acoustical insulation at interior partitions. I 5. Section 07920-Joint Sealers. 6. Section 09910—Painting and Finishing for priming and painting gypsum drywall. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. A108.11 —Interior Installation of Cementitious Backer Units. 2. A118.9—Test Methods and Specifications for Cementitious Backer Units. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): [ 1. A 591 —Steel Sheet, Cold Rolled, Electrolytic Zinc-Coated. 2. A 653A/A 653 M—Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy- Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. 3. C 36 -Standard Specification for Gypsum Wallboard. 4. C 422—Gypsum Backing Board and Coreboard. 5. C 475-Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board. 6. C 630—Water Resistant Gypsum Backing Board. 7. C 754—Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Wall Board, Backing Board, or Water-Resistant Backing Board. 8. C 1002-Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board. 9. C 1002—Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board. C. Gypsum Association (GA): 1. GA-214 - Levels of Gypsum Board Finish. 2. GA-216- Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. 3. GA-600—Fire Resistance Design Manual. D. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL)—Fire Resistance Directory. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire Resistance Ratings: Stagecoach Inn 09250- 1 Gypsum Board Round Rock, Texas L 1. Construct assemblies to achieve fire resistance ratings indicated on Drawings, in accordance with applicable GA or UL design number. B. Deflection Limits: 1. Limit deflection of partitions to following limits, based on 5PSF uniform design load. a. Partitions to receive tile or plaster: L/240. b. Other partitions: L/120. 2. If partition height exceeds stud manufacturer's limiting height for applicable loading and deflection, install bracing above ceiling, decrease stud spacing, or increase stud size. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product data for each type of product specified certifying that products comply with specified requirements. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain temperature in spaces in which work is being performed above 50 degrees F during and after installation. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Georgia-Pacific Corp. 2. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. 3. United States Gypsum Co. 2.2 PANEL PRODUCTS A. Regular Gypsum Board: ASTM C36; 48 inches wide x thickness indicated, or if not indicated, in 5/8 inch thickness, maximum practical length, tapered edge. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: 1. For attaching gypsum panels to framing: ASTM C 1002, Type S screws, minimum 5/8 inch penetration into framing. B. Metal Accessories: Galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal corner reinforcement: GA-216, Type CB-100x100. 2. Metal casings: GA-216, Type LC. 3. Metal control joint: GA-216. 4. Metal furring channel clips. C. Acoustical Sealer: Non-hardening, non-skinning, acoustical sealer designed for used with gypsum board. D. Joint Treatment Materials: Reinforcing tape and joint compound; ASTM C475. Stagecoach Inn 09250 -2 Gypsum Board Round Rock, Texas f PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF GYPSUM PANELS A. Install panels and accessories in accordance with ASTM C 754, GA-216, and manufacturer's instructions. B. Accurately cut panels to fit around openings and projections. Do not tear face paper or break gypsum core. C. Place fasteners minimum 3/8 inch from edges of panels; drive heads slightly below surface. Stagger fasteners at abutting edges. D. Wall Panels: 1. Apply panels at non fire-rated assemblies in most economical manner, with ends and edges (� occurring over supports. I 2. Apply panels at fire-rated assemblies as required by design assembly. 3. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions. r 4. Do not locate joints to align with edges of openings unless a control joint is installed. I 5. Mechanically fasten single layer panels to framing. 6. Apply face layer of double layer applications with joints offset from those in base layer; secure with mechanical fasteners to framing or with adhesive to base layer. 7. At slip head connections, cut panels 1/2 inch short of structure at head; do not secure panels to top runner channel. 8. Where recessed items occur in fire rated partitions, box item on all sides with gypsum board as required to maintain continuity of fire rating. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF ACOUSTICAL PARTITIONS A. Extend acoustical partitions past intersecting non-acoustical partitions. B. Install acoustical insulation: 1. Butt to framing members and adjacent construction. 2. Carry around pipes, wiring, outlets, and other construction without voids. 3. Press against one gypsum board surface to form slight air space on opposite side. C. Seal acoustical partitions at perimeter and around penetrations.- 1. enetrations:1. Apply continuous bead of sealer between gypsum panel edges and adjacent construction. In double layer applications, apply to base layer. 2. Seal space between gypsum panels at control joints, prior to installing metal control joint. 3. Apply sealer to penetrations through partitions. 4. In fire rated partitions, use firestopping sealer specified in Section 07840. In non-fire rated l partitions, use acoustical sealer. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install corner reinforcement at outside corners. Use single lengths where length of corner does not , exceed standard length. C. Install casings where indicated and where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials or stops with edge exposed. Stagecoach Inn 09250-3 Gypsum Board L Round Rock, Texas D. Install control joints at ceilings: 1. At maximum 50 feet on center. 2. Where ceiling framing changes direction. E. Install control joints at walls and partitions: 1. At changes in backup material. 2. At maximum 30 feet on center. 3. Above one jamb of openings in partitions. 3.4 JOINT TREATMENT A. Treat joints and fasteners in gypsum board in accordance with GA-214. B. Levels of Finish: 1. Surfaces in plenums and janitor closets: Level 1 finish. 2. Surfaces to receive paints and wall coverings: Level 4 finish. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Promptly remove any residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner suitable to Installer, that ensures gypsum board assemblies remain without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION Stagecoach Inn 09250-4 Gypsum Board Round Rock, Texas i SECTION 09634 STONE FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL r 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES I A. Limestone landing, threshold, and treads on concrete structure at the west and south entry steps. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS r A. Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete for concrete structure. I B. Section 05500— Metal Fabrications for metal railings. C. Section 07920— Joint Sealers 1.03 REFERENCES A. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM C503-Dimension Stone Specifications for Marble(Calcite) 2. ASTM C144-Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. r 3. ASTM C150- Portland Cement. I 4. ASTM C270- Mortar for Unit Masonry. B. American National Standards Institute I. ANSI A108.1A- Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-Set Method with Portland Cement Mortar. 2. ANSI A108.113 - Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry-Set or Latex Portland Cement Mortar. 3. ANSI A118.1 - Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar 4. ANSI A118.4-Latex Portland Cement Mortar 5. ANSI A118.6-Ceramic Tile grouts 6. ANSI A118.8—Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout 1.04 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. Section 01330-Submittals: Procedures for submittals. I B. Product Data: For each variety of stone, stone accessory, and manufactured product including but not limited to mortar, grout, reinforcing, crack isolation membrane, sealant, stone repair materials, cleaning products, and sealer. C. Samples: I . For each stone type indicted provide at least four samples in each set showing full range of color and other visual characteristics expected in completed work. Stone samples shall be a minimum of 12"x12". 2. Submit sample of grout color. D Shop Drawings Include plans, sections, details, and attachments to other work, show adjacent construction. Indicate marble layout, patterns, color arrangement, perimeter conditions, junctions with similar and dissimilar materials, control and expansion joints, Stagecoach Inn 09634 - 1 Stone Flooring Round Rock. Texas i 1 thresholds, and setting details. E. Maintenance Data: For stone flooring to include in maintenance manuals. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Build mock-ups to demonstrate aesthetic effects and to set quality standards for fabrication and execution. Build mockup of typical exterior pavement area, threshold, landing, and min. two treads. 2. Locate where directed by Architect. >. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved. mockups may become part of the completed work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.06 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETING A. Section 01310—Project Management and Coordination: Pre-installation meeting. B. Convene one week before starting work of this section, coordinate meeting to coincide with monthly progress meetings. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain air and material temperatures to comply with requirements of installation material manufacturers, but not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) during installation and for seven days after completion. B. Cold-Weather Requirements for Exterior Stone Flooring: Comply with cold-weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. C. Hot-Weather Requirements for Stone Flooring: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 and with the following. I . Maintain temperature of materials below 100 deg F (38 deg C). 2. When the ambient temperature exceeds 90 deg F (32 deg C), fog spray installed stone flooring until damp at least three times a day until flooring is three days old. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 LIMESTONE A. Material Standard: Comply with ASTM C568/C568M. 1. Stone Abrasion Resistance value of 12, based on testing according to ASTM C241 M or ASTM C1353. 2. Varieties and Sources: Subject to compliance with requirements provide the following: a. Texas Cordova Cream as distributed by Continental Cut Stone, 254.793.2329. b. Surface Finish: Chatted, texture similar to sandblasting or bush hammered. 2.02 MATERIALS — SETTING AND GROUTING A. Manufacturers: 1. LATICRETE International, Inc. 1-800-243-4788 2 Mapei, 1-800-426-2734 Stagecoach Inn 09634 -2 Stone Flooring Round Rock, Texas i 1 3 W R Bonsal Company 1-800-334-0784 B Mortar Materials 1. Portland Cement. ASTM C150, Type 1, white color 2. Sand: ASTM C144, clean, free of organic matter r 3. Lime ASTM C207, Type S. hydrated. 1 C. Setting Bed for Threshold, Landing, and Treads (Medium Bed Mortar): ANSI A118.4 and A118 15, 3/32" -3/."thick medium bed mortar for large and heavy stone 1. Adjust mortar bed thickness so that installed stone surface aligns with adjacent existing stone finish. 2 Product. Select-Bond use with High Performance Kit, as manufactured by Laticrete International or approved equal. D. Grout ANSI A118.6 or 118 7, match existing color. 1 Product: LATICRETE 1600 Unsanded Grout, as manufactured by LATICRETE International, Inc.. or approved equal. 2.03 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A Stone Anchors: 1 Strap anchors: Stainless steel strap anchors, ASTM A666, Type 304, minimum 1/8" thick. 2 Wire tiebacks: #8 copper wire 3 Dowels: Stainless steel threaded rods, ASTM A580/A580M, Type 304, minimum Y4" diameter. B. Cleaner: Stone cleaner specifically formulated for stone types, finishes, and applications indicated, as recommended by stone producer and by sealer manufacturer. Do not use cleaning compounds containing acids, caustics, harsh fillers, or abrasives. 1. Sure Klean Liquid Marble Cleaner as manufactured by Prosoco, Inc., 3741 Greenway Circle, Lawrence, KS 66046. Phone. (800) 255-4255. 2.04 MORTAR AND GROUT MIX A Mortar: Comply with referenced standards and with manufacturers'written instructions to produce mortar of uniform quality and with optimum performance characteristics. 1. Do not use admixtures unless otherwise indicated. Do not use calcium chloride. B. Portland Cement-Lime Setting Mortar. ASTM C270, Proportion Specification, Type N C. Mortar-Bed Bond Coat: Mix neat cement and water to a creamy consistency. D. Cement-Paste Bond Coat: Mix either neat cement or cement and sand with water to a consistency similar to that of thick cream. E. Joint Grout: Comply with mixing requirements in referenced ANSI standards and with manufacturer's written instructions. 2.05 FABRICATION OF STONE A Select stone for intended use to prevent fabricated units from containing cracks, seams and starts that could impair structural integrity or function Stagecoach Inn 09634 - 3 Stone Flooring Round Rock, Texas B. Cut stone to produce pieces of thickness, size, and shape indicated. C. Cut marble to produce uniform 1/16 inch (1.5mm)joint width, match existing. D. Fabrication Tolerances: 1. Maximum variation from thickness: 1/32 inch (.8 mm). 2. Maximum variation from face size: 1/32 inch (.8 mm). PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Sweep concrete substrates to remove dirt, dust, debris, and loose particles. B. Remove substances from concrete substrates that could impair mortar bond including curing and sealing compounds, form oil, and laitance. C. Before setting stone, clean dirty or stained stone surfaces by removing soil, stains, and foreign materials. 3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Do necessary field cutting as stone is set. Cut lines straight and true, and finish field-cut edges to match shop-cut edges. 1. Use power saws with diamond blades to cut stone. B. Scribe and field cut stone as necessary to fit at obstructions. Produce neat joints of size specified or indicated. 3.03 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Variation in Joint Width: Do not vary from average joint width more than plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) or one-fourth of nominal joint width, whichever is less. B. Variation in Surface Plane of Flooring: Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 10 ft. (3 mm in 3 m)from level or slope indicated when tested with a 10-foot (3-m) straightedge. C. Variation in Plane between Adjacent Units (Lipping): Do not exceed the following differences between faces of adjacent units as measured from a straightedge parallel to stone tiled surface: 1. Units with Honed Faces: 1/32 inch (0.8 mm). 3.04 INSTALLATION OF STONE BONDED TO CONCRETE A. Saturate concrete with clean water several hours before placing setting bed. Remove surface water about one hour before placing setting bed. B. Apply mortar-bed bond coat to damp concrete and broom to provide an even coating that completely covers the concrete. Do not exceed 1/16-inch (1.5-mm)thickness. Limit area of mortar-bed bond coat to avoid its drying out before placing setting bed. C. Apply mortar bed immediately after applying mortar-bed bond coat. Spread, tamp, and Stagecoach Inn 09634 -4 Stone Flooring Round Rock, Texas f screed to uniform thickness at elevations required for setting stone to finished elevations indicated. D. Mix and place only that amount of mortar bed that can be covered with stone before initial set. Cut back, bevel edge, and discard material that has reached initial set before stone can be placed. E. Place stone before initial set of mortar occurs. Immediately before placing stone on setting bed, apply uniform 1/16-inch-(1.5-mm-)thick bond coat to mortar bed or to back of each stone unit. F. Tamp and beat stone with a wooden block or rubber mallet to obtain full contact with mortar bed and to bring finished surfaces within indicated tolerances. Set each unit in a single operation before initial set of mortar; do not return to areas already set and disturb r stone for purposes of realigning finished surfaces or adjusting joints. I G. Rake out joints to depth required to receive grout as units are set. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF STONE THRESHOLDS f A. At locations adjacent to stone flooring, install stone thresholds in same type of setting bed as abutting stone flooring unless otherwise indicated. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF STONE STAIR TREADS A. Install stone stair treads to comply with "Installation of Stone Bonded to Concrete"Article. 3.07 GROUTING A. Grout stone joints to comply with ANSI A108.10 and with manufacturer's written f instructions. 1. Do not use sanded grout for polished stone. 2. Grout joints as soon as possible after initial set of setting bed. Force grout into joints, f taking care not to smear grout on adjoining stone and other surfaces. 3. After initial set of grout, finish joints by tooling to produce a slightly concave polished joint, free of drying cracks. t 3.08 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Il A. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean stonework as work progresses. Remove grout smears before tooling joints. B. Clean stonework after setting and grouting are complete. Use procedures recommended by stone fabricator for application types. 3.09 PROTECTION A. Prohibit traffic from installed stone for a minimum of 72 hours. B. Protect installed stonework during construction with nonstaining kraft paper. Where adjoining areas require construction work access, cover stonework with a minimum of 3/4- inch (20-mm) untreated plywood over nonstaining kraft paper. l END OF SECTION Stagecoach Inn 09634 - 5 Stone Flooring Round Rock, Texas SECTION 09640 WOOD FLOORING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wood flooring. 2. Sanding and finishing with tung oil. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 1: Administrative, procedural, and temporary work requirements. 2. Section 06100—Rough Carpentry for floor framing and plywood subfloor. 3. Division 16—Electrical for raceways, conduit, and floor boxes. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM E1745—Specification for Vapor Retarders. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product data including manufacturer's installation instructions for wood flooring. Include instructions for handling, storage, dimensions of individual components, profiles, edge detail, finishing, protection, and maintenance. B. Samples: 1. 24 inch long flooring samples, showing species, cut, and profile. 2. 24 inch long flooring samples, with specified finish, applied. C. Qualification Statement: Installer qualifications, including previous projects. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Minimum 3 years experience in work of this Section. 2. Successful completion of at least 3 projects of similar scope and complexity within past 5 years. B. Source Quality Control: Obtain flooring of each type from a single manufacturer or source to ensure a match of quality, color, pattern, and texture. C. Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of the following: 1. NOFMA: National Oak Flooring Manufacturer's Association— Installation Manual. 2. NOFMA: National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association—Finishing/Refinishing Manual. 3. National Wood Flooring Association's Hardwood Flooring Manual. D. Mockups: 1. Field Constructed Mock-ups: Prior to start of floor work, prepare the following sample areas in locations acceptable to the Architect. Obtain Architect's acceptance of visual qualities before proceeding with the work. Retain acceptable areas in undisturbed condition, suitably marked, during construction as a standard for judging completed work. Stagecoach Inn 09640 - 1 Wood Flooring Round Rock, Texas 1 a. Construct 4x8 foot mock-up of flooring. b. Illustrate flooring, pattern, and finishing. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not install flooring until overhead and adjacent work is completed. B. Environmental Requirements: Maintain following conditions in areas to receive flooring for minimum of 72 hours prior, during , and after installation: 1. Temperature: 65 degrees F minimum. 2. Humidity: 50 percent maximum. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect wood flooring from exposure to moisture in shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in unopened cartons or bundles and store in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver material to building until concrete, plaster, masonry, ceramic tile, and other wet work is complete and cured to a condition of equilibrium and temperature and humidity are maintained at or near r completion. I PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Solid Wide Plank Wood Flooring: 1. Species: Recycled old growth Long Leaf Pine. 2. Size: %/."thick by 6"and 10"face width as shown on the Drawings. 3. Edge Configuration: Tongue and groove. 4. Maximum Moisture Content: 6 percent on 90 percent of pieces; 9 percent on remaining pieces. 5. Characteristics: a. 90 percent vertical grain within each piece. b. 100 percent heartwood with minimum 8 growth rings per inch. c. Free from machine defects, face checks, cracks, and pitch pockets over 1/8 inch width. d. Knots: Maximum one pin knot per 20 square feet. e. Nail holes: Maximum 1/8 inch diameter; not exceeding one hole per 20 square feet. f. Majority of lengths to be 8'-0" long minimum. 15% of lengths may be shorter, but shall not be less than 3'-0" in length. f 2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS l A. Fasteners: Type and length recommended by flooring manufacturer and or installer, but not less than I that recommended in NOFMA"Installation Manual." Hot dip galvanized steel. l 2.3 FINISHING MATERIALS f A. Stain: [! 1. Option 1: Oil-based pigment added to varnish (Preferred option for durability). 2. Option 2: Wood Classics Stain, as manufactured by Sherwin Williams Co., or approved equal. Color to be selected from manufacturer's standards. B. Varnish: Pure Tung Oil cut with mineral spirits (paint thinner), citrus solvent, or turpentine. Start with a ratio of one to one. Apply 3-5 coats. l Stagecoach Inn 09640-2 Wood Flooring Round Rock, Texas C. Sandpaper: 60 through 160 grit. D. Cleaner: Trisodium Phosphate(TSP), 4 ounces to one gallon of hot water. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Do not install wood flooring until spaces are enclosed and at approximate humidity condition planned for occupancy. Open sealed packages of wood flooring to permit natural adjustment of moisture content and allow flooring to acclimate to the room conditions. Condition wood for 5 days before start of installation by placing in spaces to receive flooring and maintaining ambient temperature between 65 deg F. and 75 deg F (18 deg C and 24 deg C) before, during and after installation. B. Protect floor outlets and wiring jacks as necessary to prevent damage. Clean and readjust as necessary after completion of work. 3.2 INSPECTION A. Examine substrates where wood flooring will be installed and/or re-installed and conditions under which work will be performed. Do not proceed with wood flooring work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF WOOD FLOORING A. General: Comply with instructions and recommendations in NOFMA"Hardwood Flooring Installation Manual,"where applicable for type of flooring to be installed. B. Place flooring perpendicular to framing and square with room, offset end joints in adjacent rows, 12 inches minimum. C. Fully engage tongue and groove edges. D. Do not install pieces less than 36 inches in length. E. Expansion space: Provide expansion space at walls and other obstructions and terminations of flooring of not less than'/. inch unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. F. Tongue and Groove Flooring Installation: Blind-nail flooring to substrate in accordance with NOFMA recommendations. G. Accessories: Nail baseboard to wall and shoe molding or other trim to baseboard rather than to flooring. 3.4 FINISHING A. Clean floor just prior to sanding. B. Sand with drum type sander; use hand held sander in corners and adjacent to walls. 1. Sand and prepare floor using NOFMA-accepted sanding methods. 2. Rotary or oscillator type sander will not be permitted. 3. Make sanding passes parallel to the direction of the flooring. 4. Use three grades of sandpaper, ending with 100 grade. a. For stained floor, make final cut with 80-grit paper and screen with 80-100-grit screen. b. For unstained floor make final cut with 80-100 grit paper and screen with 120-150 grit Stagecoach Inn 09640 -3 Wood Flooring Round Rock, Texas 1 screen. 5. Hand sand areas not accessible by the drum sander. 6. Following sanding operations, vacuum thoroughly, tack clean and immediately apply finish. (' 3.5 PENETRATING SEALER APPLICATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for application of finish system f 1. Apply sealer by hand wiping with rags, by brushing, or with a Iambs wool applicator. 2. Start application in one corner along one edge of the room and move with the direction of the flooring. Use a paint brush to apply to flooring at wall lines. 3. Distribute material evenly across wood floor. Do not leave puddles or heavy excess on the surface. Avoid lap marks, brush strokes, handprints, and other visible imperfections. 4. Wipe up excess stain/penetrating sealer. Do not allow stain/penetrating sealer to dry before wiping. 5. Repeat application and wiping process as necessary to achieve match to approved mock-up. 3.6 FINISH APPLICATION r A. Apply floor finish according to manufacturer's instructions. Apply as many coats as needed to build a I minimum dry film thickness of 3.0 mils. Sand between coats as recommended by manufacturer. 3.7 MISCELLANEOUS A. Install shoe molding where schedule after floor has completely cured. 3.8 PROTECTION A. Do not cover finished floors with kraft paper, rugs or other material until finish reaches full cure, r typically 6 to 7 days or as recommended by manufacturer. tf B. Cover flooring with protective covering until ready for final cleaning. END OF SECTION L Stagecoach Inn 09640-4 Wood Flooring L Round Rock, Texas SECTION 09910 PAINTING AND FINISHING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Surface preparation and field application of paints and stains. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 1: Administrative, procedural, and temporary work requirements. 2. Section 01230—Alternates. 3. Section 05500—Metal Fabrications. 4. Section 06200—Exterior Architectural Woodwork. 5. Section 06450—Standing and Running Trim. 6. Section 08215—Stile and Rail Wood Doors. 7. Section 08550—Wood Windows. 8. Section 09250—Gypsum Board Assemblies. 9. Division 15 for custom painted wall and ceiling grilles. 10. Division 16 for custom painted light fixtures. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM) D 4442—Direct Moisture Content Measurement of Wood and Wood- Base Materials. B. Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC)— Painting Manual. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's data on materials proposed for use. Include: 1. Product designation and grade of each coating type. 2. Surface preparation materials and procedures. 3. Product analysis and performance characteristics for each coating type. B. Samples: 1. 3 x 6 inch samples of each of the selected colors and glosses applied on representative substrates on which the coating will be applied in the Work. Apply each coat stepped back 1 inch so that all coats remain exposed. Indicate type of material used for each coat. Include samples for transparent and opaque coatings. C. Paint Schedule: Detailed schedule indicating type and location of surface, coating materials, and number of coats to be applied. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualification: Engage an experienced applicator who has completed paint system applications similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project with a record of successful in-service performance. Stagecoach Inn 09910 - 1 Painting and Finishing Round Rock, Texas f B. Provide finish coats which are compatible with prime paints used. C. Mockups: t 1. Construct mockup panels, 4 feet wide x full height, for each color and substrate to be painted in the project, illustrating each coating color, texture, and finish. 2. Locate where directed. 3. Approved mockups may remain as part of Work. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver paints, coatings, solvents and similar materials to the job site in their original unopened containers with seals unbroken, labels intact and legible at time of use and with the manufacturer's f instructions printed thereon. Do not use expired materials. Remove and do not store expired materials on-site. r B. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and maximum of 90 degrees 1 F, in ventilated area, or as required by manufacturer's instructions. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS f A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures or relative humidity are outside ranges required by manufacturer. B. Provide lighting level of 80 footcandles measured mid-height at substrate surface. 1.7 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Stock: Deliver to the Owner an extra stock of paint equaling one gallon of each color and gloss used in each finish coating material. Extra stock shall be tightly sealed in clearly labeled containers. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Contract Documents are based on products by Sherwin Williams Co. and Tnemec Company Inc. B. Equivalent products by the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Benjamin Moore and Co. (www.benjaminmoore.com) 2. Devoe Paint Co. (www.devoepaint.com) 3. Fuller O'Brien Paints. (www.fullerpaint.com) 4. I.C.I. Paints. (www.icipaintstores.com) 5. Kelly-Moore Paints. (www.kellymoore.com) f 6. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc. (www.pittsburghpaints.com) l 7. Pratt and Lambert Paints. (www.prattandlambert.com) C. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 1. 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS A. Prime Coats: Provide undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and use only to manufacturer-recommended limits. Two prime coats may be required to provide a proper base for finish coats. Stagecoach Inn 09910-2 Painting and Finishing Round Rock, Texas L B. Colors and Glosses: Colors and glosses shall be as selected by the Architect. Colors will require paint manufacturer to prepare special factory mixes to match colors selected by the Architect. Color schedule(with gloss) shall be furnished by the Architect. The Architect and the Owner reserve the right to change custom colors and glosses, without additional cost to the Owner. C. Coloring Pigment: Products of or furnished by the manufacturer of the paint or enamel approved for the work. D. Linseed Oil: Raw or boiled, as required, of approved manufacture, per ASTM D234 and D260, respectively. E. Turpentine: Pure distilled gum spirits of turpentine, per ASTM D13. F. Dryers, Putty, Spackling Compound, Patching Plaster, etc.: Best quality, of approved manufacture. G. Solvents: Submit solvents recommended by paint manufacturers for each substrate condition. 2.3 MIXING A. Colors: Architect will furnish color schedule prior to commencement of painting. B. Uniformly mix to thoroughly disperse pigments. C. Do not thin in excess of manufacturer's recommendations. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Test shop applied primer for compatibility with subsequent coatings. B. Measure moisture content of surfaces using electronic moisture meter. Do not apply coatings unless moisture content of surfaces are below following maximums: 1. Wood: 15 percent, measured to ASTM D 4442. 3.2 PREPARATION A. General: 1. Protect adjacent and underlying surfaces. 2. Remove or mask electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. 3. Correct defects and clean surfaces capable of affecting work of this section. 4. Seal marks that may bleed through surface finishes with shellac. B. Impervious Surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow to dry. C. Galvanized Steel: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent. D. Uncoated Ferrous Metals: 1. Remove grease, mill scale, weld splatter, dirt, and rust. 2. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by hand or power tool wire brushing or sandblasting; wash with solvent. Stagecoach Inn 09910-3 Painting and Finishing Round Rock, Texas 3 Apply treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts, and nuts are similarly cleaned. I 4. Spot prime paint after repairs. E Shop Primed Ferrous Metals. 1 Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make patches inconspicuous. 2 Clean with solvent 3 Prime bare steel surfaces. F Interior Wood for Opaque Finish: 1 Wipe off dust and grit prior to priming. I 2. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. 3 Fill nail holes and cracks after primer has dried, sand between coats. G Interior Wood for Transparent Finish: i 1. Wipe off dust and grit prior to sealing 2. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. y 3. Fill nail holes and cracks after sealer has dried, sand lightly between coats H Wood Doors: Seal door top and bottom edge surfaces with clear sealer. I. Existing Wood with Transparent Finish: t 1. Remove loose and flaking varnish. 2 Clean surfaces with ammonia based cleaner and wipe dry. 3. Lightly sand remaining varnish to dull surface gloss and remove brush marks and raised areas. 4 Fill holes, cracks, depressions and other imperfections with color-matched patching compound, I sand flush with surface. 5. Lightly sand exposed bare wood. 6. Apply stain to bare wood, blend into adjacent stained surfaces 7. Apply clear topcoats per Paint Schedule. J. Other Existing Surfaces: t 1. Remove loose, flaking, powdery, and peeling paints. I 2. Lightly sand glossy painted surfaces. 3. Fill holes, cracks, depressions and other imperfections with patching compound; sand flush I with surface. l 4. Remove oil, grease, and wax by scraping, solvent wash and thoroughly rinse. 5. Remove rust by wire brushing to expose base metal. 6. Sand raised areas flush with adjacent surfaces. 7. Where changes in plane occur due to loss of paint layers, sand or feather edges to provide smooth, gradual transitions. Texture surfaces where required to match adjacent surfaces. 3.3 APPLICATION A Apply primer or first coat immediately after surface preparation is complete to prevent recontamination. B Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. C Apply coatings to minimum dry film thickness recommended by manufacturer Stagecoach Inn 09910 -4 Painting and Finishing Round Rock, Texas D. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat unless specified otherwise. E. Apply coatings to uniform appearance without laps, sags, curtains, holidays, and brush marks. F. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied. G. Sand between coats on interior wood and metal surfaces. H. Match final coat to approved color samples. I. Where clear finishes are specified, tint fillers to match wood. Work fillers into grain before set. Wipe excess from surface. J. Prime concealed surfaces of interior wood in contact with masonry or cementitious materials with one coat primer paint. K. Mechanical and Electrical Components: 1. Paint factory primed equipment. 2. Remove unfinished and primed louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels; paint separately. 3. Paint exposed and insulated pipes, conduit, boxes, ducts, hangers, brackets, collars, and supports unless factory finished. 4. Do not paint name tags or identifying markings. 5. Paint exposed conduit, electrical equipment, mechanical ducts, and sprinkler piping in finished areas. L. Do not Paint: 1. Surfaces indicated on Drawings or specified to be unpainted or unfinished. 2. Surfaces with factory applied finish coat or integral finish, except for touching-up of damaged surfaces. 3. Masonry surfaces. 4. Finish hardware. 5. Architectural metals, including brass, bronze, stainless steel, and chrome plating. 6. Surfaces not to be painted shall be left completely free of droppings and accidentally applied materials resulting from the Work of this Section 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Services: Ensure that materials are being applied properly. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Make detailed inspection of paint work; touch up abraded, stained, and otherwise disfigured surfaces or refinish as required. 3.6 CLEANING A. Remove paint from adjacent surfaces. 3.7 PAINT SCHEDULE A. Types of paint listed herein are set forth as standard of quality and type of coating required for each type of surface. 1. Exposed surfaces of type listed in following schedule are to be painted. Stagecoach Inn 09910-5 Painting and Finishing Round Rock, Texas 2 Other exposed surfaces not specifically listed shall receive not less than two coats of appropriate type of coating. 1i B. Prime coat shall consist of touch up only on shop primed and existing surfaces. SUBSTRATE I PRIMER TOP COATS Exterior Surfaces: Wood, Opaque finish One coat PrepRite ProBlock Two coats duration exterior (Window & Door Assemblies; Interior/Exterior Latex latex satin coating by SW Fascia, Rake, & Misc. Trim) Primer/Sealer by SW Wood, Opaque finish One coat Floor&Porch Two coats Floor&Porch (Porch Decking) Enamel(acrylic), by PPG Enamel(acrylic)by PPG Acetylated Wood, Accoya One coat Seal Grip Interior/ Two coats Acr-Shield Max (Alternates) Exterior Universal Primer/ Urethane-Modified Exterior Sealer by PPG Paint by PPG r Metal, Opaque Finish One coat Hi-Build Epoxoline One coat (Intermediate) t Ferrous and galvanized metals Series 66 by Tnemec Endura-Shield Series 73 ll (Exposed Lintels, Railings & One coat Fluoronar Series 1071 Guardrails) By Tnemec Galvanize metals (unfinished, for ZRC Galvilite Galvanizing touch-up) Repair Glazing Compound (oil based) One coat Exterior Oil-Base Two coats duration exterior Wood Primer by SW latex satin coating by SW Interior Surfaces: Gypsum board, flat finish One coat PrepRite ProBlock Two coats ProMar 200 Interior Interior/Exterior Latex Latex Flat by SW Primer/Sealer by SW Gypsum board, satin finish One coat PrepRite ProBlock Two coats ProMar 200 Interior Interior/Exterior Latex Latex Eg-Shel by SW Primer/Sealer by SW Wood, opaque finish, satin finish One coat PrepRite ProBlock Two coats Pro Industrial DTM Interior/Exterior Latex Acrylic by SW Primer/Sealer by SW Wood,transparent finish, satin One coat Wood Classics Three-five coats Pure Tung Oil (Architectural woodwork & Interior Oil Stain by SW cut with mineral sprits beadboard ceiling) END OF SECTION Stagecoach Inn 09910 -6 Painting and Finishing Round Rock, Texas SECTION 09910A EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE LOCATION ELEMENT Window& Fascia & eave door brick Window sash Railings at Louver at Louver at boards Porch ceiling Porch decking mold &frame & door ramp & steps Window porch ceiling Substrate Wood I Wood I Wood lWood I Wood jGaIv. Steel jAluminum 17luminurn Dark Green Off-white Dark Green Off-white Dark Green Off-white Dark Green Off-white SW 2816 SW 2833 SW 2816 SW 2833 SW 2816 SW 2833 SW 2816 SW 2833 (Rockwood (Roycroft (Rockwood (Roycroft (Rockwood (Roycroft (Rockwood (Roycroft 1 st finish layer Dark Green) Vellum) Dark Green) Vellum) Dark Green) Vellum) Dark Green) Vellum) Stagecoach Inn Round Rock, Texas Page 1 of 1 Exterior Finish Schedule i APPENDIX � rl r r f i � I f l l t L L l t 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE ANALYSIS PROJECT NAME: Stagecoach Inn PROJECT LOCATION: Round Rock,Texas Applicable Code(s): 1. International Building Code(IBC)—2015 Edition 2. 2020 National Electric Code(NEC) 3. 2015 International Mechanical Code(IMC) 4. 2015 International Energy Conservation Code(IECC) 5. 2015 International Plumbing Code(IPC) 6. 2015 International Fire Code(IFC) 7. 2012 Texas Accessibility Standards(TAS) PROJECT DESCRIPTION: The Stagecoach Inn is a City of Round Rock historic landmark.The limestone masonry building was built in 1848 as a stop for stagecoach travelers along the Chisholm Trail.In 2018,the City relocated the building approximately a quarter mile north to its current location at Bathing Beach Park.The historic Stagecoach Inn is one of the oldest surviving structures in Round Rock.The building does not currently have any state or national landmark designations. The building is comprised of T-3"thick limestone masonry load bearing walls.The existing floor is a concrete slab on grade ready for wood flooring on 2x wood framing.The existing roof structure is wood framing scheduled to receive wood shingle roofing. The exterior window and door assemblies will be replicated to closely match those visible in historic photographs. An exterior ramp and entry steps will be provided to address accessibility and egress. Interior rehabilitation will include new mechanical,electrical,and interior floor and ceiling finishes. Plumbing fixtures and parking will be provided offsite as part of the City's Heritage Trail West park improvements.The building will be brought closer to compliance with current building codes while serving the City's functions. STAGECOACH INN JANUARY 2023 ©2023 ARCHITEXAS PAGE 1 OF 5 f 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE ANALYSIS r SUMMARY SHEET—BUILDING CODE Existing occupancy: Vacant Proposed occupancy: A-3 Year building was constructed: 1848 Number of stories: 1 Height in feet: 17'-5"' Type of construction: III-B Area per floor: 1,019 sq.ft. Percentage of open perimeter: 100% Percentage of height reduction: 0% Completely suppressed: No Corridor wall rating: N/A Compartmentation: No Required door closers: No Fire resistance rating of vertical opening enclosures: N/A Type of HVAC system:Vertical VRV system(fan coil unit)fed by an ERV(energy recovery ventilator)for 1 outdoor air.System is cooled by refrigerant. Automatic fire detection: Yes type and location: hard wired smoke detectors throughout Fire alarm system: No type: N/A Smoke control: No type: N/A Adequate exit routes: Yes Dead ends: No Maximum exit access travel distance: 34'-0" Elevator controls:N/A (Max 200'w/o sprinkler Table 1017.2) Means of egress emergency lighting: Yes Mixed occupancies: No C ALLOWABLE HEIGHT AND BUILDING AREA(Table 504.3,504.4,&506.2): Occupancy Group A-3 Construction Type III-B Max.height 55 feet(NS) _ Max.number of stories 2(A-3,NS) Max.allowable area: 9,500 per story(A-3 Occupancy,NS) L STAGECOACH INN JANUARY 2023 ©2023 ARCHITEXAS PAGE 2 OF 5 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE ANALYSIS TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION(Section 602.3) Type III-B construction describes the construction type of the Stagecoach Inn. Type III construction is that type of construction in which the exterior walls are of noncombustible materials and the interior building elements are of any material permitted by code. REQUIRED FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS BASED ON CONSTRUCTION TYPE(Table 601) Type III-B buildings having specific fire resistance requirements for Structural Components as follows: Structural frame 0 Exterior bearing walls 2 (Limestone,T-3"thick) Interior bearing walls 0 Non-bearing walls 0 Floor construction 0 Roof construction 0 Exterior walls,total thickness is T-3",Limestone. The exterior wall assembly has a fire resistance rating of approx.9-hours based on the 2015 IEBC(2015 IEBC Resource A:Guidelines on Fire Ratings of Archaic Materials and Assembles Table 1.1.7). AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS(Section 903) The following information indicates minimum requirements for installation of a fire sprinkler system in buildings with group A occupancies: Per 903.2.1,An automatic fire sprinkler system shall be provided throughout buildings and portions thereof used as Group A occupancies. For Group A-3 occupancies,the automatic sprinkler system shall be provided throughout the floor area where the Assembly occupancy is located,and on all floors from the Group A occupancy to,and including,the nearest level of exit discharge serving the Group A Per 903.2.1.3 for Group A-3,An automatic fire sprinkler system shall be provided throughout a fire area containing a Group A-3 occupancy where one of the following conditions exist: 1. The area exceeds 12,000 sq.ft.—not applicable 2. The fire area has an occupant load of 300 or more—not applicable 3. The fire area is located on a floor other than the level of exit discharge—not applicable This indicates that a fire sprinkler system is not required throughout the floor area containing the Group A-3 occupancy and the rest of the building. Per 907.2.1,A manual fire alarm system that activates the occupant notification system shall be installed in group A occupancies where the occupant load due to the assembly occupancy is 300 or more.—A manual fire alarm system is not required. STAGECOACH INN JANUARY 2023 0 2023 ARCHITEXAS PAGE 3 OF 5 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE ANALYSIS 1 OCCUPANT LOAD(Table 1004.5) The Occupant load below is based upon the proposed floor plan layout. Area Occupant Load Total Allowed Ground Floor Assembly Area(939 sq.ft) 15 net 63 persons Unconcentrated(Tables and Chairs) Mech.Room(68 sq.ft) 300 gross 1 persons Total Building Occupancy 64 persons EXITING REQUIREMENTS(Sect.1005.3) I Minimum Requirements Actual Ground Floor 63 persons x 0.2"=12.6" 32"min.clear(1010.1.1) 1 Exit @ 33" [ 1 Exit @ 30.25" [ Per 1007.1.1 Two Exits or Exit Access Doorways:Where two exits,exit access doorways,exit access stairways or ramps,or any combination thereof,are required from any portion of the exit access,they shall be placed a distance apart equal to not less than one-half of the length of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the building or area to be served measured in a straight line between them. 47-2"Maximum overall diagonal/2=23'-7"Min.Distance {1 Separation distance between exit doorways=25'-5" PARKING AND PASSENGER LOADING FACILITIES(Ref.IBC Table 1106.1&CORR Parking Reg.) The City of Round Rock will be providing shared parking spaces for the park complex as part of the Heritage Trail West project(including ADA spaces). STAGECOACH INN JANUARY 2023 ©2023 ARCHITEXAS PAGE 4 OF 5 l� 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE ANALYSIS REQUIRED PLUMBING FIXTURES(Table 2902.1) Plumbing fixtures for the building will be provided offsite and within the Heritage Trail West park complex.The following plumbing fixture counts are provided for reference only. Water Closets Male Female A-3 Occupancy 32 persons at 1/125= 1 32 persons at 1/65= 1 TOTAL 1 1 Lavatories Male Female A-3 Occupancy 32 persons at 1/200= 1 32 persons at 1/200= 1 TOTAL 1 1 Drinking fountains 1 drinking fountain Other 1 service sink NON-COMPLIANT ITEMS REQUIRING CODE OFFICIAL APPROVAL/VARIANCE Potential Building Elements Requiring Variances: 1. Exit Access Doorway: Existing masonry opening dimension at door 103 may not allow a clear door opening of 32". STAGECOACH INN JANUARY 2023 0 2023 ARCHITEXAS PAGE 5 OF 5 ■ GEOTECHNICAL&CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS TESTING GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT 9 Report No. 17036 s I HISTORICAL ROCK BUILDING WEST OF CHISHOLM TRAIL AND SUNSET DRIVE ROUND ROCK, TEXAS 3 PREPARED FOR CITY OF ROUND ROCK - PARKS AND RECREATION ROUND ROCK, TEXAS I OCTOBER 11, 2017 ff:ffiTj GCOTECIINICAL:CONSTRUCTION MATrRIAESTESTNG - October 16, 2017 City of Round Rock - Parks and Recreation 2211 East Main St. Round Rock, Texas, 78664 Attn: Katie Baker, PLA, ASLA, Project Manager P: 512-341 (3355) E: kbaker@roundrocktexas.gov RE: TSIT Geotechnical Engineering Services Report (No. 17036) Historical Rock Building West of Chisholm Trail and Sunset Drive Round Rock, Texas Dear Ms. Baker, Submitted here are the results of a geotechnical engineering study for the referenced project. This report contains geotechnical field investigations, laboratory investigations, our observations, engineering opinions and recommendations to guide the design and construction of the proposed structure. It has been a pleasure to perform this work for you. If we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact us. Sincerely, T. Smith Inspection & Testing, LLC Firm Registration F5278 1 6 I0 I l� � OF TF��,1 i • • .l Aravind Pedarla, PhD, PE ........................ "'"'"'.".""•".. X ARAVIND PEDARLA Geotechnical Engineer 121585 . Kemp E Akeman, PE Principal Engineer Fort Worth: Dallas; guAft 7473 Airport Freeway 2211 Century Center Blvd,Ste 101 304 Hazlewood St..Ste 3 Fort Worth,Texas 76118 Irving.Texas 75062 Leander,Texas 78641 Phone:(817)589.9933 Phone:(972)573.6083 Phone:(512)337-5596 Nit) ' GEOTECHNIC At&CONSIH'JC 1.0•'+ VATERIACS TESTING TABLE OF CONTENTS r 1 . EXECUTIVE SUMMARY..........................................................................................1 2 PROJECT INFORMATION.......................................................................................2 2 1. SITE LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION .................................................................................2 3. PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF INVESTIGATION .......................................................2 4. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS..................................................................................3 4.1. AREA GEOLOGY..... .....................................................................................................3 4.2. SUBSURFACE PROFILE...................................................................................................3 4.3. GROUNDWATER............................................................................................................3 I 5. ENGINEERING PROPERTIES ................................................................................4 5.1. SOIL PLASTICITY AND SWELL.........................................................................................4 5.2. POTENTIAL VERTICAL RISE............................................................................................4 6. RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FOUNDATION SYSTEM............................................4 f 6.1. SHALLOW FOOTING FOUNDATION SYSTEM......................................................................5 7. RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION ......................................................5 7.1. UTILITIES CONSIDERATIONS...........................................................................................5 7.2. EXCAVATIONS...............................................................................................................6 8. GENERAL EARTHWORK RECOMMENDATIONS.. .................................................6 k 8.1. SITE GRADING AND DRAINAGE.......................................................................................6 8.2. CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS TESTING AND INSPECTION ...................................................6 9. GENERAL COMMENTS...........................................................................................7 f APPENDIX • PLAN OF BORINGS I • BORING LOGS l • LABORATORY DATA f l.. 1 0:ffiTi GEOTECNNICAI&CONS TRU, .v. MATERIAISTESTING - 1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY TSIT has completed the field exploration and evaluated the subsurface profile in order to provide geotechnical design parameters for the proposed construction of Historical Rock Building with a foot print of 1,300 sf. The proposed facility will be located on the west side of Sunset Dr. and Chisholm Trail in Round Rock, Texas. The field exploration is completed with two test boring laid within the site perimeter. Subsurface samples were collected and engineering analyses were performed to understand the subsurface conditions. Based on available information provided by our test borings, laboratory testing, our observations and all the information received from the client, we summarized our recommendations as follows. Two borings were drilled to a depth of 10 feet within the proposed location •:• Weathered limestone formation is encountered at depths of 6 feet from the ground surface Shallow footings can be founded on tan weathered limestone formation to receive maximum bearing capacities or can be bearing on a compacted flexible base pad with a minimum pad thickness of 2 feet ❖ An integral slab-footing design has been requested to facilitate the moving process to install the historic structure on the new site. :• Potential movements of less than one inch are predicted for this particular foundation type. A differential settlement of no more than 75 % of the total settlement is predicted Surface drainage gradients should be designed to divert surface water away from the foundations and towards a collection/discharge basin. Above provided summary is a brief overview of the report and should be used in conjunction with the entire report for design purposes. It should be recognized that entire details were not included or fully developed in this section, and the report must be read in its entirety for a comprehensive understanding of the recommendations provided. TSIT Report No. 17036 1 iTj I GEOTECHNICAL d CONS I RUCTION r.IATERIALSTESTING -- 2. PROJECT INFORMATION A geotechnical investigation is conducted by TSIT personnel to evaluate the subsurface profile and recommend for effective foundation solutions. This geotechnical investigation and report are for the proposed Historical Rock Building to be at the west side of Sunset r Dr. and Chisholm Trail in Round Rock, Texas. I 2.1. Site Location and Description r Item Description I Location The proposed structure is at west side of Sunset Dr. and Chisholm Trail in Round Rock, Texas i E Site Layout Refer Appendix Plate 1 for Plan of Boring Structure Lightly loaded structure with wooden frame I Finished floor Within approximately 2 feet of existing grade elevation t 3. PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF INVESTIGATION The main objective of this current investigation is to determine the subsurface condition and evaluate the engineering characteristics of the subsurface materials and to provide I recommendations for the proposed project. The scope of this project is outlined as follows- 1. ollows-1. Perform drilling and sampling to explore the subsurface conditions at the site, and determine the presence of groundwater and its effect on foundation and/or basement installation. 2. Evaluate the pertinent engineering properties of the subsurface materials 3. Perform engineering analysis and recommend suitable types of foundation systems, design parameters, and support for floor slabs for the proposed building. Engineering recommendations provided in this report are based on the information provided by the client and subsurface conditions depicted from borings. If any of the I stated information is incorrect, please inform TSIT in writing, so that the report can be amended according to recommendations, if appropriate. TSIT Report No 17036 2 r TJ GEOTEC I INICAL&CONSTRUC NON .MATERIALS TESTING - 4. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 4.1. Area Geology Based on the information retrieved from the Geologic Atlas of Texas, this site is located in the Del Rio Clay and Georgetown Limestone, undivided formation. This formation typically consists of a shallow limestone. This site formation is in close proximity with Terrace deposits and Edwards and Comanche Peak Limestone formations. Accurate descriptions and details of various strata encountered, their thicknesses and properties are presented on the corresponding Log of Boring. 4.2. Subsurface profile Conditions encountered at the two boring locations are indicated on the boring logs and summarized in Table below. Borings B-1 and B-2 are advanced to depths of 10 feet and 20 feet at the site location. At this site, dark brown clay with limestone fragments is encountered until depths of 6 feet. After which, tan limestone with intermittent weathered shaly seams is encountered. Based on the results of the borings, subsurface conditions can be generalized as follows. Approximate Measurement depths (feet) Material Hand Pen.*, Characteristics SPT **, TCP--- 0 - 6 CP`**0 - 6 Dark Brown Clay (CUCH) 4.0*, 8** Soft to Medium Stiff with limestone fragments Tan weathered Limestone Medium Stiff to 6 - 20 with intermittent shaly clay 100/1 *** Hard seams 4.3. Groundwater The borings were advanced using continuous flight augers allowing relatively accurate measurements of the groundwater levels. Groundwater level is observed at 10 feet depth in B-2 field exploration boring. It must be noted that groundwater conditions can vary with seasonal fluctuations due to the precipitation. The possibility of groundwater level fluctuations should be considered when developing both the design and construction plans for the project. TSIT Report No. 17036 3 9 ff�iTj GLUT c0lrl CAL 6 LOW UC T10:"AtAl tIALS TESTING �- 5. ENGINEERING PROPERTIES 5.1. Soil Plasticity and Swell Dark Brown clay material found at this particular site exhibited low to moderate swell behavior with Plasticity Index values ranging from 33 to 36. Initial Moisture Depth Material content Plasticity Index r Dark Brown Clay 0 — 2 (CL/CH) with 23.8 33 limestone fragments Dark Brown Clay 2 -4 (CL/CH) with 16.8 36 limestone fragments 5.2. Potential Vertical Rise I The potential magnitude of soil movements can only be estimated, due to factors influenced by specific soil properties such as moisture and density, site drainage and ponding of surface water. The term Potential Vertical Rise (PVR) can be considered as a measurement of the change in height of a building slab or pavement from its original I constructed elevation. Texas Department of Transportation Method 124-E is adopted to l determine the amount of Potential Vertical Rise (PVR). Information obtained from this method is only a guideline and used in combination with swell test data and experience. Based on our analysis and experience with similar soil conditions, a PVR of approximately 4 less than 2 inches has been estimated, if the soils undergo a full moisture cycle. Estimated movements are based on the subsurface conditions revealed by boring and moisture contents with varying seasons. Also, the presence of water table at a depth of 10 feet from the existing ground surface effects the PVR. Soil movements, significantly larger can occur due to inadequate site grading, poor drainage, leaking utility or irrigation, lines, prolonged landscape irrigation and ponding of water around and below the building. These soil movements eventually create tension zones within concrete which results in cracking. 6. RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FOUNDATION SYSTEM A Shallow foundation system with footings founded on tan weathered limestone and in integral slab has been requested. Flex base material or crushed stone fill material will be i i i R TSIT Report No. 17036 4 UtiTj ,i,o r ECHNICAL G CONS T RUCT101. - MATERIPLSTESTING utilized in place of existing surficial clays until tan weathered limestone. This replacement significantly reduces the Potential vertical rise and the differential between the slab on ground integral to the footings and best compliments their construction and utilization plans for this structure. 6.1. Shallow Footing Foundation system We recommend the proposed building could be supported using a footing foundation system bearing on competent tan weathered limestone. Tan weathered limestone with intermittent clay seams is encountered at depths of about 6 feet below the existing grade. Please note that the depth to tan weathered limestone could vary across the site. Interior footings could bear into the crushed stone base rather than extending fully to the tan limestone layer. Individual or continuous footings should be founded a minimum depth of three (3) feet below the existing ground surface or finished grade. This base pad can extend to a minimum of two (2) feet beyond the width of the footing. Footings bearing on the flexible base pad may be proportioned on the basis of a net allowable bearing pressure of 2,000 pounds per square foot. Footings bearing in the competent tan limestone may be proportioned on a basis of a net bearing pressure of 2,500 pounds per square foot. Individual footings may be square, round, or rectangular and should maintain a minimum width of 2.0 feet. Continuous footings should maintain a minimum width of 18 inches. It is estimated that the resulting foundation movements should not exceed 1 inches. Differential movements should not exceed about 75 percent of the predicted total movement. Careful monitoring during the construction is necessary to verify the footings bear on a competent base pad. Careful field inspection during the construction of footing excavations will contribute significantly to the reduction of foundation movements. (See section 7.0 General Earthwork Recommendations). The footings should be excavated and completed within 72 hours. The bottoms should be on undisturbed material and not exposed to drying or excess moisture. Foundation constructional activities including excavation of the footings, placement of concrete and steel, and any backfilling should follow a continuous manner as practical. 7. RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION 7.1. Utilities considerations Care should be taken that utility cuts are not left open for extended periods and that the cuts are properly backfilled. A positive cut-off at the building line is recommended to help prevent water migrating in the utility trench backfill from entering the building. TSIT Report No. 17036 5 11-SiTi 1 OEOtEVINICAI M CONS tHUI IION MATERIALS TEVING 7.2. Excavations Excavations should be conducted in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) recommended Construction Standards maximum values for safe unprotected slopes. It is important for the contractor to monitor the slope stability by observation and measurement and to prevent excessive loads (surcharge or vibratory equipment) from being applied to the slope. A detailed trench safety plan needs to be provided for excavations deeper than 4 feet. The contractor is solely responsible for designing and constructing stable, temporary excavations and should shore, slope or bench the sides of excavations as recommended in the safety standards. 8. GENERAL EARTHWORK RECOMMENDATIONS: For general earthwork outside of the areas of moisture conditioning, the subgrade soils , should be scarified, moistened and compacted to a minimum of 95% compaction of ASTM D698 with its moisture content adjusted to be within -1 to +4% of its optimum moisture. Fill should be placed in nine inch loose lifts, moistened and compacted to that same specification. 8.1. Site Grading and Drainage All grading should provide positive drainage away from the proposed building foundations. Water must not be permitted to pond adjacent to the structures during or after construction. Surface drainage gradients should be designed to divert surface water away from the buildings and edges of pavements. Grading should be designed with maximum slopes allowed by local codes. The roof of the structure should be provided with gutters and downspouts to prevent the discharge of rainwater directly onto the ground adjacent to the building foundations. Downspouts should discharge directly onto well-drained areas. Water permitted to pond in open areas, or areas with unsealed joints next to the structure can result in large slab movements. 0 If an excavation is made to place the select fill, some means of preventing the "bathtub" effect beneath the slab is necessary. To prevent this the excavation should not extend beyond the edges of the building. 8.2. Construction Materials Testing and Inspection Construction materials testing and inspections shall be an integral part of the construction process to ensure compliance and conformity with the engineer's specification. It is our opinion that the following general specs shall be adequate for quality control for this project Building Pads: minimum one test per 3,000 SF per lift. A minimum of 3 tests per lift shall be required if the pad is larger than 3,000 SF. TSIT Report No. 17036 6 NiT.J ULOI EC WAICAL&con STRVC TION — MATERIALS TESTING — • Retaining Wall Back Fill, Grade Beams, Utility Lines (sewer, storm, water etc.): minimum one test per 100 LF per lift. ■ For concrete: A minimum of one set of cylinders per 75 cubic yard pour 9. GENERAL COMMENTS All geotechnical investigations are limited in that the recommendations are developed from the information obtained specifically in the small-diameter test borings which depict subsurface conditions at the particular location and time designated on the boring logs. Subsurface conditions at other locations may differ from those observed at nearby boring locations. The nature and extent of variations between the borings may not become evident until the course of construction. If significant variations then appear evident, it will be necessary to re-evaluate the recommendations of this report after performing on-site observations during the construction period and noting the characteristics of any variation. Should any conditions other than those described in this report be encountered, our office should be notified so that further investigations and supplemental recommendations if required, can be provided. The recommendations provided in this report were based on our understanding of information about the characteristics of the project, which was provided by the client. If the client notes any deviation from the facts about the project characteristics or if the nature of the proposed project has changed, our office should be contacted immediately since this may materially alter the content of our design recommendations. This investigation and study were performed in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical engineering principles and practices. This company is not responsible for the conclusions, opinions or recommendations made by others based on this data. The information contained in this report is intended for the exclusive use of our client. In the event that any changes in the location, nature, or design of the project are made, the conclusions and recommendations in this report should not be considered valid until the changes are reviewed, and conclusions and/or recommendations are modified or verified by our office. The reproduction of this report, or any part thereof, supplied to persons other than the owner, should indicate that this study was made to guide the restoration efforts of the proposed structure only. This report should not be used as a construction specification but as a guide for developing final building plans and specifications. TSIT Report No. 17036 7 APPENDIX BORINGS LOGS - LABORATORY TESTS L WA 111 c RET SINGLE USE RESTROOM 1 It J I B2 1 _� I O y B1 STAGECOACH INN I I Boring Location Plan Historical Rock Building ffE7 1 GEOTECHNICALACONSTRIX TION MATERIALS TESTING i I Historical Rock Building LOG OF BORING B.1 rsTi Sunset Dr.and Chisholm Trail,Round Rock,Texas Sheet 1 of 1 '..EOTECHNI(AL I CONSFRIKTKfl' TSIT Project NO.T17036 — MAIEHUES TESTING — DRILLER TX GEO BORE DATE October 2,2017 GROUND WATER OBSERVATION REFUSAL: No DEPTH FT. ELEV. FT. (YIN)-NO BOTTOM OF HOLE DEPTH 10.0 FT. ELEV. FT. Sym bol BORING ADVANCED BY: Air Rotary and Continuous Flight Auger Drilling Equipment Hammer Weight 1701140 Ib Rock Core Dia.NA COMPLETION DEPTH DRY FT. 1 Hammer Drop 30 In. Tube O.D.3.0 In. AFTER HRS DEPTH DRY FT. Cl Spoon Sampler O.D.2.0 In. STRATUM SAMPLE IN-SITUT®TS LABORATORY TESTS SAMPIING LES s c Q a Rock a Texas I Shelby � � +• to Core Cone Tube C C d �+ w ~ 2 a A d V _E 'in F- Auger �SPId NO 1 ►M d '4 E p c m o -� — c Spoon a Recovery 1 CL a , o, o (L Y y 43 9 ° o a c U a v E m CL w v N U C o 3 in ao o U) ao a f D Sr IL v in STRATUM DESCRIPTION 00 4 23.8 51 33 Dark Brown Clay (CUCH) with 45 Limestone fragments, Soft to Medium 5.0 stiff 4 50/1.5" 25.6 Tan weathered Limestone with intermittent shaly seams, Hard 10.0 100/1.5" END OF BORNG c@ 10' 15.0 1 ( 20.0 25.0 30.0 1 Remarks: Historical Rock Building LOG OF BORING B.2 fftit Sunset Dr.and Chisholm Trail, Round Rock,Texas Sheet 1 of 1 (AOTrCNNICAI R CONSTRUC nWi — ,AICRIFCs resrwc, -- TSIT Project No.T17036 DRILLER TX GEiO BORE DATE October 2,2017 GROUND WATER OBSERVATION REFUSAL: No DEPTH FT. ELEV. FT. (Y/N)-Yes BOTTOM OF HOLE DEPTH 20.0 FT. ELEV. FT. Symbol BORING ADVANCED BY: Air Rotary and Continuous Flight Auger Drilling Equipment Hammer Weight 1701140 lb Rock Core Dia.NIA COMPLETIONDEPTH DRY FT. 1 Hammer Drop 30 in. Tube O.D.3.0 in. AFTER 6 HRS DEPTH DRY FT. Com[ Spoon Sampler O.D.2.0 in. STRATUM SAMPLE IN-SITU TESTS LABORATORY TESTS SAMPLING LEGEND E RockTexas ' Shelby Coro Cone Tube a a m y c m a c o v 0 LL T b 0 o a d U r E_ v ti Auger �Splrt No d o E 2 m J rc. y t SS[P) Recovery O c c w o y a v e rn a u vii V a u e r" 2n 0 E ° m° $ $ s v STRATUM DESCRIPTION 0.0 f 2.5 Dark Brown Clay (CUCH) with 4.5 16.8 56 36 Limestone fragments, Soft to Medium stiff 5.0 I 4.5 8.6 i 10.0 8124" Tan weathered Limestone with intermittent shaly seams, Hard 15.0 50/0" 20.0 100/0.5" END OF BORNG 20' 25.0 30.0 Remarks: UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM -ASTM D 2487 Symbol Group Name Laboratory Classification Criteria Gravels: GW Well-graded gravels,gravel-sand mixtures, little or C =Dbo>4; 1 <_C = D30 S 3 Clean Gravels no fines " Dio ` Deo x Den 509(' more of <5%fines Poorly graded gravels,gravel-aand mixtures, little or ' coarsea fraction GP Not meeting all gradation requirements for GW no lines Coarse-Grained Soils retained on No.4 Slave Gravels with fines GM Silty gravels,gravel.eartd�ltt mixtures Atterberg limits plotted below A-Una or PI<4 More than 50% >12%tines GC Clayey gravels,gravel-sand-clay mixtures Atterberg limits plotted above A41ne or PI>7 retained on No.200 Syy Well-graded sands,gravely sands, little or no fines Cu>4; 15 Cc:5 3 ! Slave Sam' Clean Sands 50%or more of <5%finesPoorly graded sands,gravelly sands,little or no S P Not meeting all gradation requirements for SW coarse fraction fires passing the No.4 Sends with fines SM Silty sands, sarxl-slit mixtures Atterberg limits plotted below A-Une or PI<4 Sleve > 12%fines S C Clayey sands, sand-clay mixtures Atterberg limits plotted above A-Une or PI>7 P I>7;plots above A-Une CL Inorganic clays of low-medium plasticity, PLASTICITY CRkRT gravelly/sandy/allty/lean clays Slits and Clays Inorganic silts, very fine sands, clayey silts with PI<4;plots below A-Une M L Fine-Grained Soils Uquld Limit<50% slight plasticity " "" Ohm P1-a 77 tLL-2DI JW I, More than 50% Uqutd UmltOven dry passing Liquid Limit Not dried<0.75 OL Organic 91119 and organic silty Clays of low plasticity n �••=LL• 6) • — vein-os(U q No.200 Steve PI plots an or above A-Una CH Irorganlc clays of high plasticity,fat clays Slits and Clays ' .' wp„ - Y PI plots belowA-Une MH Inorganlc slits,fine sandy or silty sails,elastic silts Q, Uquld Umlt>50% Liquid Limit Oven dry <0.75 OH Organic clays of medium to high plasticity I OL S Li Wd Ltmlt Not dried v ° "20 111 48 ' Higirly Organic Soils Organic matter,dark color and orgark odor PT Peat, muck and other N hlY organic soils uw�u.►w 01/0 11PON, Relative Density of Cohesionless Soils Consistency of Cohesive Soils (Gravels & Sands) (Silts R Clays) Standard Penetration Unconfined Standard Relative Density Friction Angle o Cohesion, Test. Consistency Compressive Penetration Test, Dr (degrees) Cu (psf) N-Value, Blows/ft. Strength Qu (tsf) N-Value, Blows/ft. Very Loose 0-4 26- 30 Very Soft Qu < 0.25 0- 1 < 200 Loose 4- 10 28-34 Soft 0.25< Qu< 0.5 2-4 250-500 Medium Dense 10-30 30-36 Medium Stiff 0.5< Qu< 1.0 4-8 501 - 1000 Dense 30-50 34 -40 Stiff 1.0< Qu < 2.0 8- 15 1 1001 -2000 Very Dense > 50 - Very Stiff 2.0< Qu < 4.0 15-30 2001 -4000 Hard Qu > 4.0 > 30 - croTECHNICAL&CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS TE STING — Field Exploration Subsurface profile of the project site is interpreted using Two (2) borings drilled to depths of approximately 10 and 20 feet deep within the proposed building area. A truck mounted auger drilling rig was used to advance these borings and to recover samples for laboratory testing. The boring logs and key to terms and descriptions are provided. Soil descriptions within the boring logs have been interpreted using visual inspection, field test data and laboratory test results. The stratification lines represent approximate boundary conditions and can be varying/transitional throughout the project site. Standard Penetration Test (SPT) will be conducted in accordance with ASTM D-1586. A split spoon sampler is driven a distance of 18 in. in to the strata with the help of a hammer. The number of blows required to drive the sampler the final 12 in. of penetration or inches of penetration for 50 blows is recorded at corresponding `Blows/ft." column in the boring log. Undisturbed samples of cohesive soil were obtained at intermittent intervals with standard, thin-walled, seamless tube samplers. These specimens were extruded in the field, logged, sealed and packaged to protect them from any disturbance and loss of in- situ moisture content during transportation to our laboratory. Foundation bearing properties of the bedrock layers were evaluated using the Texas Highway Department Cone Penetrometer Test. Texas Cone Penetration (TCP) testing is conducted in accordance with procedure TEX 132-E. TCP values described in this manual are either the total number of blows necessary to drive the cone 12 in, or the distance the cone advances in inches for 100 blows. Pocket penetrometer test values are useful for estimating consistency of cohesive soils, however, they yield approximate information and not suitable for foundation design. The result of the hand penetrometer reading is recorded at the corresponding sampling interval and highlighted in "TSF". A value of 4.5+ TSF is recorded when the sample strength exceeds penetration capacity. All the borings are monitored at regular intervals to account for any subsurface seepage. Water levels in the boring (if encountered) are marked and the final water level readings are included in the respective logs. Water level measurements recorded refer only to those observed at the time of investigation and can vary with time, geologic activity and other environmental factors. Laboratory Testing Boring logs and samples obtained from the project site were reviewed by the geotechnical engineer and also selected samples for testing. Representative samples retrieved from the field exploration program were tested in the geotechnical laboratory. All the tests were performed in accordance with ASTM standards and classified using the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS). Classification tests include determination of Liquid Limit (LL), Plastic Limit (PL) (ASTM D4318), moisture content (ASTM D2216) and percent passing No. 200 sieve (ASTM D1140). Besides soil classification, engineering behavioral properties of the soils are determined by conducting unconfined compression tests (ASTM D2166). Swell tests were performed on representative cohesive soil samples in accordance with ASTM D4546. Test results include information on soil classification, moisture, strength, unit weight and are also complimented on their respective boring logs. r r r r r r t 02000 PLANS, DETAILS AND NOTES I f t If applicable, insert reference(s)to project plans; details; and notes A0.00 Cover Sheet A0.01 City of Round Rock General Notes A0.02 City of Round Rock General Notes A1.01 Site Plan A1.02 Site Details A1.03 Site Details A2.01 Floor Plan& Framing Plan A2.02 Roof Plan& Reflected Ceiling Plan A3.01 Exterior Elevations A4.01 Building Section A4.10 Roof Details A4.11 Roof Details A5.01 Door Schedule,Types, & Details A5.10 Window Schedule,Types,&Details M0.01 Mechanical Cover Sheet M0.02 Mechanical Specifications M1.01 Mechanical Schedules M2.01 Mechanical Plan M3.01 Mechanical Ceiling Coordination Plan M6.01 Mechanical Details M6.02 Mechanical Details E0.01 Electrical Cover Sheet E0.02 Electrical Specifications E2.01 Power Plan E3.01 Lighting Plan E7.00 Panel Schedules& Riser